Chris Lattner | 233f7dc | 2002-08-12 21:17:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1 | //===- InstructionCombining.cpp - Combine multiple instructions -----------===// |
Misha Brukman | fd93908 | 2005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2 | // |
John Criswell | b576c94 | 2003-10-20 19:43:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3 | // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure |
| 4 | // |
Chris Lattner | 4ee451d | 2007-12-29 20:36:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5 | // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source |
| 6 | // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. |
Misha Brukman | fd93908 | 2005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 7 | // |
John Criswell | b576c94 | 2003-10-20 19:43:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 8 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
Chris Lattner | 8a2a311 | 2001-12-14 16:52:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 9 | // |
| 10 | // InstructionCombining - Combine instructions to form fewer, simple |
Dan Gohman | 844731a | 2008-05-13 00:00:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 11 | // instructions. This pass does not modify the CFG. This pass is where |
| 12 | // algebraic simplification happens. |
Chris Lattner | 8a2a311 | 2001-12-14 16:52:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 13 | // |
| 14 | // This pass combines things like: |
Chris Lattner | 318bf79 | 2007-03-18 22:51:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 15 | // %Y = add i32 %X, 1 |
| 16 | // %Z = add i32 %Y, 1 |
Chris Lattner | 8a2a311 | 2001-12-14 16:52:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 17 | // into: |
Chris Lattner | 318bf79 | 2007-03-18 22:51:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 18 | // %Z = add i32 %X, 2 |
Chris Lattner | 8a2a311 | 2001-12-14 16:52:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 19 | // |
| 20 | // This is a simple worklist driven algorithm. |
| 21 | // |
Chris Lattner | 065a616 | 2003-09-10 05:29:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 22 | // This pass guarantees that the following canonicalizations are performed on |
Chris Lattner | 2cd9196 | 2003-07-23 21:41:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 23 | // the program: |
| 24 | // 1. If a binary operator has a constant operand, it is moved to the RHS |
Chris Lattner | df17af1 | 2003-08-12 21:53:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 25 | // 2. Bitwise operators with constant operands are always grouped so that |
| 26 | // shifts are performed first, then or's, then and's, then xor's. |
Reid Spencer | e4d87aa | 2006-12-23 06:05:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 27 | // 3. Compare instructions are converted from <,>,<=,>= to ==,!= if possible |
| 28 | // 4. All cmp instructions on boolean values are replaced with logical ops |
Chris Lattner | e92d2f4 | 2003-08-13 04:18:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 29 | // 5. add X, X is represented as (X*2) => (X << 1) |
| 30 | // 6. Multiplies with a power-of-two constant argument are transformed into |
| 31 | // shifts. |
Chris Lattner | bac3286 | 2004-11-14 19:13:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 32 | // ... etc. |
Chris Lattner | 2cd9196 | 2003-07-23 21:41:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 33 | // |
Chris Lattner | 8a2a311 | 2001-12-14 16:52:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 34 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 35 | |
Chris Lattner | 0cea42a | 2004-03-13 23:54:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 36 | #define DEBUG_TYPE "instcombine" |
Chris Lattner | 022103b | 2002-05-07 20:03:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 37 | #include "llvm/Transforms/Scalar.h" |
Chris Lattner | ac8f2fd | 2010-01-04 07:12:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 38 | #include "InstCombine.h" |
Chris Lattner | 35b9e48 | 2004-10-12 04:52:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 39 | #include "llvm/IntrinsicInst.h" |
Owen Anderson | d672ecb | 2009-07-03 00:17:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 40 | #include "llvm/LLVMContext.h" |
Chris Lattner | 0864acf | 2002-11-04 16:18:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 41 | #include "llvm/DerivedTypes.h" |
Chris Lattner | 833b8a4 | 2003-06-26 05:06:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 42 | #include "llvm/GlobalVariable.h" |
Dan Gohman | ca17890 | 2009-07-17 20:47:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 43 | #include "llvm/Operator.h" |
Chris Lattner | 79066fa | 2007-01-30 23:46:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 44 | #include "llvm/Analysis/ConstantFolding.h" |
Chris Lattner | 9dbb429 | 2009-11-09 23:28:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 45 | #include "llvm/Analysis/InstructionSimplify.h" |
Victor Hernandez | f006b18 | 2009-10-27 20:05:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 46 | #include "llvm/Analysis/MemoryBuiltins.h" |
Chris Lattner | bc61e66 | 2003-11-02 05:57:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 47 | #include "llvm/Target/TargetData.h" |
| 48 | #include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/BasicBlockUtils.h" |
| 49 | #include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/Local.h" |
Chris Lattner | 28977af | 2004-04-05 01:30:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 50 | #include "llvm/Support/CallSite.h" |
Chris Lattner | ea1c454 | 2004-12-08 23:43:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 51 | #include "llvm/Support/Debug.h" |
Torok Edwin | 7d696d8 | 2009-07-11 13:10:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 52 | #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h" |
Chris Lattner | 28977af | 2004-04-05 01:30:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 53 | #include "llvm/Support/GetElementPtrTypeIterator.h" |
Chris Lattner | bcd7db5 | 2005-08-02 19:16:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 54 | #include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h" |
Chris Lattner | acd1f0f | 2004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 55 | #include "llvm/Support/PatternMatch.h" |
Chris Lattner | 1f87a58 | 2007-02-15 19:41:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 56 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" |
Reid Spencer | 551ccae | 2004-09-01 22:55:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 57 | #include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h" |
Chris Lattner | ea1c454 | 2004-12-08 23:43:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 58 | #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h" |
Chris Lattner | b3bc8fa | 2002-05-14 15:24:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 59 | #include <algorithm> |
Torok Edwin | 3eaee31 | 2008-04-20 08:33:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 60 | #include <climits> |
Chris Lattner | 67b1e1b | 2003-12-07 01:24:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 61 | using namespace llvm; |
Chris Lattner | acd1f0f | 2004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 62 | using namespace llvm::PatternMatch; |
Brian Gaeke | d0fde30 | 2003-11-11 22:41:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 63 | |
Chris Lattner | 0e5f499 | 2006-12-19 21:40:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 64 | STATISTIC(NumCombined , "Number of insts combined"); |
| 65 | STATISTIC(NumConstProp, "Number of constant folds"); |
| 66 | STATISTIC(NumDeadInst , "Number of dead inst eliminated"); |
Chris Lattner | 0e5f499 | 2006-12-19 21:40:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 67 | STATISTIC(NumSunkInst , "Number of instructions sunk"); |
Chris Lattner | a92f696 | 2002-10-01 22:38:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 68 | |
Chris Lattner | dd841ae | 2002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 69 | |
Dan Gohman | 844731a | 2008-05-13 00:00:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 70 | char InstCombiner::ID = 0; |
| 71 | static RegisterPass<InstCombiner> |
| 72 | X("instcombine", "Combine redundant instructions"); |
| 73 | |
Chris Lattner | e0b4b72 | 2010-01-04 07:17:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 74 | void InstCombiner::getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const { |
| 75 | AU.addPreservedID(LCSSAID); |
| 76 | AU.setPreservesCFG(); |
| 77 | } |
| 78 | |
| 79 | |
Chris Lattner | 4cb170c | 2004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 80 | // getPromotedType - Return the specified type promoted as it would be to pass |
Chris Lattner | 248a84b | 2010-01-05 07:04:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 81 | // though a va_arg area. |
Chris Lattner | 4cb170c | 2004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 82 | static const Type *getPromotedType(const Type *Ty) { |
Reid Spencer | a54b7cb | 2007-01-12 07:05:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 83 | if (const IntegerType* ITy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(Ty)) { |
| 84 | if (ITy->getBitWidth() < 32) |
Owen Anderson | 1d0be15 | 2009-08-13 21:58:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 85 | return Type::getInt32Ty(Ty->getContext()); |
Chris Lattner | 2b7e0ad | 2007-05-23 01:17:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 86 | } |
Reid Spencer | a54b7cb | 2007-01-12 07:05:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 87 | return Ty; |
Chris Lattner | 4cb170c | 2004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 88 | } |
| 89 | |
Chris Lattner | c22d4d1 | 2009-11-10 07:23:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 90 | /// ShouldChangeType - Return true if it is desirable to convert a computation |
| 91 | /// from 'From' to 'To'. We don't want to convert from a legal to an illegal |
| 92 | /// type for example, or from a smaller to a larger illegal type. |
Chris Lattner | 80f43d3 | 2010-01-04 07:53:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 93 | bool InstCombiner::ShouldChangeType(const Type *From, const Type *To) const { |
Chris Lattner | c22d4d1 | 2009-11-10 07:23:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 94 | assert(isa<IntegerType>(From) && isa<IntegerType>(To)); |
| 95 | |
| 96 | // If we don't have TD, we don't know if the source/dest are legal. |
| 97 | if (!TD) return false; |
| 98 | |
| 99 | unsigned FromWidth = From->getPrimitiveSizeInBits(); |
| 100 | unsigned ToWidth = To->getPrimitiveSizeInBits(); |
| 101 | bool FromLegal = TD->isLegalInteger(FromWidth); |
| 102 | bool ToLegal = TD->isLegalInteger(ToWidth); |
| 103 | |
| 104 | // If this is a legal integer from type, and the result would be an illegal |
| 105 | // type, don't do the transformation. |
| 106 | if (FromLegal && !ToLegal) |
| 107 | return false; |
| 108 | |
| 109 | // Otherwise, if both are illegal, do not increase the size of the result. We |
| 110 | // do allow things like i160 -> i64, but not i64 -> i160. |
| 111 | if (!FromLegal && !ToLegal && ToWidth > FromWidth) |
| 112 | return false; |
| 113 | |
| 114 | return true; |
| 115 | } |
| 116 | |
Matthijs Kooijman | 7e6d9b9 | 2008-10-13 15:17:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 117 | /// getBitCastOperand - If the specified operand is a CastInst, a constant |
| 118 | /// expression bitcast, or a GetElementPtrInst with all zero indices, return the |
| 119 | /// operand value, otherwise return null. |
Reid Spencer | 3da59db | 2006-11-27 01:05:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 120 | static Value *getBitCastOperand(Value *V) { |
Dan Gohman | 016de81 | 2009-07-17 23:55:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 121 | if (Operator *O = dyn_cast<Operator>(V)) { |
| 122 | if (O->getOpcode() == Instruction::BitCast) |
| 123 | return O->getOperand(0); |
| 124 | if (GEPOperator *GEP = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(V)) |
| 125 | if (GEP->hasAllZeroIndices()) |
| 126 | return GEP->getPointerOperand(); |
Matthijs Kooijman | 7e6d9b9 | 2008-10-13 15:17:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 127 | } |
Chris Lattner | eed4827 | 2005-09-13 00:40:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 128 | return 0; |
| 129 | } |
| 130 | |
Dan Gohman | ce9fe9f | 2009-07-21 23:21:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 131 | |
Chris Lattner | 33a6113 | 2006-05-06 09:00:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 132 | |
Chris Lattner | 4f98c56 | 2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 133 | // SimplifyCommutative - This performs a few simplifications for commutative |
| 134 | // operators: |
Chris Lattner | dd841ae | 2002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 135 | // |
Chris Lattner | 4f98c56 | 2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 136 | // 1. Order operands such that they are listed from right (least complex) to |
| 137 | // left (most complex). This puts constants before unary operators before |
| 138 | // binary operators. |
| 139 | // |
Chris Lattner | c8802d2 | 2003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 140 | // 2. Transform: (op (op V, C1), C2) ==> (op V, (op C1, C2)) |
| 141 | // 3. Transform: (op (op V1, C1), (op V2, C2)) ==> (op (op V1, V2), (op C1,C2)) |
Chris Lattner | 4f98c56 | 2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 142 | // |
Chris Lattner | c8802d2 | 2003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 143 | bool InstCombiner::SimplifyCommutative(BinaryOperator &I) { |
Chris Lattner | 4f98c56 | 2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 144 | bool Changed = false; |
Dan Gohman | 14ef4f0 | 2009-08-29 23:39:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 145 | if (getComplexity(I.getOperand(0)) < getComplexity(I.getOperand(1))) |
Chris Lattner | 4f98c56 | 2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 146 | Changed = !I.swapOperands(); |
Misha Brukman | fd93908 | 2005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 147 | |
Chris Lattner | 4f98c56 | 2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 148 | if (!I.isAssociative()) return Changed; |
Chris Lattner | 248a84b | 2010-01-05 07:04:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 149 | |
Chris Lattner | 4f98c56 | 2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 150 | Instruction::BinaryOps Opcode = I.getOpcode(); |
Chris Lattner | c8802d2 | 2003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 151 | if (BinaryOperator *Op = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(I.getOperand(0))) |
| 152 | if (Op->getOpcode() == Opcode && isa<Constant>(Op->getOperand(1))) { |
| 153 | if (isa<Constant>(I.getOperand(1))) { |
Owen Anderson | baf3c40 | 2009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 154 | Constant *Folded = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), |
Chris Lattner | 2a9c847 | 2003-05-27 16:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 155 | cast<Constant>(I.getOperand(1)), |
| 156 | cast<Constant>(Op->getOperand(1))); |
Chris Lattner | c8802d2 | 2003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 157 | I.setOperand(0, Op->getOperand(0)); |
| 158 | I.setOperand(1, Folded); |
| 159 | return true; |
Chris Lattner | 248a84b | 2010-01-05 07:04:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 160 | } |
| 161 | |
| 162 | if (BinaryOperator *Op1 = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(I.getOperand(1))) |
Chris Lattner | c8802d2 | 2003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 163 | if (Op1->getOpcode() == Opcode && isa<Constant>(Op1->getOperand(1)) && |
Chris Lattner | 248a84b | 2010-01-05 07:04:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 164 | Op->hasOneUse() && Op1->hasOneUse()) { |
Chris Lattner | c8802d2 | 2003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 165 | Constant *C1 = cast<Constant>(Op->getOperand(1)); |
| 166 | Constant *C2 = cast<Constant>(Op1->getOperand(1)); |
| 167 | |
| 168 | // Fold (op (op V1, C1), (op V2, C2)) ==> (op (op V1, V2), (op C1,C2)) |
Owen Anderson | baf3c40 | 2009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 169 | Constant *Folded = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), C1, C2); |
Gabor Greif | 7cbd8a3 | 2008-05-16 19:29:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 170 | Instruction *New = BinaryOperator::Create(Opcode, Op->getOperand(0), |
Chris Lattner | c8802d2 | 2003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 171 | Op1->getOperand(0), |
| 172 | Op1->getName(), &I); |
Chris Lattner | 7a1e924 | 2009-08-30 06:13:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 173 | Worklist.Add(New); |
Chris Lattner | c8802d2 | 2003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 174 | I.setOperand(0, New); |
| 175 | I.setOperand(1, Folded); |
| 176 | return true; |
Misha Brukman | fd93908 | 2005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 177 | } |
Chris Lattner | 4f98c56 | 2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 178 | } |
Chris Lattner | 4f98c56 | 2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 179 | return Changed; |
Chris Lattner | dd841ae | 2002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 180 | } |
Chris Lattner | 8a2a311 | 2001-12-14 16:52:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 181 | |
Chris Lattner | 8d96964 | 2003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 182 | // dyn_castNegVal - Given a 'sub' instruction, return the RHS of the instruction |
| 183 | // if the LHS is a constant zero (which is the 'negate' form). |
Chris Lattner | b35dde1 | 2002-05-06 16:49:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 184 | // |
Chris Lattner | 02446fc | 2010-01-04 07:37:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 185 | Value *InstCombiner::dyn_castNegVal(Value *V) const { |
Owen Anderson | fa82b6e | 2009-07-13 22:18:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 186 | if (BinaryOperator::isNeg(V)) |
Chris Lattner | a1df33c | 2005-04-24 07:30:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 187 | return BinaryOperator::getNegArgument(V); |
Chris Lattner | 8d96964 | 2003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 188 | |
Chris Lattner | 0ce8580 | 2004-12-14 20:08:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 189 | // Constants can be considered to be negated values if they can be folded. |
| 190 | if (ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V)) |
Owen Anderson | baf3c40 | 2009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 191 | return ConstantExpr::getNeg(C); |
Nick Lewycky | 18b3da6 | 2008-05-23 04:54:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 192 | |
| 193 | if (ConstantVector *C = dyn_cast<ConstantVector>(V)) |
| 194 | if (C->getType()->getElementType()->isInteger()) |
Owen Anderson | baf3c40 | 2009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 195 | return ConstantExpr::getNeg(C); |
Nick Lewycky | 18b3da6 | 2008-05-23 04:54:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 196 | |
Chris Lattner | 8d96964 | 2003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 197 | return 0; |
Chris Lattner | b35dde1 | 2002-05-06 16:49:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 198 | } |
| 199 | |
Dan Gohman | ae3a0be | 2009-06-04 22:49:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 200 | // dyn_castFNegVal - Given a 'fsub' instruction, return the RHS of the |
| 201 | // instruction if the LHS is a constant negative zero (which is the 'negate' |
| 202 | // form). |
| 203 | // |
Chris Lattner | d12c27c | 2010-01-05 06:09:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 204 | Value *InstCombiner::dyn_castFNegVal(Value *V) const { |
Owen Anderson | fa82b6e | 2009-07-13 22:18:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 205 | if (BinaryOperator::isFNeg(V)) |
Dan Gohman | ae3a0be | 2009-06-04 22:49:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 206 | return BinaryOperator::getFNegArgument(V); |
| 207 | |
| 208 | // Constants can be considered to be negated values if they can be folded. |
| 209 | if (ConstantFP *C = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(V)) |
Owen Anderson | baf3c40 | 2009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 210 | return ConstantExpr::getFNeg(C); |
Dan Gohman | ae3a0be | 2009-06-04 22:49:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 211 | |
| 212 | if (ConstantVector *C = dyn_cast<ConstantVector>(V)) |
| 213 | if (C->getType()->getElementType()->isFloatingPoint()) |
Owen Anderson | baf3c40 | 2009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 214 | return ConstantExpr::getFNeg(C); |
Dan Gohman | ae3a0be | 2009-06-04 22:49:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 215 | |
| 216 | return 0; |
| 217 | } |
| 218 | |
Chris Lattner | 48b59ec | 2009-10-26 15:40:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 219 | /// isFreeToInvert - Return true if the specified value is free to invert (apply |
| 220 | /// ~ to). This happens in cases where the ~ can be eliminated. |
| 221 | static inline bool isFreeToInvert(Value *V) { |
| 222 | // ~(~(X)) -> X. |
Evan Cheng | 85def16 | 2009-10-26 03:51:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 223 | if (BinaryOperator::isNot(V)) |
Chris Lattner | 48b59ec | 2009-10-26 15:40:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 224 | return true; |
| 225 | |
| 226 | // Constants can be considered to be not'ed values. |
| 227 | if (isa<ConstantInt>(V)) |
| 228 | return true; |
| 229 | |
| 230 | // Compares can be inverted if they have a single use. |
| 231 | if (CmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(V)) |
| 232 | return CI->hasOneUse(); |
| 233 | |
| 234 | return false; |
| 235 | } |
| 236 | |
| 237 | static inline Value *dyn_castNotVal(Value *V) { |
| 238 | // If this is not(not(x)) don't return that this is a not: we want the two |
| 239 | // not's to be folded first. |
| 240 | if (BinaryOperator::isNot(V)) { |
| 241 | Value *Operand = BinaryOperator::getNotArgument(V); |
| 242 | if (!isFreeToInvert(Operand)) |
| 243 | return Operand; |
| 244 | } |
Chris Lattner | 8d96964 | 2003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 245 | |
| 246 | // Constants can be considered to be not'ed values... |
Zhou Sheng | 6b6b6ef | 2007-01-11 12:24:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 247 | if (ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V)) |
Dan Gohman | 186a636 | 2009-08-12 16:04:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 248 | return ConstantInt::get(C->getType(), ~C->getValue()); |
Chris Lattner | 8d96964 | 2003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 249 | return 0; |
| 250 | } |
| 251 | |
Chris Lattner | 48b59ec | 2009-10-26 15:40:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 252 | |
| 253 | |
Chris Lattner | d12c27c | 2010-01-05 06:09:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 254 | /// AddOne - Add one to a ConstantInt. |
Dan Gohman | 186a636 | 2009-08-12 16:04:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 255 | static Constant *AddOne(Constant *C) { |
Chris Lattner | 02446fc | 2010-01-04 07:37:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 256 | return ConstantExpr::getAdd(C, ConstantInt::get(C->getType(), 1)); |
Chris Lattner | 955f331 | 2004-09-28 21:48:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 257 | } |
Chris Lattner | d12c27c | 2010-01-05 06:09:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 258 | /// SubOne - Subtract one from a ConstantInt. |
Dan Gohman | 186a636 | 2009-08-12 16:04:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 259 | static Constant *SubOne(ConstantInt *C) { |
Chris Lattner | d12c27c | 2010-01-05 06:09:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 260 | return ConstantInt::get(C->getContext(), C->getValue()-1); |
Chris Lattner | 955f331 | 2004-09-28 21:48:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 261 | } |
Reid Spencer | e7816b5 | 2007-03-08 01:52:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 262 | |
Dan Gohman | 45b4e48 | 2008-05-19 22:14:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 263 | |
Chris Lattner | 6e7ba45 | 2005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 264 | static Value *FoldOperationIntoSelectOperand(Instruction &I, Value *SO, |
Chris Lattner | 2eefe51 | 2004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 265 | InstCombiner *IC) { |
Chris Lattner | 08142f2 | 2009-08-30 19:47:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 266 | if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(&I)) |
Chris Lattner | 2345d1d | 2009-08-30 20:01:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 267 | return IC->Builder->CreateCast(CI->getOpcode(), SO, I.getType()); |
Chris Lattner | 6e7ba45 | 2005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 268 | |
Chris Lattner | 2eefe51 | 2004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 269 | // Figure out if the constant is the left or the right argument. |
Chris Lattner | 6e7ba45 | 2005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 270 | bool ConstIsRHS = isa<Constant>(I.getOperand(1)); |
| 271 | Constant *ConstOperand = cast<Constant>(I.getOperand(ConstIsRHS)); |
Chris Lattner | 564a727 | 2003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 272 | |
Chris Lattner | 2eefe51 | 2004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 273 | if (Constant *SOC = dyn_cast<Constant>(SO)) { |
| 274 | if (ConstIsRHS) |
Owen Anderson | baf3c40 | 2009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 275 | return ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), SOC, ConstOperand); |
| 276 | return ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), ConstOperand, SOC); |
Chris Lattner | 2eefe51 | 2004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 277 | } |
| 278 | |
| 279 | Value *Op0 = SO, *Op1 = ConstOperand; |
| 280 | if (!ConstIsRHS) |
| 281 | std::swap(Op0, Op1); |
Chris Lattner | 7438106 | 2009-08-30 07:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 282 | |
Chris Lattner | 6e7ba45 | 2005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 283 | if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(&I)) |
Chris Lattner | 7438106 | 2009-08-30 07:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 284 | return IC->Builder->CreateBinOp(BO->getOpcode(), Op0, Op1, |
| 285 | SO->getName()+".op"); |
| 286 | if (ICmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(&I)) |
| 287 | return IC->Builder->CreateICmp(CI->getPredicate(), Op0, Op1, |
| 288 | SO->getName()+".cmp"); |
| 289 | if (FCmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<FCmpInst>(&I)) |
| 290 | return IC->Builder->CreateICmp(CI->getPredicate(), Op0, Op1, |
| 291 | SO->getName()+".cmp"); |
| 292 | llvm_unreachable("Unknown binary instruction type!"); |
Chris Lattner | 6e7ba45 | 2005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 293 | } |
| 294 | |
| 295 | // FoldOpIntoSelect - Given an instruction with a select as one operand and a |
| 296 | // constant as the other operand, try to fold the binary operator into the |
| 297 | // select arguments. This also works for Cast instructions, which obviously do |
| 298 | // not have a second operand. |
Chris Lattner | 80f43d3 | 2010-01-04 07:53:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 299 | Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldOpIntoSelect(Instruction &Op, SelectInst *SI) { |
Chris Lattner | 6e7ba45 | 2005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 300 | // Don't modify shared select instructions |
| 301 | if (!SI->hasOneUse()) return 0; |
| 302 | Value *TV = SI->getOperand(1); |
| 303 | Value *FV = SI->getOperand(2); |
| 304 | |
| 305 | if (isa<Constant>(TV) || isa<Constant>(FV)) { |
Chris Lattner | 956db27 | 2005-04-21 05:43:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 306 | // Bool selects with constant operands can be folded to logical ops. |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 307 | if (SI->getType() == Type::getInt1Ty(SI->getContext())) return 0; |
Chris Lattner | 956db27 | 2005-04-21 05:43:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 308 | |
Chris Lattner | 80f43d3 | 2010-01-04 07:53:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 309 | Value *SelectTrueVal = FoldOperationIntoSelectOperand(Op, TV, this); |
| 310 | Value *SelectFalseVal = FoldOperationIntoSelectOperand(Op, FV, this); |
Chris Lattner | 6e7ba45 | 2005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 311 | |
Gabor Greif | 051a950 | 2008-04-06 20:25:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 312 | return SelectInst::Create(SI->getCondition(), SelectTrueVal, |
| 313 | SelectFalseVal); |
Chris Lattner | 6e7ba45 | 2005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 314 | } |
| 315 | return 0; |
Chris Lattner | 2eefe51 | 2004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 316 | } |
| 317 | |
Chris Lattner | 4e998b2 | 2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 318 | |
Chris Lattner | 5d1704d | 2009-09-27 19:57:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 319 | /// FoldOpIntoPhi - Given a binary operator, cast instruction, or select which |
| 320 | /// has a PHI node as operand #0, see if we can fold the instruction into the |
| 321 | /// PHI (which is only possible if all operands to the PHI are constants). |
Chris Lattner | 213cd61 | 2009-09-27 20:46:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 322 | /// |
| 323 | /// If AllowAggressive is true, FoldOpIntoPhi will allow certain transforms |
| 324 | /// that would normally be unprofitable because they strongly encourage jump |
| 325 | /// threading. |
| 326 | Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldOpIntoPhi(Instruction &I, |
| 327 | bool AllowAggressive) { |
| 328 | AllowAggressive = false; |
Chris Lattner | 4e998b2 | 2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 329 | PHINode *PN = cast<PHINode>(I.getOperand(0)); |
Chris Lattner | bac3286 | 2004-11-14 19:13:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 330 | unsigned NumPHIValues = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); |
Chris Lattner | 213cd61 | 2009-09-27 20:46:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 331 | if (NumPHIValues == 0 || |
| 332 | // We normally only transform phis with a single use, unless we're trying |
| 333 | // hard to make jump threading happen. |
| 334 | (!PN->hasOneUse() && !AllowAggressive)) |
| 335 | return 0; |
| 336 | |
| 337 | |
Chris Lattner | 5d1704d | 2009-09-27 19:57:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 338 | // Check to see if all of the operands of the PHI are simple constants |
| 339 | // (constantint/constantfp/undef). If there is one non-constant value, |
Chris Lattner | c6df8f4 | 2009-09-27 20:18:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 340 | // remember the BB it is in. If there is more than one or if *it* is a PHI, |
| 341 | // bail out. We don't do arbitrary constant expressions here because moving |
| 342 | // their computation can be expensive without a cost model. |
Chris Lattner | 2a86f3b | 2006-09-09 22:02:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 343 | BasicBlock *NonConstBB = 0; |
| 344 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumPHIValues; ++i) |
Chris Lattner | 5d1704d | 2009-09-27 19:57:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 345 | if (!isa<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(i)) || |
| 346 | isa<ConstantExpr>(PN->getIncomingValue(i))) { |
Chris Lattner | 2a86f3b | 2006-09-09 22:02:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 347 | if (NonConstBB) return 0; // More than one non-const value. |
Chris Lattner | b303668 | 2007-02-24 01:03:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 348 | if (isa<PHINode>(PN->getIncomingValue(i))) return 0; // Itself a phi. |
Chris Lattner | 2a86f3b | 2006-09-09 22:02:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 349 | NonConstBB = PN->getIncomingBlock(i); |
| 350 | |
| 351 | // If the incoming non-constant value is in I's block, we have an infinite |
| 352 | // loop. |
| 353 | if (NonConstBB == I.getParent()) |
| 354 | return 0; |
| 355 | } |
| 356 | |
| 357 | // If there is exactly one non-constant value, we can insert a copy of the |
| 358 | // operation in that block. However, if this is a critical edge, we would be |
| 359 | // inserting the computation one some other paths (e.g. inside a loop). Only |
| 360 | // do this if the pred block is unconditionally branching into the phi block. |
Chris Lattner | 213cd61 | 2009-09-27 20:46:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 361 | if (NonConstBB != 0 && !AllowAggressive) { |
Chris Lattner | 2a86f3b | 2006-09-09 22:02:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 362 | BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(NonConstBB->getTerminator()); |
| 363 | if (!BI || !BI->isUnconditional()) return 0; |
| 364 | } |
Chris Lattner | 4e998b2 | 2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 365 | |
| 366 | // Okay, we can do the transformation: create the new PHI node. |
Gabor Greif | 051a950 | 2008-04-06 20:25:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 367 | PHINode *NewPN = PHINode::Create(I.getType(), ""); |
Chris Lattner | 5551706 | 2005-01-29 00:39:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 368 | NewPN->reserveOperandSpace(PN->getNumOperands()/2); |
Chris Lattner | 857eb57 | 2009-10-21 23:41:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 369 | InsertNewInstBefore(NewPN, *PN); |
| 370 | NewPN->takeName(PN); |
Chris Lattner | 4e998b2 | 2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 371 | |
| 372 | // Next, add all of the operands to the PHI. |
Chris Lattner | 5d1704d | 2009-09-27 19:57:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 373 | if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(&I)) { |
| 374 | // We only currently try to fold the condition of a select when it is a phi, |
| 375 | // not the true/false values. |
Chris Lattner | c6df8f4 | 2009-09-27 20:18:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 376 | Value *TrueV = SI->getTrueValue(); |
| 377 | Value *FalseV = SI->getFalseValue(); |
Chris Lattner | 3ddfb21 | 2009-09-28 06:49:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 378 | BasicBlock *PhiTransBB = PN->getParent(); |
Chris Lattner | 5d1704d | 2009-09-27 19:57:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 379 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumPHIValues; ++i) { |
Chris Lattner | c6df8f4 | 2009-09-27 20:18:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 380 | BasicBlock *ThisBB = PN->getIncomingBlock(i); |
Chris Lattner | 3ddfb21 | 2009-09-28 06:49:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 381 | Value *TrueVInPred = TrueV->DoPHITranslation(PhiTransBB, ThisBB); |
| 382 | Value *FalseVInPred = FalseV->DoPHITranslation(PhiTransBB, ThisBB); |
Chris Lattner | 5d1704d | 2009-09-27 19:57:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 383 | Value *InV = 0; |
| 384 | if (Constant *InC = dyn_cast<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(i))) { |
Chris Lattner | c6df8f4 | 2009-09-27 20:18:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 385 | InV = InC->isNullValue() ? FalseVInPred : TrueVInPred; |
Chris Lattner | 5d1704d | 2009-09-27 19:57:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 386 | } else { |
| 387 | assert(PN->getIncomingBlock(i) == NonConstBB); |
Chris Lattner | c6df8f4 | 2009-09-27 20:18:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 388 | InV = SelectInst::Create(PN->getIncomingValue(i), TrueVInPred, |
| 389 | FalseVInPred, |
Chris Lattner | 5d1704d | 2009-09-27 19:57:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 390 | "phitmp", NonConstBB->getTerminator()); |
Chris Lattner | 857eb57 | 2009-10-21 23:41:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 391 | Worklist.Add(cast<Instruction>(InV)); |
Chris Lattner | 5d1704d | 2009-09-27 19:57:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 392 | } |
Chris Lattner | c6df8f4 | 2009-09-27 20:18:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 393 | NewPN->addIncoming(InV, ThisBB); |
Chris Lattner | 5d1704d | 2009-09-27 19:57:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 394 | } |
| 395 | } else if (I.getNumOperands() == 2) { |
Chris Lattner | 4e998b2 | 2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 396 | Constant *C = cast<Constant>(I.getOperand(1)); |
Chris Lattner | bac3286 | 2004-11-14 19:13:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 397 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumPHIValues; ++i) { |
Chris Lattner | a9ff5eb | 2007-08-05 08:47:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 398 | Value *InV = 0; |
Chris Lattner | 2a86f3b | 2006-09-09 22:02:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 399 | if (Constant *InC = dyn_cast<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(i))) { |
Reid Spencer | e4d87aa | 2006-12-23 06:05:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 400 | if (CmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(&I)) |
Owen Anderson | baf3c40 | 2009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 401 | InV = ConstantExpr::getCompare(CI->getPredicate(), InC, C); |
Reid Spencer | e4d87aa | 2006-12-23 06:05:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 402 | else |
Owen Anderson | baf3c40 | 2009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 403 | InV = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), InC, C); |
Chris Lattner | 2a86f3b | 2006-09-09 22:02:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 404 | } else { |
| 405 | assert(PN->getIncomingBlock(i) == NonConstBB); |
| 406 | if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(&I)) |
Gabor Greif | 7cbd8a3 | 2008-05-16 19:29:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 407 | InV = BinaryOperator::Create(BO->getOpcode(), |
Chris Lattner | 2a86f3b | 2006-09-09 22:02:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 408 | PN->getIncomingValue(i), C, "phitmp", |
| 409 | NonConstBB->getTerminator()); |
Reid Spencer | e4d87aa | 2006-12-23 06:05:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 410 | else if (CmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(&I)) |
Dan Gohman | 1c8a23c | 2009-08-25 23:17:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 411 | InV = CmpInst::Create(CI->getOpcode(), |
Reid Spencer | e4d87aa | 2006-12-23 06:05:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 412 | CI->getPredicate(), |
| 413 | PN->getIncomingValue(i), C, "phitmp", |
| 414 | NonConstBB->getTerminator()); |
Chris Lattner | 2a86f3b | 2006-09-09 22:02:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 415 | else |
Torok Edwin | c23197a | 2009-07-14 16:55:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 416 | llvm_unreachable("Unknown binop!"); |
Chris Lattner | 857eb57 | 2009-10-21 23:41:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 417 | |
| 418 | Worklist.Add(cast<Instruction>(InV)); |
Chris Lattner | 2a86f3b | 2006-09-09 22:02:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 419 | } |
| 420 | NewPN->addIncoming(InV, PN->getIncomingBlock(i)); |
Chris Lattner | 4e998b2 | 2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 421 | } |
Reid Spencer | 3da59db | 2006-11-27 01:05:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 422 | } else { |
| 423 | CastInst *CI = cast<CastInst>(&I); |
| 424 | const Type *RetTy = CI->getType(); |
Chris Lattner | bac3286 | 2004-11-14 19:13:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 425 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumPHIValues; ++i) { |
Chris Lattner | 2a86f3b | 2006-09-09 22:02:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 426 | Value *InV; |
| 427 | if (Constant *InC = dyn_cast<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(i))) { |
Owen Anderson | baf3c40 | 2009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 428 | InV = ConstantExpr::getCast(CI->getOpcode(), InC, RetTy); |
Chris Lattner | 2a86f3b | 2006-09-09 22:02:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 429 | } else { |
| 430 | assert(PN->getIncomingBlock(i) == NonConstBB); |
Gabor Greif | 7cbd8a3 | 2008-05-16 19:29:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 431 | InV = CastInst::Create(CI->getOpcode(), PN->getIncomingValue(i), |
Reid Spencer | 3da59db | 2006-11-27 01:05:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 432 | I.getType(), "phitmp", |
| 433 | NonConstBB->getTerminator()); |
Chris Lattner | 857eb57 | 2009-10-21 23:41:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 434 | Worklist.Add(cast<Instruction>(InV)); |
Chris Lattner | 2a86f3b | 2006-09-09 22:02:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 435 | } |
| 436 | NewPN->addIncoming(InV, PN->getIncomingBlock(i)); |
Chris Lattner | 4e998b2 | 2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 437 | } |
| 438 | } |
| 439 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, NewPN); |
| 440 | } |
| 441 | |
Chris Lattner | 2454a2e | 2008-01-29 06:52:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 442 | |
Reid Spencer | e4d87aa | 2006-12-23 06:05:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 443 | /// getICmpCode - Encode a icmp predicate into a three bit mask. These bits |
Chris Lattner | aa9c1f1 | 2003-08-13 20:16:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 444 | /// are carefully arranged to allow folding of expressions such as: |
| 445 | /// |
| 446 | /// (A < B) | (A > B) --> (A != B) |
| 447 | /// |
Reid Spencer | e4d87aa | 2006-12-23 06:05:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 448 | /// Note that this is only valid if the first and second predicates have the |
| 449 | /// same sign. Is illegal to do: (A u< B) | (A s> B) |
Chris Lattner | aa9c1f1 | 2003-08-13 20:16:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 450 | /// |
Reid Spencer | e4d87aa | 2006-12-23 06:05:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 451 | /// Three bits are used to represent the condition, as follows: |
| 452 | /// 0 A > B |
| 453 | /// 1 A == B |
| 454 | /// 2 A < B |
| 455 | /// |
| 456 | /// <=> Value Definition |
| 457 | /// 000 0 Always false |
| 458 | /// 001 1 A > B |
| 459 | /// 010 2 A == B |
| 460 | /// 011 3 A >= B |
| 461 | /// 100 4 A < B |
| 462 | /// 101 5 A != B |
| 463 | /// 110 6 A <= B |
| 464 | /// 111 7 Always true |
| 465 | /// |
| 466 | static unsigned getICmpCode(const ICmpInst *ICI) { |
| 467 | switch (ICI->getPredicate()) { |
Chris Lattner | aa9c1f1 | 2003-08-13 20:16:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 468 | // False -> 0 |
Reid Spencer | e4d87aa | 2006-12-23 06:05:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 469 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: return 1; // 001 |
| 470 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: return 1; // 001 |
| 471 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: return 2; // 010 |
| 472 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE: return 3; // 011 |
| 473 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE: return 3; // 011 |
| 474 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: return 4; // 100 |
| 475 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: return 4; // 100 |
| 476 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: return 5; // 101 |
| 477 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE: return 6; // 110 |
| 478 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE: return 6; // 110 |
Chris Lattner | aa9c1f1 | 2003-08-13 20:16:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 479 | // True -> 7 |
| 480 | default: |
Torok Edwin | c23197a | 2009-07-14 16:55:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 481 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid ICmp predicate!"); |
Chris Lattner | aa9c1f1 | 2003-08-13 20:16:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 482 | return 0; |
| 483 | } |
| 484 | } |
| 485 | |
Evan Cheng | 8db9072 | 2008-10-14 17:15:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 486 | /// getFCmpCode - Similar to getICmpCode but for FCmpInst. This encodes a fcmp |
| 487 | /// predicate into a three bit mask. It also returns whether it is an ordered |
| 488 | /// predicate by reference. |
| 489 | static unsigned getFCmpCode(FCmpInst::Predicate CC, bool &isOrdered) { |
| 490 | isOrdered = false; |
| 491 | switch (CC) { |
| 492 | case FCmpInst::FCMP_ORD: isOrdered = true; return 0; // 000 |
| 493 | case FCmpInst::FCMP_UNO: return 0; // 000 |
Evan Cheng | 4990b25 | 2008-10-14 18:13:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 494 | case FCmpInst::FCMP_OGT: isOrdered = true; return 1; // 001 |
| 495 | case FCmpInst::FCMP_UGT: return 1; // 001 |
| 496 | case FCmpInst::FCMP_OEQ: isOrdered = true; return 2; // 010 |
| 497 | case FCmpInst::FCMP_UEQ: return 2; // 010 |
Evan Cheng | 8db9072 | 2008-10-14 17:15:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 498 | case FCmpInst::FCMP_OGE: isOrdered = true; return 3; // 011 |
| 499 | case FCmpInst::FCMP_UGE: return 3; // 011 |
| 500 | case FCmpInst::FCMP_OLT: isOrdered = true; return 4; // 100 |
| 501 | case FCmpInst::FCMP_ULT: return 4; // 100 |
Evan Cheng | 4990b25 | 2008-10-14 18:13:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 502 | case FCmpInst::FCMP_ONE: isOrdered = true; return 5; // 101 |
| 503 | case FCmpInst::FCMP_UNE: return 5; // 101 |
Evan Cheng | 8db9072 | 2008-10-14 17:15:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 504 | case FCmpInst::FCMP_OLE: isOrdered = true; return 6; // 110 |
| 505 | case FCmpInst::FCMP_ULE: return 6; // 110 |
Evan Cheng | 4030062 | 2008-10-14 18:44:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 506 | // True -> 7 |
Evan Cheng | 8db9072 | 2008-10-14 17:15:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 507 | default: |
| 508 | // Not expecting FCMP_FALSE and FCMP_TRUE; |
Torok Edwin | c23197a | 2009-07-14 16:55:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 509 | llvm_unreachable("Unexpected FCmp predicate!"); |
Evan Cheng | 8db9072 | 2008-10-14 17:15:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 510 | return 0; |
| 511 | } |
| 512 | } |
| 513 | |
Reid Spencer | e4d87aa | 2006-12-23 06:05:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 514 | /// getICmpValue - This is the complement of getICmpCode, which turns an |
| 515 | /// opcode and two operands into either a constant true or false, or a brand |
Dan Gohman | 5d066ff | 2007-09-17 17:31:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 516 | /// new ICmp instruction. The sign is passed in to determine which kind |
Evan Cheng | 8db9072 | 2008-10-14 17:15:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 517 | /// of predicate to use in the new icmp instruction. |
Chris Lattner | a317e04 | 2010-01-05 06:59:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 518 | static Value *getICmpValue(bool Sign, unsigned Code, Value *LHS, Value *RHS) { |
| 519 | switch (Code) { |
| 520 | default: assert(0 && "Illegal ICmp code!"); |
| 521 | case 0: |
| 522 | return ConstantInt::getFalse(LHS->getContext()); |
| 523 | case 1: |
| 524 | if (Sign) |
Dan Gohman | 1c8a23c | 2009-08-25 23:17:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 525 | return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT, LHS, RHS); |
Chris Lattner | a317e04 | 2010-01-05 06:59:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 526 | return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT, LHS, RHS); |
| 527 | case 2: |
| 528 | return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ, LHS, RHS); |
| 529 | case 3: |
| 530 | if (Sign) |
Dan Gohman | 1c8a23c | 2009-08-25 23:17:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 531 | return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE, LHS, RHS); |
Chris Lattner | a317e04 | 2010-01-05 06:59:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 532 | return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE, LHS, RHS); |
| 533 | case 4: |
| 534 | if (Sign) |
Dan Gohman | 1c8a23c | 2009-08-25 23:17:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 535 | return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT, LHS, RHS); |
Chris Lattner | a317e04 | 2010-01-05 06:59:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 536 | return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, LHS, RHS); |
| 537 | case 5: |
| 538 | return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, LHS, RHS); |
| 539 | case 6: |
| 540 | if (Sign) |
Dan Gohman | 1c8a23c | 2009-08-25 23:17:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 541 | return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE, LHS, RHS); |
Chris Lattner | a317e04 | 2010-01-05 06:59:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 542 | return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE, LHS, RHS); |
| 543 | case 7: |
| 544 | return ConstantInt::getTrue(LHS->getContext()); |
Chris Lattner | aa9c1f1 | 2003-08-13 20:16:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 545 | } |
| 546 | } |
| 547 | |
Evan Cheng | 8db9072 | 2008-10-14 17:15:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 548 | /// getFCmpValue - This is the complement of getFCmpCode, which turns an |
| 549 | /// opcode and two operands into either a FCmp instruction. isordered is passed |
| 550 | /// in to determine which kind of predicate to use in the new fcmp instruction. |
| 551 | static Value *getFCmpValue(bool isordered, unsigned code, |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 552 | Value *LHS, Value *RHS) { |
Evan Cheng | 8db9072 | 2008-10-14 17:15:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 553 | switch (code) { |
Torok Edwin | c23197a | 2009-07-14 16:55:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 554 | default: llvm_unreachable("Illegal FCmp code!"); |
Evan Cheng | 8db9072 | 2008-10-14 17:15:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 555 | case 0: |
| 556 | if (isordered) |
Dan Gohman | 1c8a23c | 2009-08-25 23:17:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 557 | return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_ORD, LHS, RHS); |
Evan Cheng | 8db9072 | 2008-10-14 17:15:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 558 | else |
Dan Gohman | 1c8a23c | 2009-08-25 23:17:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 559 | return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_UNO, LHS, RHS); |
Evan Cheng | 8db9072 | 2008-10-14 17:15:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 560 | case 1: |
| 561 | if (isordered) |
Dan Gohman | 1c8a23c | 2009-08-25 23:17:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 562 | return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_OGT, LHS, RHS); |
Evan Cheng | 8db9072 | 2008-10-14 17:15:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 563 | else |
Dan Gohman | 1c8a23c | 2009-08-25 23:17:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 564 | return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_UGT, LHS, RHS); |
Evan Cheng | 4990b25 | 2008-10-14 18:13:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 565 | case 2: |
| 566 | if (isordered) |
Dan Gohman | 1c8a23c | 2009-08-25 23:17:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 567 | return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_OEQ, LHS, RHS); |
Evan Cheng | 4990b25 | 2008-10-14 18:13:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 568 | else |
Dan Gohman | 1c8a23c | 2009-08-25 23:17:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 569 | return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_UEQ, LHS, RHS); |
Evan Cheng | 8db9072 | 2008-10-14 17:15:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 570 | case 3: |
| 571 | if (isordered) |
Dan Gohman | 1c8a23c | 2009-08-25 23:17:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 572 | return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_OGE, LHS, RHS); |
Evan Cheng | 8db9072 | 2008-10-14 17:15:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 573 | else |
Dan Gohman | 1c8a23c | 2009-08-25 23:17:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 574 | return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_UGE, LHS, RHS); |
Evan Cheng | 8db9072 | 2008-10-14 17:15:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 575 | case 4: |
| 576 | if (isordered) |
Dan Gohman | 1c8a23c | 2009-08-25 23:17:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 577 | return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_OLT, LHS, RHS); |
Evan Cheng | 8db9072 | 2008-10-14 17:15:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 578 | else |
Dan Gohman | 1c8a23c | 2009-08-25 23:17:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 579 | return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_ULT, LHS, RHS); |
Evan Cheng | 8db9072 | 2008-10-14 17:15:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 580 | case 5: |
| 581 | if (isordered) |
Dan Gohman | 1c8a23c | 2009-08-25 23:17:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 582 | return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_ONE, LHS, RHS); |
Evan Cheng | 4990b25 | 2008-10-14 18:13:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 583 | else |
Dan Gohman | 1c8a23c | 2009-08-25 23:17:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 584 | return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_UNE, LHS, RHS); |
Evan Cheng | 4990b25 | 2008-10-14 18:13:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 585 | case 6: |
| 586 | if (isordered) |
Dan Gohman | 1c8a23c | 2009-08-25 23:17:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 587 | return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_OLE, LHS, RHS); |
Evan Cheng | 8db9072 | 2008-10-14 17:15:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 588 | else |
Dan Gohman | 1c8a23c | 2009-08-25 23:17:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 589 | return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_ULE, LHS, RHS); |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 590 | case 7: return ConstantInt::getTrue(LHS->getContext()); |
Evan Cheng | 8db9072 | 2008-10-14 17:15:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 591 | } |
| 592 | } |
| 593 | |
Chris Lattner | b9553d6 | 2008-11-16 04:55:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 594 | /// PredicatesFoldable - Return true if both predicates match sign or if at |
| 595 | /// least one of them is an equality comparison (which is signless). |
Reid Spencer | e4d87aa | 2006-12-23 06:05:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 596 | static bool PredicatesFoldable(ICmpInst::Predicate p1, ICmpInst::Predicate p2) { |
Nick Lewycky | 4a134af | 2009-10-25 05:20:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 597 | return (CmpInst::isSigned(p1) == CmpInst::isSigned(p2)) || |
| 598 | (CmpInst::isSigned(p1) && ICmpInst::isEquality(p2)) || |
| 599 | (CmpInst::isSigned(p2) && ICmpInst::isEquality(p1)); |
Reid Spencer | e4d87aa | 2006-12-23 06:05:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 600 | } |
| 601 | |
Chris Lattner | bd7b5ff | 2003-09-19 17:17:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 602 | // OptAndOp - This handles expressions of the form ((val OP C1) & C2). Where |
| 603 | // the Op parameter is 'OP', OpRHS is 'C1', and AndRHS is 'C2'. Op is |
Reid Spencer | 832254e | 2007-02-02 02:16:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 604 | // guaranteed to be a binary operator. |
Chris Lattner | bd7b5ff | 2003-09-19 17:17:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 605 | Instruction *InstCombiner::OptAndOp(Instruction *Op, |
Zhou Sheng | 6b6b6ef | 2007-01-11 12:24:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 606 | ConstantInt *OpRHS, |
| 607 | ConstantInt *AndRHS, |
Chris Lattner | bd7b5ff | 2003-09-19 17:17:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 608 | BinaryOperator &TheAnd) { |
| 609 | Value *X = Op->getOperand(0); |
Chris Lattner | 76f7fe2 | 2004-01-12 19:47:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 610 | Constant *Together = 0; |
Reid Spencer | 832254e | 2007-02-02 02:16:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 611 | if (!Op->isShift()) |
Owen Anderson | baf3c40 | 2009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 612 | Together = ConstantExpr::getAnd(AndRHS, OpRHS); |
Chris Lattner | 7c4049c | 2004-01-12 19:35:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 613 | |
Chris Lattner | bd7b5ff | 2003-09-19 17:17:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 614 | switch (Op->getOpcode()) { |
| 615 | case Instruction::Xor: |
Chris Lattner | 6e7ba45 | 2005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 616 | if (Op->hasOneUse()) { |
Chris Lattner | bd7b5ff | 2003-09-19 17:17:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 617 | // (X ^ C1) & C2 --> (X & C2) ^ (C1&C2) |
Chris Lattner | 7438106 | 2009-08-30 07:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 618 | Value *And = Builder->CreateAnd(X, AndRHS); |
Chris Lattner | 6934a04 | 2007-02-11 01:23:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 619 | And->takeName(Op); |
Gabor Greif | 7cbd8a3 | 2008-05-16 19:29:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 620 | return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(And, Together); |
Chris Lattner | bd7b5ff | 2003-09-19 17:17:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 621 | } |
| 622 | break; |
| 623 | case Instruction::Or: |
Chris Lattner | 6e7ba45 | 2005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 624 | if (Together == AndRHS) // (X | C) & C --> C |
| 625 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(TheAnd, AndRHS); |
Misha Brukman | fd93908 | 2005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 626 | |
Chris Lattner | 6e7ba45 | 2005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 627 | if (Op->hasOneUse() && Together != OpRHS) { |
| 628 | // (X | C1) & C2 --> (X | (C1&C2)) & C2 |
Chris Lattner | 7438106 | 2009-08-30 07:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 629 | Value *Or = Builder->CreateOr(X, Together); |
Chris Lattner | 6934a04 | 2007-02-11 01:23:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 630 | Or->takeName(Op); |
Gabor Greif | 7cbd8a3 | 2008-05-16 19:29:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 631 | return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Or, AndRHS); |
Chris Lattner | bd7b5ff | 2003-09-19 17:17:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 632 | } |
| 633 | break; |
| 634 | case Instruction::Add: |
Chris Lattner | fd05924 | 2003-10-15 16:48:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 635 | if (Op->hasOneUse()) { |
Chris Lattner | bd7b5ff | 2003-09-19 17:17:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 636 | // Adding a one to a single bit bit-field should be turned into an XOR |
| 637 | // of the bit. First thing to check is to see if this AND is with a |
| 638 | // single bit constant. |
Chris Lattner | c6334b9 | 2010-01-05 06:03:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 639 | const APInt &AndRHSV = cast<ConstantInt>(AndRHS)->getValue(); |
Chris Lattner | bd7b5ff | 2003-09-19 17:17:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 640 | |
Chris Lattner | c6334b9 | 2010-01-05 06:03:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 641 | // If there is only one bit set. |
| 642 | if (AndRHSV.isPowerOf2()) { |
Chris Lattner | bd7b5ff | 2003-09-19 17:17:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 643 | // Ok, at this point, we know that we are masking the result of the |
| 644 | // ADD down to exactly one bit. If the constant we are adding has |
| 645 | // no bits set below this bit, then we can eliminate the ADD. |
Zhou Sheng | 3a507fd | 2007-04-01 17:13:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 646 | const APInt& AddRHS = cast<ConstantInt>(OpRHS)->getValue(); |
Misha Brukman | fd93908 | 2005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 647 | |
Chris Lattner | bd7b5ff | 2003-09-19 17:17:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 648 | // Check to see if any bits below the one bit set in AndRHSV are set. |
| 649 | if ((AddRHS & (AndRHSV-1)) == 0) { |
| 650 | // If not, the only thing that can effect the output of the AND is |
| 651 | // the bit specified by AndRHSV. If that bit is set, the effect of |
| 652 | // the XOR is to toggle the bit. If it is clear, then the ADD has |
| 653 | // no effect. |
| 654 | if ((AddRHS & AndRHSV) == 0) { // Bit is not set, noop |
| 655 | TheAnd.setOperand(0, X); |
| 656 | return &TheAnd; |
| 657 | } else { |
Chris Lattner | bd7b5ff | 2003-09-19 17:17:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 658 | // Pull the XOR out of the AND. |
Chris Lattner | 7438106 | 2009-08-30 07:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 659 | Value *NewAnd = Builder->CreateAnd(X, AndRHS); |
Chris Lattner | 6934a04 | 2007-02-11 01:23:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 660 | NewAnd->takeName(Op); |
Gabor Greif | 7cbd8a3 | 2008-05-16 19:29:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 661 | return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(NewAnd, AndRHS); |
Chris Lattner | bd7b5ff | 2003-09-19 17:17:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 662 | } |
| 663 | } |
| 664 | } |
| 665 | } |
| 666 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 62a355c | 2003-09-19 19:05:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 667 | |
| 668 | case Instruction::Shl: { |
| 669 | // We know that the AND will not produce any of the bits shifted in, so if |
| 670 | // the anded constant includes them, clear them now! |
| 671 | // |
Zhou Sheng | 290bec5 | 2007-03-29 08:15:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 672 | uint32_t BitWidth = AndRHS->getType()->getBitWidth(); |
Zhou Sheng | 0e2d3ac | 2007-03-30 09:29:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 673 | uint32_t OpRHSVal = OpRHS->getLimitedValue(BitWidth); |
Zhou Sheng | 290bec5 | 2007-03-29 08:15:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 674 | APInt ShlMask(APInt::getHighBitsSet(BitWidth, BitWidth-OpRHSVal)); |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 675 | ConstantInt *CI = ConstantInt::get(AndRHS->getContext(), |
| 676 | AndRHS->getValue() & ShlMask); |
Misha Brukman | fd93908 | 2005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 677 | |
Zhou Sheng | 290bec5 | 2007-03-29 08:15:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 678 | if (CI->getValue() == ShlMask) { |
| 679 | // Masking out bits that the shift already masks |
Chris Lattner | 0c96766 | 2004-09-24 15:21:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 680 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(TheAnd, Op); // No need for the and. |
| 681 | } else if (CI != AndRHS) { // Reducing bits set in and. |
Chris Lattner | 62a355c | 2003-09-19 19:05:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 682 | TheAnd.setOperand(1, CI); |
| 683 | return &TheAnd; |
| 684 | } |
| 685 | break; |
Misha Brukman | fd93908 | 2005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 686 | } |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 687 | case Instruction::LShr: { |
Chris Lattner | 62a355c | 2003-09-19 19:05:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 688 | // We know that the AND will not produce any of the bits shifted in, so if |
| 689 | // the anded constant includes them, clear them now! This only applies to |
| 690 | // unsigned shifts, because a signed shr may bring in set bits! |
| 691 | // |
Zhou Sheng | 290bec5 | 2007-03-29 08:15:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 692 | uint32_t BitWidth = AndRHS->getType()->getBitWidth(); |
Zhou Sheng | 0e2d3ac | 2007-03-30 09:29:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 693 | uint32_t OpRHSVal = OpRHS->getLimitedValue(BitWidth); |
Zhou Sheng | 290bec5 | 2007-03-29 08:15:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 694 | APInt ShrMask(APInt::getLowBitsSet(BitWidth, BitWidth - OpRHSVal)); |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 695 | ConstantInt *CI = ConstantInt::get(Op->getContext(), |
| 696 | AndRHS->getValue() & ShrMask); |
Chris Lattner | 0c96766 | 2004-09-24 15:21:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 697 | |
Zhou Sheng | 290bec5 | 2007-03-29 08:15:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 698 | if (CI->getValue() == ShrMask) { |
| 699 | // Masking out bits that the shift already masks. |
Reid Spencer | 3822ff5 | 2006-11-08 06:47:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 700 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(TheAnd, Op); |
| 701 | } else if (CI != AndRHS) { |
| 702 | TheAnd.setOperand(1, CI); // Reduce bits set in and cst. |
| 703 | return &TheAnd; |
| 704 | } |
| 705 | break; |
| 706 | } |
| 707 | case Instruction::AShr: |
| 708 | // Signed shr. |
| 709 | // See if this is shifting in some sign extension, then masking it out |
| 710 | // with an and. |
| 711 | if (Op->hasOneUse()) { |
Zhou Sheng | 290bec5 | 2007-03-29 08:15:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 712 | uint32_t BitWidth = AndRHS->getType()->getBitWidth(); |
Zhou Sheng | 0e2d3ac | 2007-03-30 09:29:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 713 | uint32_t OpRHSVal = OpRHS->getLimitedValue(BitWidth); |
Zhou Sheng | 290bec5 | 2007-03-29 08:15:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 714 | APInt ShrMask(APInt::getLowBitsSet(BitWidth, BitWidth - OpRHSVal)); |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 715 | Constant *C = ConstantInt::get(Op->getContext(), |
| 716 | AndRHS->getValue() & ShrMask); |
Reid Spencer | 7eb7638 | 2006-12-13 17:19:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 717 | if (C == AndRHS) { // Masking out bits shifted in. |
Reid Spencer | 17212df | 2006-12-12 09:18:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 718 | // (Val ashr C1) & C2 -> (Val lshr C1) & C2 |
Reid Spencer | 3822ff5 | 2006-11-08 06:47:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 719 | // Make the argument unsigned. |
| 720 | Value *ShVal = Op->getOperand(0); |
Chris Lattner | 7438106 | 2009-08-30 07:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 721 | ShVal = Builder->CreateLShr(ShVal, OpRHS, Op->getName()); |
Gabor Greif | 7cbd8a3 | 2008-05-16 19:29:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 722 | return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(ShVal, AndRHS, TheAnd.getName()); |
Chris Lattner | 0c96766 | 2004-09-24 15:21:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 723 | } |
Chris Lattner | 62a355c | 2003-09-19 19:05:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 724 | } |
| 725 | break; |
Chris Lattner | bd7b5ff | 2003-09-19 17:17:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 726 | } |
| 727 | return 0; |
| 728 | } |
| 729 | |
Chris Lattner | 8b17094 | 2002-08-09 23:47:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 730 | |
Chris Lattner | a96879a | 2004-09-29 17:40:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 731 | /// InsertRangeTest - Emit a computation of: (V >= Lo && V < Hi) if Inside is |
| 732 | /// true, otherwise (V < Lo || V >= Hi). In pratice, we emit the more efficient |
Reid Spencer | e4d87aa | 2006-12-23 06:05:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 733 | /// (V-Lo) <u Hi-Lo. This method expects that Lo <= Hi. isSigned indicates |
| 734 | /// whether to treat the V, Lo and HI as signed or not. IB is the location to |
Chris Lattner | a96879a | 2004-09-29 17:40:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 735 | /// insert new instructions. |
| 736 | Instruction *InstCombiner::InsertRangeTest(Value *V, Constant *Lo, Constant *Hi, |
Reid Spencer | e4d87aa | 2006-12-23 06:05:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 737 | bool isSigned, bool Inside, |
| 738 | Instruction &IB) { |
Owen Anderson | baf3c40 | 2009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 739 | assert(cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getICmp((isSigned ? |
Reid Spencer | 579dca1 | 2007-01-12 04:24:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 740 | ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE), Lo, Hi))->getZExtValue() && |
Chris Lattner | a96879a | 2004-09-29 17:40:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 741 | "Lo is not <= Hi in range emission code!"); |
Reid Spencer | e4d87aa | 2006-12-23 06:05:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 742 | |
Chris Lattner | a96879a | 2004-09-29 17:40:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 743 | if (Inside) { |
| 744 | if (Lo == Hi) // Trivially false. |
Dan Gohman | 1c8a23c | 2009-08-25 23:17:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 745 | return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, V, V); |
Misha Brukman | fd93908 | 2005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 746 | |
Reid Spencer | e4d87aa | 2006-12-23 06:05:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 747 | // V >= Min && V < Hi --> V < Hi |
Zhou Sheng | 6b6b6ef | 2007-01-11 12:24:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 748 | if (cast<ConstantInt>(Lo)->isMinValue(isSigned)) { |
Reid Spencer | e4e4003 | 2007-03-21 23:19:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 749 | ICmpInst::Predicate pred = (isSigned ? |
Reid Spencer | e4d87aa | 2006-12-23 06:05:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 750 | ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT : ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT); |
Dan Gohman | 1c8a23c | 2009-08-25 23:17:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 751 | return new ICmpInst(pred, V, Hi); |
Reid Spencer | e4d87aa | 2006-12-23 06:05:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 752 | } |
| 753 | |
| 754 | // Emit V-Lo <u Hi-Lo |
Owen Anderson | baf3c40 | 2009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 755 | Constant *NegLo = ConstantExpr::getNeg(Lo); |
Chris Lattner | 7438106 | 2009-08-30 07:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 756 | Value *Add = Builder->CreateAdd(V, NegLo, V->getName()+".off"); |
Owen Anderson | baf3c40 | 2009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 757 | Constant *UpperBound = ConstantExpr::getAdd(NegLo, Hi); |
Dan Gohman | 1c8a23c | 2009-08-25 23:17:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 758 | return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, Add, UpperBound); |
Chris Lattner | a96879a | 2004-09-29 17:40:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 759 | } |
| 760 | |
| 761 | if (Lo == Hi) // Trivially true. |
Dan Gohman | 1c8a23c | 2009-08-25 23:17:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 762 | return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ, V, V); |
Chris Lattner | a96879a | 2004-09-29 17:40:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 763 | |
Reid Spencer | e4e4003 | 2007-03-21 23:19:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 764 | // V < Min || V >= Hi -> V > Hi-1 |
Dan Gohman | 186a636 | 2009-08-12 16:04:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 765 | Hi = SubOne(cast<ConstantInt>(Hi)); |
Zhou Sheng | 6b6b6ef | 2007-01-11 12:24:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 766 | if (cast<ConstantInt>(Lo)->isMinValue(isSigned)) { |
Reid Spencer | e4d87aa | 2006-12-23 06:05:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 767 | ICmpInst::Predicate pred = (isSigned ? |
| 768 | ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT : ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT); |
Dan Gohman | 1c8a23c | 2009-08-25 23:17:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 769 | return new ICmpInst(pred, V, Hi); |
Reid Spencer | e4d87aa | 2006-12-23 06:05:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 770 | } |
Reid Spencer | b83eb64 | 2006-10-20 07:07:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 771 | |
Reid Spencer | e4e4003 | 2007-03-21 23:19:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 772 | // Emit V-Lo >u Hi-1-Lo |
| 773 | // Note that Hi has already had one subtracted from it, above. |
Owen Anderson | baf3c40 | 2009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 774 | ConstantInt *NegLo = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getNeg(Lo)); |
Chris Lattner | 7438106 | 2009-08-30 07:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 775 | Value *Add = Builder->CreateAdd(V, NegLo, V->getName()+".off"); |
Owen Anderson | baf3c40 | 2009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 776 | Constant *LowerBound = ConstantExpr::getAdd(NegLo, Hi); |
Dan Gohman | 1c8a23c | 2009-08-25 23:17:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 777 | return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT, Add, LowerBound); |
Chris Lattner | a96879a | 2004-09-29 17:40:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 778 | } |
| 779 | |
Chris Lattner | 7203e15 | 2005-09-18 07:22:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 780 | // isRunOfOnes - Returns true iff Val consists of one contiguous run of 1s with |
| 781 | // any number of 0s on either side. The 1s are allowed to wrap from LSB to |
| 782 | // MSB, so 0x000FFF0, 0x0000FFFF, and 0xFF0000FF are all runs. 0x0F0F0000 is |
| 783 | // not, since all 1s are not contiguous. |
Zhou Sheng | 4351c64 | 2007-04-02 08:20:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 784 | static bool isRunOfOnes(ConstantInt *Val, uint32_t &MB, uint32_t &ME) { |
Zhou Sheng | 3a507fd | 2007-04-01 17:13:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 785 | const APInt& V = Val->getValue(); |
Reid Spencer | f244252 | 2007-03-24 00:42:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 786 | uint32_t BitWidth = Val->getType()->getBitWidth(); |
| 787 | if (!APIntOps::isShiftedMask(BitWidth, V)) return false; |
Chris Lattner | 7203e15 | 2005-09-18 07:22:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 788 | |
| 789 | // look for the first zero bit after the run of ones |
Reid Spencer | f244252 | 2007-03-24 00:42:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 790 | MB = BitWidth - ((V - 1) ^ V).countLeadingZeros(); |
Chris Lattner | 7203e15 | 2005-09-18 07:22:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 791 | // look for the first non-zero bit |
Reid Spencer | f244252 | 2007-03-24 00:42:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 792 | ME = V.getActiveBits(); |
Chris Lattner | 7203e15 | 2005-09-18 07:22:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 793 | return true; |
| 794 | } |
| 795 | |
Chris Lattner | 7203e15 | 2005-09-18 07:22:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 796 | /// FoldLogicalPlusAnd - This is part of an expression (LHS +/- RHS) & Mask, |
| 797 | /// where isSub determines whether the operator is a sub. If we can fold one of |
| 798 | /// the following xforms: |
Chris Lattner | c8e7756 | 2005-09-18 04:24:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 799 | /// |
| 800 | /// ((A & N) +/- B) & Mask -> (A +/- B) & Mask iff N&Mask == Mask |
| 801 | /// ((A | N) +/- B) & Mask -> (A +/- B) & Mask iff N&Mask == 0 |
| 802 | /// ((A ^ N) +/- B) & Mask -> (A +/- B) & Mask iff N&Mask == 0 |
| 803 | /// |
| 804 | /// return (A +/- B). |
| 805 | /// |
| 806 | Value *InstCombiner::FoldLogicalPlusAnd(Value *LHS, Value *RHS, |
Zhou Sheng | 6b6b6ef | 2007-01-11 12:24:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 807 | ConstantInt *Mask, bool isSub, |
Chris Lattner | c8e7756 | 2005-09-18 04:24:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 808 | Instruction &I) { |
| 809 | Instruction *LHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(LHS); |
| 810 | if (!LHSI || LHSI->getNumOperands() != 2 || |
| 811 | !isa<ConstantInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1))) return 0; |
| 812 | |
| 813 | ConstantInt *N = cast<ConstantInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1)); |
| 814 | |
| 815 | switch (LHSI->getOpcode()) { |
| 816 | default: return 0; |
| 817 | case Instruction::And: |
Owen Anderson | baf3c40 | 2009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 818 | if (ConstantExpr::getAnd(N, Mask) == Mask) { |
Chris Lattner | 7203e15 | 2005-09-18 07:22:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 819 | // If the AndRHS is a power of two minus one (0+1+), this is simple. |
Zhou Sheng | 00f436c | 2007-03-24 15:34:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 820 | if ((Mask->getValue().countLeadingZeros() + |
| 821 | Mask->getValue().countPopulation()) == |
| 822 | Mask->getValue().getBitWidth()) |
Chris Lattner | 7203e15 | 2005-09-18 07:22:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 823 | break; |
| 824 | |
| 825 | // Otherwise, if Mask is 0+1+0+, and if B is known to have the low 0+ |
| 826 | // part, we don't need any explicit masks to take them out of A. If that |
| 827 | // is all N is, ignore it. |
Zhou Sheng | 4351c64 | 2007-04-02 08:20:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 828 | uint32_t MB = 0, ME = 0; |
Chris Lattner | 7203e15 | 2005-09-18 07:22:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 829 | if (isRunOfOnes(Mask, MB, ME)) { // begin/end bit of run, inclusive |
Reid Spencer | b35ae03 | 2007-03-23 18:46:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 830 | uint32_t BitWidth = cast<IntegerType>(RHS->getType())->getBitWidth(); |
Zhou Sheng | 290bec5 | 2007-03-29 08:15:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 831 | APInt Mask(APInt::getLowBitsSet(BitWidth, MB-1)); |
Chris Lattner | 3bedbd9 | 2006-02-07 07:27:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 832 | if (MaskedValueIsZero(RHS, Mask)) |
Chris Lattner | 7203e15 | 2005-09-18 07:22:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 833 | break; |
| 834 | } |
| 835 | } |
Chris Lattner | c8e7756 | 2005-09-18 04:24:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 836 | return 0; |
| 837 | case Instruction::Or: |
| 838 | case Instruction::Xor: |
Chris Lattner | 7203e15 | 2005-09-18 07:22:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 839 | // If the AndRHS is a power of two minus one (0+1+), and N&Mask == 0 |
Zhou Sheng | 00f436c | 2007-03-24 15:34:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 840 | if ((Mask->getValue().countLeadingZeros() + |
| 841 | Mask->getValue().countPopulation()) == Mask->getValue().getBitWidth() |
Owen Anderson | baf3c40 | 2009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 842 | && ConstantExpr::getAnd(N, Mask)->isNullValue()) |
Chris Lattner | c8e7756 | 2005-09-18 04:24:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 843 | break; |
| 844 | return 0; |
| 845 | } |
| 846 | |
Chris Lattner | c8e7756 | 2005-09-18 04:24:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 847 | if (isSub) |
Chris Lattner | 7438106 | 2009-08-30 07:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 848 | return Builder->CreateSub(LHSI->getOperand(0), RHS, "fold"); |
| 849 | return Builder->CreateAdd(LHSI->getOperand(0), RHS, "fold"); |
Chris Lattner | c8e7756 | 2005-09-18 04:24:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 850 | } |
| 851 | |
Chris Lattner | 29cd5ba | 2008-11-16 05:06:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 852 | /// FoldAndOfICmps - Fold (icmp)&(icmp) if possible. |
| 853 | Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldAndOfICmps(Instruction &I, |
| 854 | ICmpInst *LHS, ICmpInst *RHS) { |
Chris Lattner | a317e04 | 2010-01-05 06:59:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 855 | ICmpInst::Predicate LHSCC = LHS->getPredicate(), RHSCC = RHS->getPredicate(); |
| 856 | |
| 857 | // (icmp1 A, B) & (icmp2 A, B) --> (icmp3 A, B) |
| 858 | if (PredicatesFoldable(LHSCC, RHSCC)) { |
| 859 | if (LHS->getOperand(0) == RHS->getOperand(1) && |
| 860 | LHS->getOperand(1) == RHS->getOperand(0)) |
| 861 | LHS->swapOperands(); |
| 862 | if (LHS->getOperand(0) == RHS->getOperand(0) && |
| 863 | LHS->getOperand(1) == RHS->getOperand(1)) { |
| 864 | Value *Op0 = LHS->getOperand(0), *Op1 = LHS->getOperand(1); |
| 865 | unsigned Code = getICmpCode(LHS) & getICmpCode(RHS); |
| 866 | bool isSigned = LHS->isSigned() || RHS->isSigned(); |
| 867 | Value *RV = getICmpValue(isSigned, Code, Op0, Op1); |
| 868 | if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(RV)) |
| 869 | return I; |
| 870 | // Otherwise, it's a constant boolean value. |
| 871 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RV); |
| 872 | } |
| 873 | } |
Chris Lattner | 29cd5ba | 2008-11-16 05:06:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 874 | |
Chris Lattner | ea065fb | 2008-11-16 05:10:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 875 | // This only handles icmp of constants: (icmp1 A, C1) & (icmp2 B, C2). |
Chris Lattner | a317e04 | 2010-01-05 06:59:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 876 | Value *Val = LHS->getOperand(0), *Val2 = RHS->getOperand(0); |
| 877 | ConstantInt *LHSCst = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(LHS->getOperand(1)); |
| 878 | ConstantInt *RHSCst = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(RHS->getOperand(1)); |
| 879 | if (LHSCst == 0 || RHSCst == 0) return 0; |
Chris Lattner | ea065fb | 2008-11-16 05:10:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 880 | |
Chris Lattner | 3f40e23 | 2009-11-29 00:51:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 881 | if (LHSCst == RHSCst && LHSCC == RHSCC) { |
| 882 | // (icmp ult A, C) & (icmp ult B, C) --> (icmp ult (A|B), C) |
| 883 | // where C is a power of 2 |
| 884 | if (LHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT && |
| 885 | LHSCst->getValue().isPowerOf2()) { |
| 886 | Value *NewOr = Builder->CreateOr(Val, Val2); |
| 887 | return new ICmpInst(LHSCC, NewOr, LHSCst); |
| 888 | } |
| 889 | |
| 890 | // (icmp eq A, 0) & (icmp eq B, 0) --> (icmp eq (A|B), 0) |
| 891 | if (LHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ && LHSCst->isZero()) { |
| 892 | Value *NewOr = Builder->CreateOr(Val, Val2); |
| 893 | return new ICmpInst(LHSCC, NewOr, LHSCst); |
| 894 | } |
Chris Lattner | ea065fb | 2008-11-16 05:10:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 895 | } |
| 896 | |
| 897 | // From here on, we only handle: |
| 898 | // (icmp1 A, C1) & (icmp2 A, C2) --> something simpler. |
| 899 | if (Val != Val2) return 0; |
| 900 | |
Chris Lattner | 29cd5ba | 2008-11-16 05:06:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 901 | // ICMP_[US][GL]E X, CST is folded to ICMP_[US][GL]T elsewhere. |
| 902 | if (LHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE || LHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE || |
| 903 | RHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE || RHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE || |
| 904 | LHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE || LHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE || |
| 905 | RHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE || RHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE) |
| 906 | return 0; |
| 907 | |
| 908 | // We can't fold (ugt x, C) & (sgt x, C2). |
| 909 | if (!PredicatesFoldable(LHSCC, RHSCC)) |
| 910 | return 0; |
| 911 | |
| 912 | // Ensure that the larger constant is on the RHS. |
Chris Lattner | aa3e157 | 2008-11-16 05:14:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 913 | bool ShouldSwap; |
Nick Lewycky | 4a134af | 2009-10-25 05:20:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 914 | if (CmpInst::isSigned(LHSCC) || |
Chris Lattner | 29cd5ba | 2008-11-16 05:06:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 915 | (ICmpInst::isEquality(LHSCC) && |
Nick Lewycky | 4a134af | 2009-10-25 05:20:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 916 | CmpInst::isSigned(RHSCC))) |
Chris Lattner | aa3e157 | 2008-11-16 05:14:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 917 | ShouldSwap = LHSCst->getValue().sgt(RHSCst->getValue()); |
Chris Lattner | 29cd5ba | 2008-11-16 05:06:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 918 | else |
Chris Lattner | aa3e157 | 2008-11-16 05:14:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 919 | ShouldSwap = LHSCst->getValue().ugt(RHSCst->getValue()); |
| 920 | |
| 921 | if (ShouldSwap) { |
Chris Lattner | 29cd5ba | 2008-11-16 05:06:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 922 | std::swap(LHS, RHS); |
| 923 | std::swap(LHSCst, RHSCst); |
| 924 | std::swap(LHSCC, RHSCC); |
| 925 | } |
| 926 | |
| 927 | // At this point, we know we have have two icmp instructions |
| 928 | // comparing a value against two constants and and'ing the result |
| 929 | // together. Because of the above check, we know that we only have |
| 930 | // icmp eq, icmp ne, icmp [su]lt, and icmp [SU]gt here. We also know |
Chris Lattner | a317e04 | 2010-01-05 06:59:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 931 | // (from the icmp folding check above), that the two constants |
Chris Lattner | 29cd5ba | 2008-11-16 05:06:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 932 | // are not equal and that the larger constant is on the RHS |
| 933 | assert(LHSCst != RHSCst && "Compares not folded above?"); |
| 934 | |
| 935 | switch (LHSCC) { |
Torok Edwin | c23197a | 2009-07-14 16:55:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 936 | default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown integer condition code!"); |
Chris Lattner | 29cd5ba | 2008-11-16 05:06:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 937 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: |
| 938 | switch (RHSCC) { |
Torok Edwin | c23197a | 2009-07-14 16:55:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 939 | default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown integer condition code!"); |
Chris Lattner | 29cd5ba | 2008-11-16 05:06:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 940 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X == 13 & X == 15) -> false |
| 941 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X == 13 & X > 15) -> false |
| 942 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X == 13 & X > 15) -> false |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 943 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse(I.getContext())); |
Chris Lattner | 29cd5ba | 2008-11-16 05:06:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 944 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: // (X == 13 & X != 15) -> X == 13 |
| 945 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X == 13 & X < 15) -> X == 13 |
| 946 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X == 13 & X < 15) -> X == 13 |
| 947 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS); |
| 948 | } |
| 949 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: |
| 950 | switch (RHSCC) { |
Torok Edwin | c23197a | 2009-07-14 16:55:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 951 | default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown integer condition code!"); |
Chris Lattner | 29cd5ba | 2008-11-16 05:06:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 952 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: |
Dan Gohman | 186a636 | 2009-08-12 16:04:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 953 | if (LHSCst == SubOne(RHSCst)) // (X != 13 & X u< 14) -> X < 13 |
Dan Gohman | 1c8a23c | 2009-08-25 23:17:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 954 | return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, Val, LHSCst); |
Chris Lattner | 29cd5ba | 2008-11-16 05:06:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 955 | break; // (X != 13 & X u< 15) -> no change |
| 956 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: |
Dan Gohman | 186a636 | 2009-08-12 16:04:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 957 | if (LHSCst == SubOne(RHSCst)) // (X != 13 & X s< 14) -> X < 13 |
Dan Gohman | 1c8a23c | 2009-08-25 23:17:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 958 | return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT, Val, LHSCst); |
Chris Lattner | 29cd5ba | 2008-11-16 05:06:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 959 | break; // (X != 13 & X s< 15) -> no change |
| 960 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X != 13 & X == 15) -> X == 15 |
| 961 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X != 13 & X u> 15) -> X u> 15 |
| 962 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X != 13 & X s> 15) -> X s> 15 |
| 963 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS); |
| 964 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: |
Dan Gohman | 186a636 | 2009-08-12 16:04:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 965 | if (LHSCst == SubOne(RHSCst)){// (X != 13 & X != 14) -> X-13 >u 1 |
Owen Anderson | baf3c40 | 2009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 966 | Constant *AddCST = ConstantExpr::getNeg(LHSCst); |
Chris Lattner | 7438106 | 2009-08-30 07:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 967 | Value *Add = Builder->CreateAdd(Val, AddCST, Val->getName()+".off"); |
Dan Gohman | 1c8a23c | 2009-08-25 23:17:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 968 | return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT, Add, |
Owen Anderson | eed707b | 2009-07-24 23:12:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 969 | ConstantInt::get(Add->getType(), 1)); |
Chris Lattner | 29cd5ba | 2008-11-16 05:06:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 970 | } |
| 971 | break; // (X != 13 & X != 15) -> no change |
| 972 | } |
| 973 | break; |
| 974 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: |
| 975 | switch (RHSCC) { |
Torok Edwin | c23197a | 2009-07-14 16:55:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 976 | default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown integer condition code!"); |
Chris Lattner | 29cd5ba | 2008-11-16 05:06:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 977 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X u< 13 & X == 15) -> false |
| 978 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X u< 13 & X u> 15) -> false |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 979 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse(I.getContext())); |
Chris Lattner | 29cd5ba | 2008-11-16 05:06:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 980 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X u< 13 & X s> 15) -> no change |
| 981 | break; |
| 982 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: // (X u< 13 & X != 15) -> X u< 13 |
| 983 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X u< 13 & X u< 15) -> X u< 13 |
| 984 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS); |
| 985 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X u< 13 & X s< 15) -> no change |
| 986 | break; |
| 987 | } |
| 988 | break; |
| 989 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: |
| 990 | switch (RHSCC) { |
Torok Edwin | c23197a | 2009-07-14 16:55:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 991 | default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown integer condition code!"); |
Chris Lattner | 29cd5ba | 2008-11-16 05:06:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 992 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X s< 13 & X == 15) -> false |
| 993 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X s< 13 & X s> 15) -> false |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 994 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse(I.getContext())); |
Chris Lattner | 29cd5ba | 2008-11-16 05:06:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 995 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X s< 13 & X u> 15) -> no change |
| 996 | break; |
| 997 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: // (X s< 13 & X != 15) -> X < 13 |
| 998 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X s< 13 & X s< 15) -> X < 13 |
| 999 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS); |
| 1000 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X s< 13 & X u< 15) -> no change |
| 1001 | break; |
| 1002 | } |
| 1003 | break; |
| 1004 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: |
| 1005 | switch (RHSCC) { |
Torok Edwin | c23197a | 2009-07-14 16:55:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1006 | default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown integer condition code!"); |
Chris Lattner | 29cd5ba | 2008-11-16 05:06:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1007 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X u> 13 & X == 15) -> X == 15 |
| 1008 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X u> 13 & X u> 15) -> X u> 15 |
| 1009 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS); |
| 1010 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X u> 13 & X s> 15) -> no change |
| 1011 | break; |
| 1012 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: |
Dan Gohman | 186a636 | 2009-08-12 16:04:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1013 | if (RHSCst == AddOne(LHSCst)) // (X u> 13 & X != 14) -> X u> 14 |
Dan Gohman | 1c8a23c | 2009-08-25 23:17:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1014 | return new ICmpInst(LHSCC, Val, RHSCst); |
Chris Lattner | 29cd5ba | 2008-11-16 05:06:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1015 | break; // (X u> 13 & X != 15) -> no change |
Chris Lattner | 69d4ced | 2008-11-16 05:20:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1016 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X u> 13 & X u< 15) -> (X-14) <u 1 |
Dan Gohman | 186a636 | 2009-08-12 16:04:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1017 | return InsertRangeTest(Val, AddOne(LHSCst), |
Owen Anderson | d672ecb | 2009-07-03 00:17:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1018 | RHSCst, false, true, I); |
Chris Lattner | 29cd5ba | 2008-11-16 05:06:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1019 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X u> 13 & X s< 15) -> no change |
| 1020 | break; |
| 1021 | } |
| 1022 | break; |
| 1023 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: |
| 1024 | switch (RHSCC) { |
Torok Edwin | c23197a | 2009-07-14 16:55:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1025 | default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown integer condition code!"); |
Chris Lattner | 29cd5ba | 2008-11-16 05:06:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1026 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X s> 13 & X == 15) -> X == 15 |
| 1027 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X s> 13 & X s> 15) -> X s> 15 |
| 1028 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS); |
| 1029 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X s> 13 & X u> 15) -> no change |
| 1030 | break; |
| 1031 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: |
Dan Gohman | 186a636 | 2009-08-12 16:04:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1032 | if (RHSCst == AddOne(LHSCst)) // (X s> 13 & X != 14) -> X s> 14 |
Dan Gohman | 1c8a23c | 2009-08-25 23:17:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1033 | return new ICmpInst(LHSCC, Val, RHSCst); |
Chris Lattner | 29cd5ba | 2008-11-16 05:06:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1034 | break; // (X s> 13 & X != 15) -> no change |
Chris Lattner | 69d4ced | 2008-11-16 05:20:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1035 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X s> 13 & X s< 15) -> (X-14) s< 1 |
Dan Gohman | 186a636 | 2009-08-12 16:04:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1036 | return InsertRangeTest(Val, AddOne(LHSCst), |
Owen Anderson | d672ecb | 2009-07-03 00:17:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1037 | RHSCst, true, true, I); |
Chris Lattner | 29cd5ba | 2008-11-16 05:06:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1038 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X s> 13 & X u< 15) -> no change |
| 1039 | break; |
| 1040 | } |
| 1041 | break; |
| 1042 | } |
Chris Lattner | 29cd5ba | 2008-11-16 05:06:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1043 | |
| 1044 | return 0; |
| 1045 | } |
| 1046 | |
Chris Lattner | 42d1be0 | 2009-07-23 05:14:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1047 | Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldAndOfFCmps(Instruction &I, FCmpInst *LHS, |
| 1048 | FCmpInst *RHS) { |
| 1049 | |
| 1050 | if (LHS->getPredicate() == FCmpInst::FCMP_ORD && |
| 1051 | RHS->getPredicate() == FCmpInst::FCMP_ORD) { |
| 1052 | // (fcmp ord x, c) & (fcmp ord y, c) -> (fcmp ord x, y) |
| 1053 | if (ConstantFP *LHSC = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(LHS->getOperand(1))) |
| 1054 | if (ConstantFP *RHSC = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(RHS->getOperand(1))) { |
| 1055 | // If either of the constants are nans, then the whole thing returns |
| 1056 | // false. |
| 1057 | if (LHSC->getValueAPF().isNaN() || RHSC->getValueAPF().isNaN()) |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1058 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse(I.getContext())); |
Dan Gohman | 1c8a23c | 2009-08-25 23:17:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1059 | return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_ORD, |
Chris Lattner | 42d1be0 | 2009-07-23 05:14:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1060 | LHS->getOperand(0), RHS->getOperand(0)); |
| 1061 | } |
Chris Lattner | f98d253 | 2009-07-23 05:32:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1062 | |
| 1063 | // Handle vector zeros. This occurs because the canonical form of |
| 1064 | // "fcmp ord x,x" is "fcmp ord x, 0". |
| 1065 | if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(LHS->getOperand(1)) && |
| 1066 | isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(RHS->getOperand(1))) |
Dan Gohman | 1c8a23c | 2009-08-25 23:17:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1067 | return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_ORD, |
Chris Lattner | f98d253 | 2009-07-23 05:32:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1068 | LHS->getOperand(0), RHS->getOperand(0)); |
Chris Lattner | 42d1be0 | 2009-07-23 05:14:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1069 | return 0; |
| 1070 | } |
| 1071 | |
| 1072 | Value *Op0LHS = LHS->getOperand(0), *Op0RHS = LHS->getOperand(1); |
| 1073 | Value *Op1LHS = RHS->getOperand(0), *Op1RHS = RHS->getOperand(1); |
| 1074 | FCmpInst::Predicate Op0CC = LHS->getPredicate(), Op1CC = RHS->getPredicate(); |
| 1075 | |
| 1076 | |
| 1077 | if (Op0LHS == Op1RHS && Op0RHS == Op1LHS) { |
| 1078 | // Swap RHS operands to match LHS. |
| 1079 | Op1CC = FCmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Op1CC); |
| 1080 | std::swap(Op1LHS, Op1RHS); |
| 1081 | } |
| 1082 | |
| 1083 | if (Op0LHS == Op1LHS && Op0RHS == Op1RHS) { |
| 1084 | // Simplify (fcmp cc0 x, y) & (fcmp cc1 x, y). |
| 1085 | if (Op0CC == Op1CC) |
Dan Gohman | 1c8a23c | 2009-08-25 23:17:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1086 | return new FCmpInst((FCmpInst::Predicate)Op0CC, Op0LHS, Op0RHS); |
Chris Lattner | 42d1be0 | 2009-07-23 05:14:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1087 | |
| 1088 | if (Op0CC == FCmpInst::FCMP_FALSE || Op1CC == FCmpInst::FCMP_FALSE) |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1089 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse(I.getContext())); |
Chris Lattner | 42d1be0 | 2009-07-23 05:14:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1090 | if (Op0CC == FCmpInst::FCMP_TRUE) |
| 1091 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS); |
| 1092 | if (Op1CC == FCmpInst::FCMP_TRUE) |
| 1093 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS); |
| 1094 | |
| 1095 | bool Op0Ordered; |
| 1096 | bool Op1Ordered; |
| 1097 | unsigned Op0Pred = getFCmpCode(Op0CC, Op0Ordered); |
| 1098 | unsigned Op1Pred = getFCmpCode(Op1CC, Op1Ordered); |
| 1099 | if (Op1Pred == 0) { |
| 1100 | std::swap(LHS, RHS); |
| 1101 | std::swap(Op0Pred, Op1Pred); |
| 1102 | std::swap(Op0Ordered, Op1Ordered); |
| 1103 | } |
| 1104 | if (Op0Pred == 0) { |
| 1105 | // uno && ueq -> uno && (uno || eq) -> ueq |
| 1106 | // ord && olt -> ord && (ord && lt) -> olt |
| 1107 | if (Op0Ordered == Op1Ordered) |
| 1108 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS); |
| 1109 | |
| 1110 | // uno && oeq -> uno && (ord && eq) -> false |
| 1111 | // uno && ord -> false |
| 1112 | if (!Op0Ordered) |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1113 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse(I.getContext())); |
Chris Lattner | 42d1be0 | 2009-07-23 05:14:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1114 | // ord && ueq -> ord && (uno || eq) -> oeq |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1115 | return cast<Instruction>(getFCmpValue(true, Op1Pred, Op0LHS, Op0RHS)); |
Chris Lattner | 42d1be0 | 2009-07-23 05:14:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1116 | } |
| 1117 | } |
| 1118 | |
| 1119 | return 0; |
| 1120 | } |
| 1121 | |
Chris Lattner | 29cd5ba | 2008-11-16 05:06:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1122 | |
Chris Lattner | 7e70829 | 2002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1123 | Instruction *InstCombiner::visitAnd(BinaryOperator &I) { |
Chris Lattner | 4f98c56 | 2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1124 | bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I); |
Chris Lattner | 7e70829 | 2002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1125 | Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1); |
Chris Lattner | 3f5b877 | 2002-05-06 16:14:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1126 | |
Chris Lattner | d06094f | 2009-11-10 00:55:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1127 | if (Value *V = SimplifyAndInst(Op0, Op1, TD)) |
| 1128 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, V); |
Chris Lattner | 3f5b877 | 2002-05-06 16:14:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1129 | |
Chris Lattner | f8c36f5 | 2006-02-12 08:02:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1130 | // See if we can simplify any instructions used by the instruction whose sole |
Chris Lattner | 9ca9641 | 2006-02-08 03:25:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1131 | // purpose is to compute bits we don't care about. |
Dan Gohman | 6de29f8 | 2009-06-15 22:12:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1132 | if (SimplifyDemandedInstructionBits(I)) |
Nick Lewycky | 546d631 | 2010-01-02 15:25:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1133 | return &I; |
Dan Gohman | 6de29f8 | 2009-06-15 22:12:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1134 | |
Zhou Sheng | 6b6b6ef | 2007-01-11 12:24:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1135 | if (ConstantInt *AndRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) { |
Chris Lattner | 7acdf1d | 2009-10-11 22:00:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1136 | const APInt &AndRHSMask = AndRHS->getValue(); |
Zhou Sheng | 3a507fd | 2007-04-01 17:13:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1137 | APInt NotAndRHS(~AndRHSMask); |
Chris Lattner | 6e7ba45 | 2005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1138 | |
Chris Lattner | bd7b5ff | 2003-09-19 17:17:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1139 | // Optimize a variety of ((val OP C1) & C2) combinations... |
Chris Lattner | 7acdf1d | 2009-10-11 22:00:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1140 | if (BinaryOperator *Op0I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0)) { |
Chris Lattner | 6e7ba45 | 2005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1141 | Value *Op0LHS = Op0I->getOperand(0); |
| 1142 | Value *Op0RHS = Op0I->getOperand(1); |
| 1143 | switch (Op0I->getOpcode()) { |
Chris Lattner | 7acdf1d | 2009-10-11 22:00:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1144 | default: break; |
Chris Lattner | 6e7ba45 | 2005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1145 | case Instruction::Xor: |
| 1146 | case Instruction::Or: |
Chris Lattner | ad1e302 | 2005-01-23 20:26:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1147 | // If the mask is only needed on one incoming arm, push it up. |
Chris Lattner | 7acdf1d | 2009-10-11 22:00:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1148 | if (!Op0I->hasOneUse()) break; |
| 1149 | |
| 1150 | if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0LHS, NotAndRHS)) { |
| 1151 | // Not masking anything out for the LHS, move to RHS. |
| 1152 | Value *NewRHS = Builder->CreateAnd(Op0RHS, AndRHS, |
| 1153 | Op0RHS->getName()+".masked"); |
| 1154 | return BinaryOperator::Create(Op0I->getOpcode(), Op0LHS, NewRHS); |
| 1155 | } |
| 1156 | if (!isa<Constant>(Op0RHS) && |
| 1157 | MaskedValueIsZero(Op0RHS, NotAndRHS)) { |
| 1158 | // Not masking anything out for the RHS, move to LHS. |
| 1159 | Value *NewLHS = Builder->CreateAnd(Op0LHS, AndRHS, |
| 1160 | Op0LHS->getName()+".masked"); |
| 1161 | return BinaryOperator::Create(Op0I->getOpcode(), NewLHS, Op0RHS); |
Chris Lattner | ad1e302 | 2005-01-23 20:26:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1162 | } |
| 1163 | |
Chris Lattner | 6e7ba45 | 2005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1164 | break; |
Chris Lattner | c8e7756 | 2005-09-18 04:24:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1165 | case Instruction::Add: |
Chris Lattner | 7203e15 | 2005-09-18 07:22:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1166 | // ((A & N) + B) & AndRHS -> (A + B) & AndRHS iff N&AndRHS == AndRHS. |
| 1167 | // ((A | N) + B) & AndRHS -> (A + B) & AndRHS iff N&AndRHS == 0 |
| 1168 | // ((A ^ N) + B) & AndRHS -> (A + B) & AndRHS iff N&AndRHS == 0 |
| 1169 | if (Value *V = FoldLogicalPlusAnd(Op0LHS, Op0RHS, AndRHS, false, I)) |
Gabor Greif | 7cbd8a3 | 2008-05-16 19:29:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1170 | return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(V, AndRHS); |
Chris Lattner | 7203e15 | 2005-09-18 07:22:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1171 | if (Value *V = FoldLogicalPlusAnd(Op0RHS, Op0LHS, AndRHS, false, I)) |
Gabor Greif | 7cbd8a3 | 2008-05-16 19:29:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1172 | return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(V, AndRHS); // Add commutes |
Chris Lattner | c8e7756 | 2005-09-18 04:24:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1173 | break; |
| 1174 | |
| 1175 | case Instruction::Sub: |
Chris Lattner | 7203e15 | 2005-09-18 07:22:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1176 | // ((A & N) - B) & AndRHS -> (A - B) & AndRHS iff N&AndRHS == AndRHS. |
| 1177 | // ((A | N) - B) & AndRHS -> (A - B) & AndRHS iff N&AndRHS == 0 |
| 1178 | // ((A ^ N) - B) & AndRHS -> (A - B) & AndRHS iff N&AndRHS == 0 |
| 1179 | if (Value *V = FoldLogicalPlusAnd(Op0LHS, Op0RHS, AndRHS, true, I)) |
Gabor Greif | 7cbd8a3 | 2008-05-16 19:29:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1180 | return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(V, AndRHS); |
Nick Lewycky | b4d1bc9 | 2008-07-09 04:32:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1181 | |
Nick Lewycky | 5dcc41f | 2008-07-10 05:51:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1182 | // (A - N) & AndRHS -> -N & AndRHS iff A&AndRHS==0 and AndRHS |
| 1183 | // has 1's for all bits that the subtraction with A might affect. |
| 1184 | if (Op0I->hasOneUse()) { |
| 1185 | uint32_t BitWidth = AndRHSMask.getBitWidth(); |
| 1186 | uint32_t Zeros = AndRHSMask.countLeadingZeros(); |
| 1187 | APInt Mask = APInt::getLowBitsSet(BitWidth, BitWidth - Zeros); |
| 1188 | |
Nick Lewycky | b4d1bc9 | 2008-07-09 04:32:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1189 | ConstantInt *A = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0LHS); |
Nick Lewycky | 5dcc41f | 2008-07-10 05:51:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1190 | if (!(A && A->isZero()) && // avoid infinite recursion. |
| 1191 | MaskedValueIsZero(Op0LHS, Mask)) { |
Chris Lattner | 7438106 | 2009-08-30 07:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1192 | Value *NewNeg = Builder->CreateNeg(Op0RHS); |
Nick Lewycky | b4d1bc9 | 2008-07-09 04:32:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1193 | return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(NewNeg, AndRHS); |
| 1194 | } |
| 1195 | } |
Chris Lattner | c8e7756 | 2005-09-18 04:24:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1196 | break; |
Nick Lewycky | d1f77bf | 2008-07-09 05:20:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1197 | |
| 1198 | case Instruction::Shl: |
| 1199 | case Instruction::LShr: |
| 1200 | // (1 << x) & 1 --> zext(x == 0) |
| 1201 | // (1 >> x) & 1 --> zext(x == 0) |
Nick Lewycky | d8ad492 | 2008-07-09 07:35:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1202 | if (AndRHSMask == 1 && Op0LHS == AndRHS) { |
Chris Lattner | 7438106 | 2009-08-30 07:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1203 | Value *NewICmp = |
| 1204 | Builder->CreateICmpEQ(Op0RHS, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType())); |
Nick Lewycky | d1f77bf | 2008-07-09 05:20:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1205 | return new ZExtInst(NewICmp, I.getType()); |
| 1206 | } |
| 1207 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 6e7ba45 | 2005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1208 | } |
| 1209 | |
Chris Lattner | 5840326 | 2003-07-23 19:25:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1210 | if (ConstantInt *Op0CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0I->getOperand(1))) |
Chris Lattner | 6e7ba45 | 2005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1211 | if (Instruction *Res = OptAndOp(Op0I, Op0CI, AndRHS, I)) |
Chris Lattner | bd7b5ff | 2003-09-19 17:17:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1212 | return Res; |
Chris Lattner | 6e7ba45 | 2005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1213 | } else if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0)) { |
Chris Lattner | 2b83af2 | 2005-08-07 07:03:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1214 | // If this is an integer truncation or change from signed-to-unsigned, and |
| 1215 | // if the source is an and/or with immediate, transform it. This |
| 1216 | // frequently occurs for bitfield accesses. |
| 1217 | if (Instruction *CastOp = dyn_cast<Instruction>(CI->getOperand(0))) { |
Reid Spencer | 3da59db | 2006-11-27 01:05:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1218 | if ((isa<TruncInst>(CI) || isa<BitCastInst>(CI)) && |
Chris Lattner | 2b83af2 | 2005-08-07 07:03:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1219 | CastOp->getNumOperands() == 2) |
Chris Lattner | 48b59ec | 2009-10-26 15:40:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1220 | if (ConstantInt *AndCI =dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(CastOp->getOperand(1))){ |
Chris Lattner | 2b83af2 | 2005-08-07 07:03:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1221 | if (CastOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::And) { |
| 1222 | // Change: and (cast (and X, C1) to T), C2 |
Reid Spencer | 3da59db | 2006-11-27 01:05:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1223 | // into : and (cast X to T), trunc_or_bitcast(C1)&C2 |
| 1224 | // This will fold the two constants together, which may allow |
| 1225 | // other simplifications. |
Chris Lattner | 7438106 | 2009-08-30 07:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1226 | Value *NewCast = Builder->CreateTruncOrBitCast( |
Reid Spencer | d977d86 | 2006-12-12 23:36:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1227 | CastOp->getOperand(0), I.getType(), |
| 1228 | CastOp->getName()+".shrunk"); |
Reid Spencer | 3da59db | 2006-11-27 01:05:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1229 | // trunc_or_bitcast(C1)&C2 |
Chris Lattner | 7438106 | 2009-08-30 07:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1230 | Constant *C3 = ConstantExpr::getTruncOrBitCast(AndCI,I.getType()); |
Owen Anderson | baf3c40 | 2009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1231 | C3 = ConstantExpr::getAnd(C3, AndRHS); |
Gabor Greif | 7cbd8a3 | 2008-05-16 19:29:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1232 | return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(NewCast, C3); |
Chris Lattner | 2b83af2 | 2005-08-07 07:03:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1233 | } else if (CastOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) { |
| 1234 | // Change: and (cast (or X, C1) to T), C2 |
| 1235 | // into : trunc(C1)&C2 iff trunc(C1)&C2 == C2 |
Chris Lattner | 7438106 | 2009-08-30 07:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1236 | Constant *C3 = ConstantExpr::getTruncOrBitCast(AndCI,I.getType()); |
Owen Anderson | baf3c40 | 2009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1237 | if (ConstantExpr::getAnd(C3, AndRHS) == AndRHS) |
Owen Anderson | d672ecb | 2009-07-03 00:17:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1238 | // trunc(C1)&C2 |
Chris Lattner | 2b83af2 | 2005-08-07 07:03:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1239 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, AndRHS); |
| 1240 | } |
Anton Korobeynikov | 07e6e56 | 2008-02-20 11:26:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1241 | } |
Chris Lattner | 2b83af2 | 2005-08-07 07:03:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1242 | } |
Chris Lattner | 06782f8 | 2003-07-23 19:36:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1243 | } |
Chris Lattner | 2eefe51 | 2004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1244 | |
| 1245 | // Try to fold constant and into select arguments. |
| 1246 | if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0)) |
Chris Lattner | 80f43d3 | 2010-01-04 07:53:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1247 | if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI)) |
Chris Lattner | 2eefe51 | 2004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1248 | return R; |
Chris Lattner | 4e998b2 | 2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1249 | if (isa<PHINode>(Op0)) |
| 1250 | if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I)) |
| 1251 | return NV; |
Chris Lattner | c6a8aff | 2003-07-23 17:57:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1252 | } |
| 1253 | |
Chris Lattner | 5b62aa7 | 2004-06-18 06:07:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1254 | |
Misha Brukman | cb6267b | 2004-07-30 12:50:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1255 | // (~A & ~B) == (~(A | B)) - De Morgan's Law |
Chris Lattner | d06094f | 2009-11-10 00:55:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1256 | if (Value *Op0NotVal = dyn_castNotVal(Op0)) |
| 1257 | if (Value *Op1NotVal = dyn_castNotVal(Op1)) |
| 1258 | if (Op0->hasOneUse() && Op1->hasOneUse()) { |
| 1259 | Value *Or = Builder->CreateOr(Op0NotVal, Op1NotVal, |
| 1260 | I.getName()+".demorgan"); |
| 1261 | return BinaryOperator::CreateNot(Or); |
| 1262 | } |
| 1263 | |
Chris Lattner | 2082ad9 | 2006-02-13 23:07:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1264 | { |
Chris Lattner | 003b620 | 2007-06-15 05:58:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1265 | Value *A = 0, *B = 0, *C = 0, *D = 0; |
Chris Lattner | d06094f | 2009-11-10 00:55:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1266 | // (A|B) & ~(A&B) -> A^B |
| 1267 | if (match(Op0, m_Or(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) && |
| 1268 | match(Op1, m_Not(m_And(m_Value(C), m_Value(D)))) && |
| 1269 | ((A == C && B == D) || (A == D && B == C))) |
| 1270 | return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(A, B); |
Chris Lattner | 003b620 | 2007-06-15 05:58:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1271 | |
Chris Lattner | d06094f | 2009-11-10 00:55:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1272 | // ~(A&B) & (A|B) -> A^B |
| 1273 | if (match(Op1, m_Or(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) && |
| 1274 | match(Op0, m_Not(m_And(m_Value(C), m_Value(D)))) && |
| 1275 | ((A == C && B == D) || (A == D && B == C))) |
| 1276 | return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(A, B); |
Chris Lattner | 64daab5 | 2006-04-01 08:03:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1277 | |
| 1278 | if (Op0->hasOneUse() && |
Dan Gohman | 4ae5126 | 2009-08-12 16:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1279 | match(Op0, m_Xor(m_Value(A), m_Value(B)))) { |
Chris Lattner | 64daab5 | 2006-04-01 08:03:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1280 | if (A == Op1) { // (A^B)&A -> A&(A^B) |
| 1281 | I.swapOperands(); // Simplify below |
| 1282 | std::swap(Op0, Op1); |
| 1283 | } else if (B == Op1) { // (A^B)&B -> B&(B^A) |
| 1284 | cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0)->swapOperands(); |
| 1285 | I.swapOperands(); // Simplify below |
| 1286 | std::swap(Op0, Op1); |
| 1287 | } |
| 1288 | } |
Bill Wendling | 7f0ef6b | 2008-11-30 13:08:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1289 | |
Chris Lattner | 64daab5 | 2006-04-01 08:03:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1290 | if (Op1->hasOneUse() && |
Dan Gohman | 4ae5126 | 2009-08-12 16:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1291 | match(Op1, m_Xor(m_Value(A), m_Value(B)))) { |
Chris Lattner | 64daab5 | 2006-04-01 08:03:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1292 | if (B == Op0) { // B&(A^B) -> B&(B^A) |
| 1293 | cast<BinaryOperator>(Op1)->swapOperands(); |
| 1294 | std::swap(A, B); |
| 1295 | } |
Chris Lattner | 7438106 | 2009-08-30 07:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1296 | if (A == Op0) // A&(A^B) -> A & ~B |
| 1297 | return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(A, Builder->CreateNot(B, "tmp")); |
Chris Lattner | 64daab5 | 2006-04-01 08:03:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1298 | } |
Bill Wendling | 7f0ef6b | 2008-11-30 13:08:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1299 | |
| 1300 | // (A&((~A)|B)) -> A&B |
Dan Gohman | 4ae5126 | 2009-08-12 16:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1301 | if (match(Op0, m_Or(m_Not(m_Specific(Op1)), m_Value(A))) || |
| 1302 | match(Op0, m_Or(m_Value(A), m_Not(m_Specific(Op1))))) |
Chris Lattner | d8aafcb | 2008-12-01 05:16:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1303 | return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(A, Op1); |
Dan Gohman | 4ae5126 | 2009-08-12 16:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1304 | if (match(Op1, m_Or(m_Not(m_Specific(Op0)), m_Value(A))) || |
| 1305 | match(Op1, m_Or(m_Value(A), m_Not(m_Specific(Op0))))) |
Chris Lattner | d8aafcb | 2008-12-01 05:16:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1306 | return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(A, Op0); |
Chris Lattner | 2082ad9 | 2006-02-13 23:07:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1307 | } |
| 1308 | |
Chris Lattner | a317e04 | 2010-01-05 06:59:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1309 | if (ICmpInst *RHS = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(Op1)) |
Chris Lattner | 29cd5ba | 2008-11-16 05:06:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1310 | if (ICmpInst *LHS = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(Op0)) |
| 1311 | if (Instruction *Res = FoldAndOfICmps(I, LHS, RHS)) |
| 1312 | return Res; |
Chris Lattner | 955f331 | 2004-09-28 21:48:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1313 | |
Chris Lattner | 6fc205f | 2006-05-05 06:39:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1314 | // fold (and (cast A), (cast B)) -> (cast (and A, B)) |
Reid Spencer | 5ae9ceb | 2006-12-13 08:27:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1315 | if (CastInst *Op0C = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0)) |
| 1316 | if (CastInst *Op1C = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op1)) |
| 1317 | if (Op0C->getOpcode() == Op1C->getOpcode()) { // same cast kind ? |
| 1318 | const Type *SrcTy = Op0C->getOperand(0)->getType(); |
Chris Lattner | f98d253 | 2009-07-23 05:32:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1319 | if (SrcTy == Op1C->getOperand(0)->getType() && |
| 1320 | SrcTy->isIntOrIntVector() && |
Reid Spencer | 5ae9ceb | 2006-12-13 08:27:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1321 | // Only do this if the casts both really cause code to be generated. |
Chris Lattner | 80f43d3 | 2010-01-04 07:53:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1322 | ValueRequiresCast(Op0C->getOpcode(), Op0C->getOperand(0), |
| 1323 | I.getType()) && |
Reid Spencer | e4d87aa | 2006-12-23 06:05:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1324 | ValueRequiresCast(Op1C->getOpcode(), Op1C->getOperand(0), |
Chris Lattner | 80f43d3 | 2010-01-04 07:53:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1325 | I.getType())) { |
Chris Lattner | 7438106 | 2009-08-30 07:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1326 | Value *NewOp = Builder->CreateAnd(Op0C->getOperand(0), |
| 1327 | Op1C->getOperand(0), I.getName()); |
Gabor Greif | 7cbd8a3 | 2008-05-16 19:29:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1328 | return CastInst::Create(Op0C->getOpcode(), NewOp, I.getType()); |
Reid Spencer | 5ae9ceb | 2006-12-13 08:27:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1329 | } |
Chris Lattner | 6fc205f | 2006-05-05 06:39:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1330 | } |
Chris Lattner | e511b74 | 2006-11-14 07:46:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1331 | |
| 1332 | // (X >> Z) & (Y >> Z) -> (X&Y) >> Z for all shifts. |
Reid Spencer | 832254e | 2007-02-02 02:16:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1333 | if (BinaryOperator *SI1 = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op1)) { |
| 1334 | if (BinaryOperator *SI0 = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0)) |
| 1335 | if (SI0->isShift() && SI0->getOpcode() == SI1->getOpcode() && |
Chris Lattner | e511b74 | 2006-11-14 07:46:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1336 | SI0->getOperand(1) == SI1->getOperand(1) && |
| 1337 | (SI0->hasOneUse() || SI1->hasOneUse())) { |
Chris Lattner | 7438106 | 2009-08-30 07:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1338 | Value *NewOp = |
| 1339 | Builder->CreateAnd(SI0->getOperand(0), SI1->getOperand(0), |
| 1340 | SI0->getName()); |
Gabor Greif | 7cbd8a3 | 2008-05-16 19:29:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1341 | return BinaryOperator::Create(SI1->getOpcode(), NewOp, |
Reid Spencer | 832254e | 2007-02-02 02:16:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1342 | SI1->getOperand(1)); |
Chris Lattner | e511b74 | 2006-11-14 07:46:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1343 | } |
Chris Lattner | 6fc205f | 2006-05-05 06:39:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1344 | } |
| 1345 | |
Evan Cheng | 8db9072 | 2008-10-14 17:15:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1346 | // If and'ing two fcmp, try combine them into one. |
Chris Lattner | 99c6574 | 2007-10-24 05:38:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1347 | if (FCmpInst *LHS = dyn_cast<FCmpInst>(I.getOperand(0))) { |
Chris Lattner | 42d1be0 | 2009-07-23 05:14:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1348 | if (FCmpInst *RHS = dyn_cast<FCmpInst>(I.getOperand(1))) |
| 1349 | if (Instruction *Res = FoldAndOfFCmps(I, LHS, RHS)) |
| 1350 | return Res; |
Chris Lattner | 99c6574 | 2007-10-24 05:38:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1351 | } |
Nick Lewycky | b4d1bc9 | 2008-07-09 04:32:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1352 | |
Chris Lattner | 7e70829 | 2002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1353 | return Changed ? &I : 0; |
Chris Lattner | 3f5b877 | 2002-05-06 16:14:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1354 | } |
| 1355 | |
Chris Lattner | 8c34cd2 | 2008-10-05 02:13:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1356 | /// CollectBSwapParts - Analyze the specified subexpression and see if it is |
| 1357 | /// capable of providing pieces of a bswap. The subexpression provides pieces |
| 1358 | /// of a bswap if it is proven that each of the non-zero bytes in the output of |
| 1359 | /// the expression came from the corresponding "byte swapped" byte in some other |
| 1360 | /// value. For example, if the current subexpression is "(shl i32 %X, 24)" then |
| 1361 | /// we know that the expression deposits the low byte of %X into the high byte |
| 1362 | /// of the bswap result and that all other bytes are zero. This expression is |
| 1363 | /// accepted, the high byte of ByteValues is set to X to indicate a correct |
| 1364 | /// match. |
| 1365 | /// |
| 1366 | /// This function returns true if the match was unsuccessful and false if so. |
| 1367 | /// On entry to the function the "OverallLeftShift" is a signed integer value |
| 1368 | /// indicating the number of bytes that the subexpression is later shifted. For |
| 1369 | /// example, if the expression is later right shifted by 16 bits, the |
| 1370 | /// OverallLeftShift value would be -2 on entry. This is used to specify which |
| 1371 | /// byte of ByteValues is actually being set. |
| 1372 | /// |
| 1373 | /// Similarly, ByteMask is a bitmask where a bit is clear if its corresponding |
| 1374 | /// byte is masked to zero by a user. For example, in (X & 255), X will be |
| 1375 | /// processed with a bytemask of 1. Because bytemask is 32-bits, this limits |
| 1376 | /// this function to working on up to 32-byte (256 bit) values. ByteMask is |
| 1377 | /// always in the local (OverallLeftShift) coordinate space. |
| 1378 | /// |
| 1379 | static bool CollectBSwapParts(Value *V, int OverallLeftShift, uint32_t ByteMask, |
| 1380 | SmallVector<Value*, 8> &ByteValues) { |
| 1381 | if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) { |
| 1382 | // If this is an or instruction, it may be an inner node of the bswap. |
| 1383 | if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) { |
| 1384 | return CollectBSwapParts(I->getOperand(0), OverallLeftShift, ByteMask, |
| 1385 | ByteValues) || |
| 1386 | CollectBSwapParts(I->getOperand(1), OverallLeftShift, ByteMask, |
| 1387 | ByteValues); |
Chris Lattner | afe91a5 | 2006-06-15 19:07:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1388 | } |
Chris Lattner | 8c34cd2 | 2008-10-05 02:13:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1389 | |
| 1390 | // If this is a logical shift by a constant multiple of 8, recurse with |
| 1391 | // OverallLeftShift and ByteMask adjusted. |
| 1392 | if (I->isLogicalShift() && isa<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) { |
| 1393 | unsigned ShAmt = |
| 1394 | cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))->getLimitedValue(~0U); |
| 1395 | // Ensure the shift amount is defined and of a byte value. |
| 1396 | if ((ShAmt & 7) || (ShAmt > 8*ByteValues.size())) |
| 1397 | return true; |
| 1398 | |
| 1399 | unsigned ByteShift = ShAmt >> 3; |
| 1400 | if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl) { |
| 1401 | // X << 2 -> collect(X, +2) |
| 1402 | OverallLeftShift += ByteShift; |
| 1403 | ByteMask >>= ByteShift; |
| 1404 | } else { |
| 1405 | // X >>u 2 -> collect(X, -2) |
| 1406 | OverallLeftShift -= ByteShift; |
| 1407 | ByteMask <<= ByteShift; |
Chris Lattner | de17ddc | 2008-10-08 06:42:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1408 | ByteMask &= (~0U >> (32-ByteValues.size())); |
Chris Lattner | 8c34cd2 | 2008-10-05 02:13:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1409 | } |
| 1410 | |
| 1411 | if (OverallLeftShift >= (int)ByteValues.size()) return true; |
| 1412 | if (OverallLeftShift <= -(int)ByteValues.size()) return true; |
| 1413 | |
| 1414 | return CollectBSwapParts(I->getOperand(0), OverallLeftShift, ByteMask, |
| 1415 | ByteValues); |
| 1416 | } |
| 1417 | |
| 1418 | // If this is a logical 'and' with a mask that clears bytes, clear the |
| 1419 | // corresponding bytes in ByteMask. |
| 1420 | if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::And && |
| 1421 | isa<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) { |
| 1422 | // Scan every byte of the and mask, seeing if the byte is either 0 or 255. |
| 1423 | unsigned NumBytes = ByteValues.size(); |
| 1424 | APInt Byte(I->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits(), 255); |
| 1425 | const APInt &AndMask = cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))->getValue(); |
| 1426 | |
| 1427 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumBytes; ++i, Byte <<= 8) { |
| 1428 | // If this byte is masked out by a later operation, we don't care what |
| 1429 | // the and mask is. |
| 1430 | if ((ByteMask & (1 << i)) == 0) |
| 1431 | continue; |
| 1432 | |
| 1433 | // If the AndMask is all zeros for this byte, clear the bit. |
| 1434 | APInt MaskB = AndMask & Byte; |
| 1435 | if (MaskB == 0) { |
| 1436 | ByteMask &= ~(1U << i); |
| 1437 | continue; |
| 1438 | } |
| 1439 | |
| 1440 | // If the AndMask is not all ones for this byte, it's not a bytezap. |
| 1441 | if (MaskB != Byte) |
| 1442 | return true; |
| 1443 | |
| 1444 | // Otherwise, this byte is kept. |
| 1445 | } |
| 1446 | |
| 1447 | return CollectBSwapParts(I->getOperand(0), OverallLeftShift, ByteMask, |
| 1448 | ByteValues); |
| 1449 | } |
Chris Lattner | afe91a5 | 2006-06-15 19:07:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1450 | } |
| 1451 | |
Chris Lattner | 8c34cd2 | 2008-10-05 02:13:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1452 | // Okay, we got to something that isn't a shift, 'or' or 'and'. This must be |
| 1453 | // the input value to the bswap. Some observations: 1) if more than one byte |
| 1454 | // is demanded from this input, then it could not be successfully assembled |
| 1455 | // into a byteswap. At least one of the two bytes would not be aligned with |
| 1456 | // their ultimate destination. |
| 1457 | if (!isPowerOf2_32(ByteMask)) return true; |
| 1458 | unsigned InputByteNo = CountTrailingZeros_32(ByteMask); |
Chris Lattner | afe91a5 | 2006-06-15 19:07:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1459 | |
Chris Lattner | 8c34cd2 | 2008-10-05 02:13:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1460 | // 2) The input and ultimate destinations must line up: if byte 3 of an i32 |
| 1461 | // is demanded, it needs to go into byte 0 of the result. This means that the |
| 1462 | // byte needs to be shifted until it lands in the right byte bucket. The |
| 1463 | // shift amount depends on the position: if the byte is coming from the high |
| 1464 | // part of the value (e.g. byte 3) then it must be shifted right. If from the |
| 1465 | // low part, it must be shifted left. |
| 1466 | unsigned DestByteNo = InputByteNo + OverallLeftShift; |
| 1467 | if (InputByteNo < ByteValues.size()/2) { |
| 1468 | if (ByteValues.size()-1-DestByteNo != InputByteNo) |
| 1469 | return true; |
| 1470 | } else { |
| 1471 | if (ByteValues.size()-1-DestByteNo != InputByteNo) |
| 1472 | return true; |
| 1473 | } |
Chris Lattner | afe91a5 | 2006-06-15 19:07:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1474 | |
| 1475 | // If the destination byte value is already defined, the values are or'd |
| 1476 | // together, which isn't a bswap (unless it's an or of the same bits). |
Chris Lattner | 8c34cd2 | 2008-10-05 02:13:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1477 | if (ByteValues[DestByteNo] && ByteValues[DestByteNo] != V) |
Chris Lattner | afe91a5 | 2006-06-15 19:07:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1478 | return true; |
Chris Lattner | 8c34cd2 | 2008-10-05 02:13:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1479 | ByteValues[DestByteNo] = V; |
Chris Lattner | afe91a5 | 2006-06-15 19:07:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1480 | return false; |
| 1481 | } |
| 1482 | |
| 1483 | /// MatchBSwap - Given an OR instruction, check to see if this is a bswap idiom. |
| 1484 | /// If so, insert the new bswap intrinsic and return it. |
| 1485 | Instruction *InstCombiner::MatchBSwap(BinaryOperator &I) { |
Chris Lattner | 55fc8c4 | 2007-04-01 20:57:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1486 | const IntegerType *ITy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(I.getType()); |
Chris Lattner | 8c34cd2 | 2008-10-05 02:13:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1487 | if (!ITy || ITy->getBitWidth() % 16 || |
| 1488 | // ByteMask only allows up to 32-byte values. |
| 1489 | ITy->getBitWidth() > 32*8) |
Chris Lattner | 55fc8c4 | 2007-04-01 20:57:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1490 | return 0; // Can only bswap pairs of bytes. Can't do vectors. |
Chris Lattner | afe91a5 | 2006-06-15 19:07:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1491 | |
| 1492 | /// ByteValues - For each byte of the result, we keep track of which value |
| 1493 | /// defines each byte. |
Chris Lattner | 535014f | 2007-02-15 22:52:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1494 | SmallVector<Value*, 8> ByteValues; |
Chris Lattner | 55fc8c4 | 2007-04-01 20:57:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1495 | ByteValues.resize(ITy->getBitWidth()/8); |
Chris Lattner | afe91a5 | 2006-06-15 19:07:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1496 | |
| 1497 | // Try to find all the pieces corresponding to the bswap. |
Chris Lattner | 8c34cd2 | 2008-10-05 02:13:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1498 | uint32_t ByteMask = ~0U >> (32-ByteValues.size()); |
| 1499 | if (CollectBSwapParts(&I, 0, ByteMask, ByteValues)) |
Chris Lattner | afe91a5 | 2006-06-15 19:07:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1500 | return 0; |
| 1501 | |
| 1502 | // Check to see if all of the bytes come from the same value. |
| 1503 | Value *V = ByteValues[0]; |
| 1504 | if (V == 0) return 0; // Didn't find a byte? Must be zero. |
| 1505 | |
| 1506 | // Check to make sure that all of the bytes come from the same value. |
| 1507 | for (unsigned i = 1, e = ByteValues.size(); i != e; ++i) |
| 1508 | if (ByteValues[i] != V) |
| 1509 | return 0; |
Chandler Carruth | 6994040 | 2007-08-04 01:51:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1510 | const Type *Tys[] = { ITy }; |
Chris Lattner | afe91a5 | 2006-06-15 19:07:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1511 | Module *M = I.getParent()->getParent()->getParent(); |
Chandler Carruth | 6994040 | 2007-08-04 01:51:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1512 | Function *F = Intrinsic::getDeclaration(M, Intrinsic::bswap, Tys, 1); |
Gabor Greif | 051a950 | 2008-04-06 20:25:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1513 | return CallInst::Create(F, V); |
Chris Lattner | afe91a5 | 2006-06-15 19:07:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1514 | } |
| 1515 | |
Chris Lattner | faaf951 | 2008-11-16 04:24:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1516 | /// MatchSelectFromAndOr - We have an expression of the form (A&C)|(B&D). Check |
| 1517 | /// If A is (cond?-1:0) and either B or D is ~(cond?-1,0) or (cond?0,-1), then |
| 1518 | /// we can simplify this expression to "cond ? C : D or B". |
| 1519 | static Instruction *MatchSelectFromAndOr(Value *A, Value *B, |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1520 | Value *C, Value *D) { |
Chris Lattner | a6a474d | 2008-11-16 04:26:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1521 | // If A is not a select of -1/0, this cannot match. |
Chris Lattner | 6046fb7 | 2008-11-16 04:46:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1522 | Value *Cond = 0; |
Dan Gohman | 4ae5126 | 2009-08-12 16:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1523 | if (!match(A, m_SelectCst<-1, 0>(m_Value(Cond)))) |
Chris Lattner | faaf951 | 2008-11-16 04:24:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1524 | return 0; |
| 1525 | |
Chris Lattner | a6a474d | 2008-11-16 04:26:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1526 | // ((cond?-1:0)&C) | (B&(cond?0:-1)) -> cond ? C : B. |
Dan Gohman | 4ae5126 | 2009-08-12 16:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1527 | if (match(D, m_SelectCst<0, -1>(m_Specific(Cond)))) |
Chris Lattner | a6a474d | 2008-11-16 04:26:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1528 | return SelectInst::Create(Cond, C, B); |
Dan Gohman | 4ae5126 | 2009-08-12 16:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1529 | if (match(D, m_Not(m_SelectCst<-1, 0>(m_Specific(Cond))))) |
Chris Lattner | a6a474d | 2008-11-16 04:26:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1530 | return SelectInst::Create(Cond, C, B); |
| 1531 | // ((cond?-1:0)&C) | ((cond?0:-1)&D) -> cond ? C : D. |
Dan Gohman | 4ae5126 | 2009-08-12 16:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1532 | if (match(B, m_SelectCst<0, -1>(m_Specific(Cond)))) |
Chris Lattner | a6a474d | 2008-11-16 04:26:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1533 | return SelectInst::Create(Cond, C, D); |
Dan Gohman | 4ae5126 | 2009-08-12 16:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1534 | if (match(B, m_Not(m_SelectCst<-1, 0>(m_Specific(Cond))))) |
Chris Lattner | a6a474d | 2008-11-16 04:26:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1535 | return SelectInst::Create(Cond, C, D); |
Chris Lattner | faaf951 | 2008-11-16 04:24:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1536 | return 0; |
| 1537 | } |
Chris Lattner | afe91a5 | 2006-06-15 19:07:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1538 | |
Chris Lattner | 69d4ced | 2008-11-16 05:20:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1539 | /// FoldOrOfICmps - Fold (icmp)|(icmp) if possible. |
| 1540 | Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldOrOfICmps(Instruction &I, |
| 1541 | ICmpInst *LHS, ICmpInst *RHS) { |
Chris Lattner | a317e04 | 2010-01-05 06:59:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1542 | ICmpInst::Predicate LHSCC = LHS->getPredicate(), RHSCC = RHS->getPredicate(); |
| 1543 | |
| 1544 | // (icmp1 A, B) | (icmp2 A, B) --> (icmp3 A, B) |
| 1545 | if (PredicatesFoldable(LHSCC, RHSCC)) { |
| 1546 | if (LHS->getOperand(0) == RHS->getOperand(1) && |
| 1547 | LHS->getOperand(1) == RHS->getOperand(0)) |
| 1548 | LHS->swapOperands(); |
| 1549 | if (LHS->getOperand(0) == RHS->getOperand(0) && |
| 1550 | LHS->getOperand(1) == RHS->getOperand(1)) { |
| 1551 | Value *Op0 = LHS->getOperand(0), *Op1 = LHS->getOperand(1); |
| 1552 | unsigned Code = getICmpCode(LHS) | getICmpCode(RHS); |
| 1553 | bool isSigned = LHS->isSigned() || RHS->isSigned(); |
| 1554 | Value *RV = getICmpValue(isSigned, Code, Op0, Op1); |
| 1555 | if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(RV)) |
| 1556 | return I; |
| 1557 | // Otherwise, it's a constant boolean value. |
| 1558 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RV); |
| 1559 | } |
| 1560 | } |
Chris Lattner | 69d4ced | 2008-11-16 05:20:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1561 | |
| 1562 | // This only handles icmp of constants: (icmp1 A, C1) | (icmp2 B, C2). |
Chris Lattner | a317e04 | 2010-01-05 06:59:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1563 | Value *Val = LHS->getOperand(0), *Val2 = RHS->getOperand(0); |
| 1564 | ConstantInt *LHSCst = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(LHS->getOperand(1)); |
| 1565 | ConstantInt *RHSCst = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(RHS->getOperand(1)); |
| 1566 | if (LHSCst == 0 || RHSCst == 0) return 0; |
Chris Lattner | 3f40e23 | 2009-11-29 00:51:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1567 | |
Chris Lattner | 3f40e23 | 2009-11-29 00:51:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1568 | // (icmp ne A, 0) | (icmp ne B, 0) --> (icmp ne (A|B), 0) |
| 1569 | if (LHSCst == RHSCst && LHSCC == RHSCC && |
| 1570 | LHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE && LHSCst->isZero()) { |
| 1571 | Value *NewOr = Builder->CreateOr(Val, Val2); |
| 1572 | return new ICmpInst(LHSCC, NewOr, LHSCst); |
| 1573 | } |
Chris Lattner | 69d4ced | 2008-11-16 05:20:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1574 | |
| 1575 | // From here on, we only handle: |
| 1576 | // (icmp1 A, C1) | (icmp2 A, C2) --> something simpler. |
| 1577 | if (Val != Val2) return 0; |
| 1578 | |
| 1579 | // ICMP_[US][GL]E X, CST is folded to ICMP_[US][GL]T elsewhere. |
| 1580 | if (LHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE || LHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE || |
| 1581 | RHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE || RHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE || |
| 1582 | LHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE || LHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE || |
| 1583 | RHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE || RHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE) |
| 1584 | return 0; |
| 1585 | |
| 1586 | // We can't fold (ugt x, C) | (sgt x, C2). |
| 1587 | if (!PredicatesFoldable(LHSCC, RHSCC)) |
| 1588 | return 0; |
| 1589 | |
| 1590 | // Ensure that the larger constant is on the RHS. |
| 1591 | bool ShouldSwap; |
Nick Lewycky | 4a134af | 2009-10-25 05:20:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1592 | if (CmpInst::isSigned(LHSCC) || |
Chris Lattner | 69d4ced | 2008-11-16 05:20:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1593 | (ICmpInst::isEquality(LHSCC) && |
Nick Lewycky | 4a134af | 2009-10-25 05:20:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1594 | CmpInst::isSigned(RHSCC))) |
Chris Lattner | 69d4ced | 2008-11-16 05:20:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1595 | ShouldSwap = LHSCst->getValue().sgt(RHSCst->getValue()); |
| 1596 | else |
| 1597 | ShouldSwap = LHSCst->getValue().ugt(RHSCst->getValue()); |
| 1598 | |
| 1599 | if (ShouldSwap) { |
| 1600 | std::swap(LHS, RHS); |
| 1601 | std::swap(LHSCst, RHSCst); |
| 1602 | std::swap(LHSCC, RHSCC); |
| 1603 | } |
| 1604 | |
| 1605 | // At this point, we know we have have two icmp instructions |
| 1606 | // comparing a value against two constants and or'ing the result |
| 1607 | // together. Because of the above check, we know that we only have |
| 1608 | // ICMP_EQ, ICMP_NE, ICMP_LT, and ICMP_GT here. We also know (from the |
Chris Lattner | a317e04 | 2010-01-05 06:59:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1609 | // icmp folding check above), that the two constants are not |
Chris Lattner | 69d4ced | 2008-11-16 05:20:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1610 | // equal. |
| 1611 | assert(LHSCst != RHSCst && "Compares not folded above?"); |
| 1612 | |
| 1613 | switch (LHSCC) { |
Torok Edwin | c23197a | 2009-07-14 16:55:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1614 | default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown integer condition code!"); |
Chris Lattner | 69d4ced | 2008-11-16 05:20:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1615 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: |
| 1616 | switch (RHSCC) { |
Torok Edwin | c23197a | 2009-07-14 16:55:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1617 | default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown integer condition code!"); |
Chris Lattner | 69d4ced | 2008-11-16 05:20:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1618 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: |
Dan Gohman | 186a636 | 2009-08-12 16:04:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1619 | if (LHSCst == SubOne(RHSCst)) { |
Owen Anderson | d672ecb | 2009-07-03 00:17:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1620 | // (X == 13 | X == 14) -> X-13 <u 2 |
Owen Anderson | baf3c40 | 2009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1621 | Constant *AddCST = ConstantExpr::getNeg(LHSCst); |
Chris Lattner | 7438106 | 2009-08-30 07:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1622 | Value *Add = Builder->CreateAdd(Val, AddCST, Val->getName()+".off"); |
Dan Gohman | 186a636 | 2009-08-12 16:04:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1623 | AddCST = ConstantExpr::getSub(AddOne(RHSCst), LHSCst); |
Dan Gohman | 1c8a23c | 2009-08-25 23:17:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1624 | return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, Add, AddCST); |
Chris Lattner | 69d4ced | 2008-11-16 05:20:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1625 | } |
| 1626 | break; // (X == 13 | X == 15) -> no change |
| 1627 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X == 13 | X u> 14) -> no change |
| 1628 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X == 13 | X s> 14) -> no change |
| 1629 | break; |
| 1630 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: // (X == 13 | X != 15) -> X != 15 |
| 1631 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X == 13 | X u< 15) -> X u< 15 |
| 1632 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X == 13 | X s< 15) -> X s< 15 |
| 1633 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS); |
| 1634 | } |
| 1635 | break; |
| 1636 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: |
| 1637 | switch (RHSCC) { |
Torok Edwin | c23197a | 2009-07-14 16:55:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1638 | default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown integer condition code!"); |
Chris Lattner | 69d4ced | 2008-11-16 05:20:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1639 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X != 13 | X == 15) -> X != 13 |
| 1640 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X != 13 | X u> 15) -> X != 13 |
| 1641 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X != 13 | X s> 15) -> X != 13 |
| 1642 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS); |
| 1643 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: // (X != 13 | X != 15) -> true |
| 1644 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X != 13 | X u< 15) -> true |
| 1645 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X != 13 | X s< 15) -> true |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1646 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue(I.getContext())); |
Chris Lattner | 69d4ced | 2008-11-16 05:20:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1647 | } |
| 1648 | break; |
| 1649 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: |
| 1650 | switch (RHSCC) { |
Torok Edwin | c23197a | 2009-07-14 16:55:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1651 | default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown integer condition code!"); |
Chris Lattner | 69d4ced | 2008-11-16 05:20:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1652 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X u< 13 | X == 14) -> no change |
| 1653 | break; |
| 1654 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X u< 13 | X u> 15) -> (X-13) u> 2 |
| 1655 | // If RHSCst is [us]MAXINT, it is always false. Not handling |
| 1656 | // this can cause overflow. |
| 1657 | if (RHSCst->isMaxValue(false)) |
| 1658 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS); |
Dan Gohman | 186a636 | 2009-08-12 16:04:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1659 | return InsertRangeTest(Val, LHSCst, AddOne(RHSCst), |
Owen Anderson | d672ecb | 2009-07-03 00:17:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1660 | false, false, I); |
Chris Lattner | 69d4ced | 2008-11-16 05:20:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1661 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X u< 13 | X s> 15) -> no change |
| 1662 | break; |
| 1663 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: // (X u< 13 | X != 15) -> X != 15 |
| 1664 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X u< 13 | X u< 15) -> X u< 15 |
| 1665 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS); |
| 1666 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X u< 13 | X s< 15) -> no change |
| 1667 | break; |
| 1668 | } |
| 1669 | break; |
| 1670 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: |
| 1671 | switch (RHSCC) { |
Torok Edwin | c23197a | 2009-07-14 16:55:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1672 | default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown integer condition code!"); |
Chris Lattner | 69d4ced | 2008-11-16 05:20:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1673 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X s< 13 | X == 14) -> no change |
| 1674 | break; |
| 1675 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X s< 13 | X s> 15) -> (X-13) s> 2 |
| 1676 | // If RHSCst is [us]MAXINT, it is always false. Not handling |
| 1677 | // this can cause overflow. |
| 1678 | if (RHSCst->isMaxValue(true)) |
| 1679 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS); |
Dan Gohman | 186a636 | 2009-08-12 16:04:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1680 | return InsertRangeTest(Val, LHSCst, AddOne(RHSCst), |
Owen Anderson | d672ecb | 2009-07-03 00:17:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1681 | true, false, I); |
Chris Lattner | 69d4ced | 2008-11-16 05:20:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1682 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X s< 13 | X u> 15) -> no change |
| 1683 | break; |
| 1684 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: // (X s< 13 | X != 15) -> X != 15 |
| 1685 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X s< 13 | X s< 15) -> X s< 15 |
| 1686 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS); |
| 1687 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X s< 13 | X u< 15) -> no change |
| 1688 | break; |
| 1689 | } |
| 1690 | break; |
| 1691 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: |
| 1692 | switch (RHSCC) { |
Torok Edwin | c23197a | 2009-07-14 16:55:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1693 | default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown integer condition code!"); |
Chris Lattner | 69d4ced | 2008-11-16 05:20:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1694 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X u> 13 | X == 15) -> X u> 13 |
| 1695 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X u> 13 | X u> 15) -> X u> 13 |
| 1696 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS); |
| 1697 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X u> 13 | X s> 15) -> no change |
| 1698 | break; |
| 1699 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: // (X u> 13 | X != 15) -> true |
| 1700 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X u> 13 | X u< 15) -> true |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1701 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue(I.getContext())); |
Chris Lattner | 69d4ced | 2008-11-16 05:20:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1702 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X u> 13 | X s< 15) -> no change |
| 1703 | break; |
| 1704 | } |
| 1705 | break; |
| 1706 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: |
| 1707 | switch (RHSCC) { |
Torok Edwin | c23197a | 2009-07-14 16:55:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1708 | default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown integer condition code!"); |
Chris Lattner | 69d4ced | 2008-11-16 05:20:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1709 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X s> 13 | X == 15) -> X > 13 |
| 1710 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X s> 13 | X s> 15) -> X > 13 |
| 1711 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS); |
| 1712 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X s> 13 | X u> 15) -> no change |
| 1713 | break; |
| 1714 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: // (X s> 13 | X != 15) -> true |
| 1715 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X s> 13 | X s< 15) -> true |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1716 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue(I.getContext())); |
Chris Lattner | 69d4ced | 2008-11-16 05:20:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1717 | case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X s> 13 | X u< 15) -> no change |
| 1718 | break; |
| 1719 | } |
| 1720 | break; |
| 1721 | } |
| 1722 | return 0; |
| 1723 | } |
| 1724 | |
Chris Lattner | 5414cc5 | 2009-07-23 05:46:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1725 | Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldOrOfFCmps(Instruction &I, FCmpInst *LHS, |
| 1726 | FCmpInst *RHS) { |
| 1727 | if (LHS->getPredicate() == FCmpInst::FCMP_UNO && |
| 1728 | RHS->getPredicate() == FCmpInst::FCMP_UNO && |
| 1729 | LHS->getOperand(0)->getType() == RHS->getOperand(0)->getType()) { |
| 1730 | if (ConstantFP *LHSC = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(LHS->getOperand(1))) |
| 1731 | if (ConstantFP *RHSC = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(RHS->getOperand(1))) { |
| 1732 | // If either of the constants are nans, then the whole thing returns |
| 1733 | // true. |
| 1734 | if (LHSC->getValueAPF().isNaN() || RHSC->getValueAPF().isNaN()) |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1735 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue(I.getContext())); |
Chris Lattner | 5414cc5 | 2009-07-23 05:46:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1736 | |
| 1737 | // Otherwise, no need to compare the two constants, compare the |
| 1738 | // rest. |
Dan Gohman | 1c8a23c | 2009-08-25 23:17:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1739 | return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_UNO, |
Chris Lattner | 5414cc5 | 2009-07-23 05:46:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1740 | LHS->getOperand(0), RHS->getOperand(0)); |
| 1741 | } |
| 1742 | |
| 1743 | // Handle vector zeros. This occurs because the canonical form of |
| 1744 | // "fcmp uno x,x" is "fcmp uno x, 0". |
| 1745 | if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(LHS->getOperand(1)) && |
| 1746 | isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(RHS->getOperand(1))) |
Dan Gohman | 1c8a23c | 2009-08-25 23:17:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1747 | return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_UNO, |
Chris Lattner | 5414cc5 | 2009-07-23 05:46:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1748 | LHS->getOperand(0), RHS->getOperand(0)); |
| 1749 | |
| 1750 | return 0; |
| 1751 | } |
| 1752 | |
| 1753 | Value *Op0LHS = LHS->getOperand(0), *Op0RHS = LHS->getOperand(1); |
| 1754 | Value *Op1LHS = RHS->getOperand(0), *Op1RHS = RHS->getOperand(1); |
| 1755 | FCmpInst::Predicate Op0CC = LHS->getPredicate(), Op1CC = RHS->getPredicate(); |
| 1756 | |
| 1757 | if (Op0LHS == Op1RHS && Op0RHS == Op1LHS) { |
| 1758 | // Swap RHS operands to match LHS. |
| 1759 | Op1CC = FCmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Op1CC); |
| 1760 | std::swap(Op1LHS, Op1RHS); |
| 1761 | } |
| 1762 | if (Op0LHS == Op1LHS && Op0RHS == Op1RHS) { |
| 1763 | // Simplify (fcmp cc0 x, y) | (fcmp cc1 x, y). |
| 1764 | if (Op0CC == Op1CC) |
Dan Gohman | 1c8a23c | 2009-08-25 23:17:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1765 | return new FCmpInst((FCmpInst::Predicate)Op0CC, |
Chris Lattner | 5414cc5 | 2009-07-23 05:46:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1766 | Op0LHS, Op0RHS); |
| 1767 | if (Op0CC == FCmpInst::FCMP_TRUE || Op1CC == FCmpInst::FCMP_TRUE) |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1768 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue(I.getContext())); |
Chris Lattner | 5414cc5 | 2009-07-23 05:46:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1769 | if (Op0CC == FCmpInst::FCMP_FALSE) |
| 1770 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS); |
| 1771 | if (Op1CC == FCmpInst::FCMP_FALSE) |
| 1772 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS); |
| 1773 | bool Op0Ordered; |
| 1774 | bool Op1Ordered; |
| 1775 | unsigned Op0Pred = getFCmpCode(Op0CC, Op0Ordered); |
| 1776 | unsigned Op1Pred = getFCmpCode(Op1CC, Op1Ordered); |
| 1777 | if (Op0Ordered == Op1Ordered) { |
| 1778 | // If both are ordered or unordered, return a new fcmp with |
| 1779 | // or'ed predicates. |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1780 | Value *RV = getFCmpValue(Op0Ordered, Op0Pred|Op1Pred, Op0LHS, Op0RHS); |
Chris Lattner | 5414cc5 | 2009-07-23 05:46:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1781 | if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(RV)) |
| 1782 | return I; |
| 1783 | // Otherwise, it's a constant boolean value... |
| 1784 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RV); |
| 1785 | } |
| 1786 | } |
| 1787 | return 0; |
| 1788 | } |
| 1789 | |
Bill Wendling | a698a47 | 2008-12-01 08:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1790 | /// FoldOrWithConstants - This helper function folds: |
| 1791 | /// |
Bill Wendling | a8bb13f | 2008-12-02 05:09:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1792 | /// ((A | B) & C1) | (B & C2) |
Bill Wendling | a698a47 | 2008-12-01 08:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1793 | /// |
| 1794 | /// into: |
| 1795 | /// |
Bill Wendling | a8bb13f | 2008-12-02 05:09:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1796 | /// (A & C1) | B |
Bill Wendling | d54d860 | 2008-12-01 08:32:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1797 | /// |
Bill Wendling | a8bb13f | 2008-12-02 05:09:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1798 | /// when the XOR of the two constants is "all ones" (-1). |
Bill Wendling | d54d860 | 2008-12-01 08:32:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1799 | Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldOrWithConstants(BinaryOperator &I, Value *Op, |
Bill Wendling | a698a47 | 2008-12-01 08:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1800 | Value *A, Value *B, Value *C) { |
Bill Wendling | dda74e0 | 2008-12-02 05:06:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1801 | ConstantInt *CI1 = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(C); |
| 1802 | if (!CI1) return 0; |
Bill Wendling | a698a47 | 2008-12-01 08:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1803 | |
Bill Wendling | 286a054 | 2008-12-02 06:24:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1804 | Value *V1 = 0; |
| 1805 | ConstantInt *CI2 = 0; |
Dan Gohman | 4ae5126 | 2009-08-12 16:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1806 | if (!match(Op, m_And(m_Value(V1), m_ConstantInt(CI2)))) return 0; |
Bill Wendling | a698a47 | 2008-12-01 08:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1807 | |
Bill Wendling | 29976b9 | 2008-12-02 06:18:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1808 | APInt Xor = CI1->getValue() ^ CI2->getValue(); |
| 1809 | if (!Xor.isAllOnesValue()) return 0; |
| 1810 | |
Bill Wendling | 286a054 | 2008-12-02 06:24:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1811 | if (V1 == A || V1 == B) { |
Chris Lattner | 7438106 | 2009-08-30 07:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1812 | Value *NewOp = Builder->CreateAnd((V1 == A) ? B : A, CI1); |
Bill Wendling | d16c6e9 | 2008-12-02 06:22:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1813 | return BinaryOperator::CreateOr(NewOp, V1); |
Bill Wendling | a698a47 | 2008-12-01 08:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1814 | } |
| 1815 | |
| 1816 | return 0; |
| 1817 | } |
| 1818 | |
Chris Lattner | 7e70829 | 2002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1819 | Instruction *InstCombiner::visitOr(BinaryOperator &I) { |
Chris Lattner | 4f98c56 | 2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1820 | bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I); |
Chris Lattner | 7e70829 | 2002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1821 | Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1); |
Chris Lattner | 3f5b877 | 2002-05-06 16:14:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1822 | |
Chris Lattner | d06094f | 2009-11-10 00:55:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1823 | if (Value *V = SimplifyOrInst(Op0, Op1, TD)) |
| 1824 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, V); |
| 1825 | |
| 1826 | |
Chris Lattner | f8c36f5 | 2006-02-12 08:02:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1827 | // See if we can simplify any instructions used by the instruction whose sole |
| 1828 | // purpose is to compute bits we don't care about. |
Dan Gohman | 6de29f8 | 2009-06-15 22:12:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1829 | if (SimplifyDemandedInstructionBits(I)) |
| 1830 | return &I; |
Chris Lattner | 041a6c9 | 2007-06-15 05:26:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1831 | |
Zhou Sheng | 6b6b6ef | 2007-01-11 12:24:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1832 | if (ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) { |
Chris Lattner | 4f637d4 | 2006-01-06 17:59:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1833 | ConstantInt *C1 = 0; Value *X = 0; |
Chris Lattner | acd1f0f | 2004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1834 | // (X & C1) | C2 --> (X | C2) & (C1|C2) |
Dan Gohman | 4ae5126 | 2009-08-12 16:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1835 | if (match(Op0, m_And(m_Value(X), m_ConstantInt(C1))) && |
Chris Lattner | 248a84b | 2010-01-05 07:04:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1836 | Op0->hasOneUse()) { |
Chris Lattner | 7438106 | 2009-08-30 07:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1837 | Value *Or = Builder->CreateOr(X, RHS); |
Chris Lattner | 6934a04 | 2007-02-11 01:23:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1838 | Or->takeName(Op0); |
Gabor Greif | 7cbd8a3 | 2008-05-16 19:29:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1839 | return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Or, |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1840 | ConstantInt::get(I.getContext(), |
| 1841 | RHS->getValue() | C1->getValue())); |
Chris Lattner | acd1f0f | 2004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1842 | } |
Chris Lattner | ad44ebf | 2003-07-23 18:29:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1843 | |
Chris Lattner | acd1f0f | 2004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1844 | // (X ^ C1) | C2 --> (X | C2) ^ (C1&~C2) |
Dan Gohman | 4ae5126 | 2009-08-12 16:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1845 | if (match(Op0, m_Xor(m_Value(X), m_ConstantInt(C1))) && |
Chris Lattner | 248a84b | 2010-01-05 07:04:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1846 | Op0->hasOneUse()) { |
Chris Lattner | 7438106 | 2009-08-30 07:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1847 | Value *Or = Builder->CreateOr(X, RHS); |
Chris Lattner | 6934a04 | 2007-02-11 01:23:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1848 | Or->takeName(Op0); |
Gabor Greif | 7cbd8a3 | 2008-05-16 19:29:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1849 | return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(Or, |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1850 | ConstantInt::get(I.getContext(), |
| 1851 | C1->getValue() & ~RHS->getValue())); |
Chris Lattner | ad44ebf | 2003-07-23 18:29:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1852 | } |
Chris Lattner | 2eefe51 | 2004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1853 | |
| 1854 | // Try to fold constant and into select arguments. |
| 1855 | if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0)) |
Chris Lattner | 80f43d3 | 2010-01-04 07:53:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1856 | if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI)) |
Chris Lattner | 2eefe51 | 2004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1857 | return R; |
Chris Lattner | 4e998b2 | 2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1858 | if (isa<PHINode>(Op0)) |
| 1859 | if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I)) |
| 1860 | return NV; |
Chris Lattner | ad44ebf | 2003-07-23 18:29:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1861 | } |
| 1862 | |
Chris Lattner | 4f637d4 | 2006-01-06 17:59:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1863 | Value *A = 0, *B = 0; |
| 1864 | ConstantInt *C1 = 0, *C2 = 0; |
Chris Lattner | f4d4c87 | 2005-05-07 23:49:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1865 | |
Chris Lattner | 6423d4c | 2006-07-10 20:25:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1866 | // (A | B) | C and A | (B | C) -> bswap if possible. |
| 1867 | // (A >> B) | (C << D) and (A << B) | (B >> C) -> bswap if possible. |
Dan Gohman | 4ae5126 | 2009-08-12 16:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1868 | if (match(Op0, m_Or(m_Value(), m_Value())) || |
| 1869 | match(Op1, m_Or(m_Value(), m_Value())) || |
| 1870 | (match(Op0, m_Shift(m_Value(), m_Value())) && |
| 1871 | match(Op1, m_Shift(m_Value(), m_Value())))) { |
Chris Lattner | afe91a5 | 2006-06-15 19:07:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1872 | if (Instruction *BSwap = MatchBSwap(I)) |
| 1873 | return BSwap; |
| 1874 | } |
| 1875 | |
Chris Lattner | 6e4c649 | 2005-05-09 04:58:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1876 | // (X^C)|Y -> (X|Y)^C iff Y&C == 0 |
Owen Anderson | c7d2ce7 | 2009-07-10 17:35:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1877 | if (Op0->hasOneUse() && |
Dan Gohman | 4ae5126 | 2009-08-12 16:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1878 | match(Op0, m_Xor(m_Value(A), m_ConstantInt(C1))) && |
Reid Spencer | a03d45f | 2007-03-22 22:19:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1879 | MaskedValueIsZero(Op1, C1->getValue())) { |
Chris Lattner | 7438106 | 2009-08-30 07:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1880 | Value *NOr = Builder->CreateOr(A, Op1); |
Chris Lattner | 6934a04 | 2007-02-11 01:23:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1881 | NOr->takeName(Op0); |
Gabor Greif | 7cbd8a3 | 2008-05-16 19:29:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1882 | return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(NOr, C1); |
Chris Lattner | 6e4c649 | 2005-05-09 04:58:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1883 | } |
| 1884 | |
| 1885 | // Y|(X^C) -> (X|Y)^C iff Y&C == 0 |
Owen Anderson | c7d2ce7 | 2009-07-10 17:35:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1886 | if (Op1->hasOneUse() && |
Dan Gohman | 4ae5126 | 2009-08-12 16:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1887 | match(Op1, m_Xor(m_Value(A), m_ConstantInt(C1))) && |
Reid Spencer | a03d45f | 2007-03-22 22:19:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1888 | MaskedValueIsZero(Op0, C1->getValue())) { |
Chris Lattner | 7438106 | 2009-08-30 07:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1889 | Value *NOr = Builder->CreateOr(A, Op0); |
Chris Lattner | 6934a04 | 2007-02-11 01:23:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1890 | NOr->takeName(Op0); |
Gabor Greif | 7cbd8a3 | 2008-05-16 19:29:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1891 | return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(NOr, C1); |
Chris Lattner | 6e4c649 | 2005-05-09 04:58:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1892 | } |
| 1893 | |
Chris Lattner | c5e7ea4 | 2007-04-08 07:47:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1894 | // (A & C)|(B & D) |
Chris Lattner | 2384d7b | 2007-06-19 05:43:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1895 | Value *C = 0, *D = 0; |
Dan Gohman | 4ae5126 | 2009-08-12 16:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1896 | if (match(Op0, m_And(m_Value(A), m_Value(C))) && |
| 1897 | match(Op1, m_And(m_Value(B), m_Value(D)))) { |
Chris Lattner | 6cae0e0 | 2007-04-08 07:55:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1898 | Value *V1 = 0, *V2 = 0, *V3 = 0; |
| 1899 | C1 = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(C); |
| 1900 | C2 = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(D); |
| 1901 | if (C1 && C2) { // (A & C1)|(B & C2) |
| 1902 | // If we have: ((V + N) & C1) | (V & C2) |
| 1903 | // .. and C2 = ~C1 and C2 is 0+1+ and (N & C2) == 0 |
| 1904 | // replace with V+N. |
| 1905 | if (C1->getValue() == ~C2->getValue()) { |
| 1906 | if ((C2->getValue() & (C2->getValue()+1)) == 0 && // C2 == 0+1+ |
Dan Gohman | 4ae5126 | 2009-08-12 16:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1907 | match(A, m_Add(m_Value(V1), m_Value(V2)))) { |
Chris Lattner | 6cae0e0 | 2007-04-08 07:55:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1908 | // Add commutes, try both ways. |
| 1909 | if (V1 == B && MaskedValueIsZero(V2, C2->getValue())) |
| 1910 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, A); |
| 1911 | if (V2 == B && MaskedValueIsZero(V1, C2->getValue())) |
| 1912 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, A); |
| 1913 | } |
| 1914 | // Or commutes, try both ways. |
| 1915 | if ((C1->getValue() & (C1->getValue()+1)) == 0 && |
Dan Gohman | 4ae5126 | 2009-08-12 16:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1916 | match(B, m_Add(m_Value(V1), m_Value(V2)))) { |
Chris Lattner | 6cae0e0 | 2007-04-08 07:55:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1917 | // Add commutes, try both ways. |
| 1918 | if (V1 == A && MaskedValueIsZero(V2, C1->getValue())) |
| 1919 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, B); |
| 1920 | if (V2 == A && MaskedValueIsZero(V1, C1->getValue())) |
| 1921 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, B); |
| 1922 | } |
| 1923 | } |
Chris Lattner | e4412c1 | 2010-01-04 06:03:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1924 | |
| 1925 | // ((V | N) & C1) | (V & C2) --> (V|N) & (C1|C2) |
| 1926 | // iff (C1&C2) == 0 and (N&~C1) == 0 |
| 1927 | if ((C1->getValue() & C2->getValue()) == 0) { |
| 1928 | if (match(A, m_Or(m_Value(V1), m_Value(V2))) && |
| 1929 | ((V1 == B && MaskedValueIsZero(V2, ~C1->getValue())) || // (V|N) |
| 1930 | (V2 == B && MaskedValueIsZero(V1, ~C1->getValue())))) // (N|V) |
| 1931 | return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(A, |
| 1932 | ConstantInt::get(A->getContext(), |
| 1933 | C1->getValue()|C2->getValue())); |
| 1934 | // Or commutes, try both ways. |
| 1935 | if (match(B, m_Or(m_Value(V1), m_Value(V2))) && |
| 1936 | ((V1 == A && MaskedValueIsZero(V2, ~C2->getValue())) || // (V|N) |
| 1937 | (V2 == A && MaskedValueIsZero(V1, ~C2->getValue())))) // (N|V) |
| 1938 | return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(B, |
| 1939 | ConstantInt::get(B->getContext(), |
| 1940 | C1->getValue()|C2->getValue())); |
| 1941 | } |
Chris Lattner | 6cae0e0 | 2007-04-08 07:55:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1942 | } |
| 1943 | |
Chris Lattner | c5e7ea4 | 2007-04-08 07:47:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1944 | // Check to see if we have any common things being and'ed. If so, find the |
| 1945 | // terms for V1 & (V2|V3). |
Chris Lattner | 248a84b | 2010-01-05 07:04:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1946 | if (Op0->hasOneUse() || Op1->hasOneUse()) { |
Chris Lattner | e4412c1 | 2010-01-04 06:03:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1947 | V1 = 0; |
Chris Lattner | c5e7ea4 | 2007-04-08 07:47:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1948 | if (A == B) // (A & C)|(A & D) == A & (C|D) |
| 1949 | V1 = A, V2 = C, V3 = D; |
| 1950 | else if (A == D) // (A & C)|(B & A) == A & (B|C) |
| 1951 | V1 = A, V2 = B, V3 = C; |
| 1952 | else if (C == B) // (A & C)|(C & D) == C & (A|D) |
| 1953 | V1 = C, V2 = A, V3 = D; |
| 1954 | else if (C == D) // (A & C)|(B & C) == C & (A|B) |
| 1955 | V1 = C, V2 = A, V3 = B; |
| 1956 | |
| 1957 | if (V1) { |
Chris Lattner | 7438106 | 2009-08-30 07:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1958 | Value *Or = Builder->CreateOr(V2, V3, "tmp"); |
Gabor Greif | 7cbd8a3 | 2008-05-16 19:29:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1959 | return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(V1, Or); |
Chris Lattner | 0b7c0bf | 2005-09-18 06:02:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1960 | } |
Chris Lattner | c5e7ea4 | 2007-04-08 07:47:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1961 | } |
Dan Gohman | b493b27 | 2008-10-28 22:38:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1962 | |
Dan Gohman | 1975d03 | 2008-10-30 20:40:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1963 | // (A & (C0?-1:0)) | (B & ~(C0?-1:0)) -> C0 ? A : B, and commuted variants |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1964 | if (Instruction *Match = MatchSelectFromAndOr(A, B, C, D)) |
Chris Lattner | faaf951 | 2008-11-16 04:24:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1965 | return Match; |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1966 | if (Instruction *Match = MatchSelectFromAndOr(B, A, D, C)) |
Chris Lattner | faaf951 | 2008-11-16 04:24:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1967 | return Match; |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1968 | if (Instruction *Match = MatchSelectFromAndOr(C, B, A, D)) |
Chris Lattner | faaf951 | 2008-11-16 04:24:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1969 | return Match; |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1970 | if (Instruction *Match = MatchSelectFromAndOr(D, A, B, C)) |
Chris Lattner | faaf951 | 2008-11-16 04:24:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1971 | return Match; |
Bill Wendling | b01865c | 2008-11-30 13:52:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1972 | |
Bill Wendling | b01865c | 2008-11-30 13:52:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1973 | // ((A&~B)|(~A&B)) -> A^B |
Dan Gohman | 4ae5126 | 2009-08-12 16:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1974 | if ((match(C, m_Not(m_Specific(D))) && |
| 1975 | match(B, m_Not(m_Specific(A))))) |
Bill Wendling | 03aae5f | 2008-12-01 08:09:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1976 | return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(A, D); |
Bill Wendling | b01865c | 2008-11-30 13:52:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1977 | // ((~B&A)|(~A&B)) -> A^B |
Dan Gohman | 4ae5126 | 2009-08-12 16:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1978 | if ((match(A, m_Not(m_Specific(D))) && |
| 1979 | match(B, m_Not(m_Specific(C))))) |
Bill Wendling | 03aae5f | 2008-12-01 08:09:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1980 | return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(C, D); |
Bill Wendling | b01865c | 2008-11-30 13:52:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1981 | // ((A&~B)|(B&~A)) -> A^B |
Dan Gohman | 4ae5126 | 2009-08-12 16:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1982 | if ((match(C, m_Not(m_Specific(B))) && |
| 1983 | match(D, m_Not(m_Specific(A))))) |
Bill Wendling | 03aae5f | 2008-12-01 08:09:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1984 | return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(A, B); |
Bill Wendling | b01865c | 2008-11-30 13:52:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1985 | // ((~B&A)|(B&~A)) -> A^B |
Dan Gohman | 4ae5126 | 2009-08-12 16:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1986 | if ((match(A, m_Not(m_Specific(B))) && |
| 1987 | match(D, m_Not(m_Specific(C))))) |
Bill Wendling | 03aae5f | 2008-12-01 08:09:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1988 | return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(C, B); |
Chris Lattner | e9bed7d | 2005-09-18 03:42:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1989 | } |
Chris Lattner | e511b74 | 2006-11-14 07:46:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1990 | |
| 1991 | // (X >> Z) | (Y >> Z) -> (X|Y) >> Z for all shifts. |
Reid Spencer | 832254e | 2007-02-02 02:16:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1992 | if (BinaryOperator *SI1 = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op1)) { |
| 1993 | if (BinaryOperator *SI0 = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0)) |
| 1994 | if (SI0->isShift() && SI0->getOpcode() == SI1->getOpcode() && |
Chris Lattner | e511b74 | 2006-11-14 07:46:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1995 | SI0->getOperand(1) == SI1->getOperand(1) && |
| 1996 | (SI0->hasOneUse() || SI1->hasOneUse())) { |
Chris Lattner | 7438106 | 2009-08-30 07:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1997 | Value *NewOp = Builder->CreateOr(SI0->getOperand(0), SI1->getOperand(0), |
| 1998 | SI0->getName()); |
Gabor Greif | 7cbd8a3 | 2008-05-16 19:29:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1999 | return BinaryOperator::Create(SI1->getOpcode(), NewOp, |
Reid Spencer | 832254e | 2007-02-02 02:16:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2000 | SI1->getOperand(1)); |
Chris Lattner | e511b74 | 2006-11-14 07:46:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2001 | } |
| 2002 | } |
Chris Lattner | 67ca768 | 2003-08-12 19:11:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2003 | |
Bill Wendling | b3833d1 | 2008-12-01 01:07:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2004 | // ((A|B)&1)|(B&-2) -> (A&1) | B |
Dan Gohman | 4ae5126 | 2009-08-12 16:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2005 | if (match(Op0, m_And(m_Or(m_Value(A), m_Value(B)), m_Value(C))) || |
| 2006 | match(Op0, m_And(m_Value(C), m_Or(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))))) { |
Bill Wendling | d54d860 | 2008-12-01 08:32:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2007 | Instruction *Ret = FoldOrWithConstants(I, Op1, A, B, C); |
Bill Wendling | a698a47 | 2008-12-01 08:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2008 | if (Ret) return Ret; |
Bill Wendling | b3833d1 | 2008-12-01 01:07:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2009 | } |
| 2010 | // (B&-2)|((A|B)&1) -> (A&1) | B |
Dan Gohman | 4ae5126 | 2009-08-12 16:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2011 | if (match(Op1, m_And(m_Or(m_Value(A), m_Value(B)), m_Value(C))) || |
| 2012 | match(Op1, m_And(m_Value(C), m_Or(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))))) { |
Bill Wendling | d54d860 | 2008-12-01 08:32:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2013 | Instruction *Ret = FoldOrWithConstants(I, Op0, A, B, C); |
Bill Wendling | a698a47 | 2008-12-01 08:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2014 | if (Ret) return Ret; |
Bill Wendling | b3833d1 | 2008-12-01 01:07:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2015 | } |
| 2016 | |
Chris Lattner | d06094f | 2009-11-10 00:55:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2017 | // (~A | ~B) == (~(A & B)) - De Morgan's Law |
| 2018 | if (Value *Op0NotVal = dyn_castNotVal(Op0)) |
| 2019 | if (Value *Op1NotVal = dyn_castNotVal(Op1)) |
| 2020 | if (Op0->hasOneUse() && Op1->hasOneUse()) { |
| 2021 | Value *And = Builder->CreateAnd(Op0NotVal, Op1NotVal, |
| 2022 | I.getName()+".demorgan"); |
| 2023 | return BinaryOperator::CreateNot(And); |
| 2024 | } |
Chris Lattner | a288196 | 2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2025 | |
Chris Lattner | a317e04 | 2010-01-05 06:59:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2026 | if (ICmpInst *RHS = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(I.getOperand(1))) |
Chris Lattner | 69d4ced | 2008-11-16 05:20:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2027 | if (ICmpInst *LHS = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(I.getOperand(0))) |
| 2028 | if (Instruction *Res = FoldOrOfICmps(I, LHS, RHS)) |
| 2029 | return Res; |
Chris Lattner | 6fc205f | 2006-05-05 06:39:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2030 | |
| 2031 | // fold (or (cast A), (cast B)) -> (cast (or A, B)) |
Chris Lattner | 99c6574 | 2007-10-24 05:38:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2032 | if (CastInst *Op0C = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0)) { |
Chris Lattner | 6fc205f | 2006-05-05 06:39:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2033 | if (CastInst *Op1C = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op1)) |
Reid Spencer | 5ae9ceb | 2006-12-13 08:27:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2034 | if (Op0C->getOpcode() == Op1C->getOpcode()) {// same cast kind ? |
Evan Cheng | b98a10e | 2008-03-24 00:21:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2035 | if (!isa<ICmpInst>(Op0C->getOperand(0)) || |
| 2036 | !isa<ICmpInst>(Op1C->getOperand(0))) { |
| 2037 | const Type *SrcTy = Op0C->getOperand(0)->getType(); |
Chris Lattner | f98d253 | 2009-07-23 05:32:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2038 | if (SrcTy == Op1C->getOperand(0)->getType() && |
| 2039 | SrcTy->isIntOrIntVector() && |
Evan Cheng | b98a10e | 2008-03-24 00:21:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2040 | // Only do this if the casts both really cause code to be |
| 2041 | // generated. |
| 2042 | ValueRequiresCast(Op0C->getOpcode(), Op0C->getOperand(0), |
Chris Lattner | 80f43d3 | 2010-01-04 07:53:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2043 | I.getType()) && |
Evan Cheng | b98a10e | 2008-03-24 00:21:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2044 | ValueRequiresCast(Op1C->getOpcode(), Op1C->getOperand(0), |
Chris Lattner | 80f43d3 | 2010-01-04 07:53:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2045 | I.getType())) { |
Chris Lattner | 7438106 | 2009-08-30 07:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2046 | Value *NewOp = Builder->CreateOr(Op0C->getOperand(0), |
| 2047 | Op1C->getOperand(0), I.getName()); |
Gabor Greif | 7cbd8a3 | 2008-05-16 19:29:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2048 | return CastInst::Create(Op0C->getOpcode(), NewOp, I.getType()); |
Evan Cheng | b98a10e | 2008-03-24 00:21:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2049 | } |
Reid Spencer | 5ae9ceb | 2006-12-13 08:27:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2050 | } |
Chris Lattner | 6fc205f | 2006-05-05 06:39:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2051 | } |
Chris Lattner | 99c6574 | 2007-10-24 05:38:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2052 | } |
| 2053 | |
| 2054 | |
| 2055 | // (fcmp uno x, c) | (fcmp uno y, c) -> (fcmp uno x, y) |
| 2056 | if (FCmpInst *LHS = dyn_cast<FCmpInst>(I.getOperand(0))) { |
Chris Lattner | 5414cc5 | 2009-07-23 05:46:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2057 | if (FCmpInst *RHS = dyn_cast<FCmpInst>(I.getOperand(1))) |
| 2058 | if (Instruction *Res = FoldOrOfFCmps(I, LHS, RHS)) |
| 2059 | return Res; |
Chris Lattner | 99c6574 | 2007-10-24 05:38:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2060 | } |
Chris Lattner | e9bed7d | 2005-09-18 03:42:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2061 | |
Chris Lattner | 7e70829 | 2002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2062 | return Changed ? &I : 0; |
Chris Lattner | 3f5b877 | 2002-05-06 16:14:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2063 | } |
| 2064 | |
Chris Lattner | 7e70829 | 2002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2065 | Instruction *InstCombiner::visitXor(BinaryOperator &I) { |
Chris Lattner | 4f98c56 | 2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2066 | bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I); |
Chris Lattner | 7e70829 | 2002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2067 | Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1); |
Chris Lattner | 3f5b877 | 2002-05-06 16:14:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2068 | |
Evan Cheng | d34af78 | 2008-03-25 20:07:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2069 | if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1)) { |
| 2070 | if (isa<UndefValue>(Op0)) |
| 2071 | // Handle undef ^ undef -> 0 special case. This is a common |
| 2072 | // idiom (misuse). |
Owen Anderson | a7235ea | 2009-07-31 20:28:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2073 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType())); |
Chris Lattner | e87597f | 2004-10-16 18:11:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2074 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1); // X ^ undef -> undef |
Evan Cheng | d34af78 | 2008-03-25 20:07:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2075 | } |
Chris Lattner | e87597f | 2004-10-16 18:11:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2076 | |
Chris Lattner | dea34da | 2010-01-05 07:01:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2077 | // xor X, X = 0 |
| 2078 | if (Op0 == Op1) |
Owen Anderson | a7235ea | 2009-07-31 20:28:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2079 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType())); |
Chris Lattner | f8c36f5 | 2006-02-12 08:02:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2080 | |
| 2081 | // See if we can simplify any instructions used by the instruction whose sole |
| 2082 | // purpose is to compute bits we don't care about. |
Dan Gohman | 6de29f8 | 2009-06-15 22:12:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2083 | if (SimplifyDemandedInstructionBits(I)) |
| 2084 | return &I; |
| 2085 | if (isa<VectorType>(I.getType())) |
| 2086 | if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(Op1)) |
| 2087 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0); // X ^ <0,0> -> X |
Chris Lattner | 3f5b877 | 2002-05-06 16:14:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2088 | |
Chris Lattner | 7cbe2eb | 2007-06-15 06:23:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2089 | // Is this a ~ operation? |
Dan Gohman | 186a636 | 2009-08-12 16:04:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2090 | if (Value *NotOp = dyn_castNotVal(&I)) { |
Chris Lattner | 7cbe2eb | 2007-06-15 06:23:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2091 | if (BinaryOperator *Op0I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(NotOp)) { |
| 2092 | if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::And || |
| 2093 | Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) { |
Chris Lattner | 48b59ec | 2009-10-26 15:40:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2094 | // ~(~X & Y) --> (X | ~Y) - De Morgan's Law |
| 2095 | // ~(~X | Y) === (X & ~Y) - De Morgan's Law |
| 2096 | if (dyn_castNotVal(Op0I->getOperand(1))) |
| 2097 | Op0I->swapOperands(); |
Dan Gohman | 186a636 | 2009-08-12 16:04:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2098 | if (Value *Op0NotVal = dyn_castNotVal(Op0I->getOperand(0))) { |
Chris Lattner | 7438106 | 2009-08-30 07:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2099 | Value *NotY = |
| 2100 | Builder->CreateNot(Op0I->getOperand(1), |
| 2101 | Op0I->getOperand(1)->getName()+".not"); |
Chris Lattner | 7cbe2eb | 2007-06-15 06:23:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2102 | if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::And) |
Gabor Greif | 7cbd8a3 | 2008-05-16 19:29:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2103 | return BinaryOperator::CreateOr(Op0NotVal, NotY); |
Chris Lattner | 7438106 | 2009-08-30 07:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2104 | return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Op0NotVal, NotY); |
Chris Lattner | 7cbe2eb | 2007-06-15 06:23:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2105 | } |
Chris Lattner | 48b59ec | 2009-10-26 15:40:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2106 | |
| 2107 | // ~(X & Y) --> (~X | ~Y) - De Morgan's Law |
| 2108 | // ~(X | Y) === (~X & ~Y) - De Morgan's Law |
| 2109 | if (isFreeToInvert(Op0I->getOperand(0)) && |
| 2110 | isFreeToInvert(Op0I->getOperand(1))) { |
| 2111 | Value *NotX = |
| 2112 | Builder->CreateNot(Op0I->getOperand(0), "notlhs"); |
| 2113 | Value *NotY = |
| 2114 | Builder->CreateNot(Op0I->getOperand(1), "notrhs"); |
| 2115 | if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::And) |
| 2116 | return BinaryOperator::CreateOr(NotX, NotY); |
| 2117 | return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(NotX, NotY); |
| 2118 | } |
Chris Lattner | 7cbe2eb | 2007-06-15 06:23:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2119 | } |
| 2120 | } |
| 2121 | } |
| 2122 | |
| 2123 | |
Zhou Sheng | 6b6b6ef | 2007-01-11 12:24:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2124 | if (ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) { |
Chris Lattner | 7acdf1d | 2009-10-11 22:00:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2125 | if (RHS->isOne() && Op0->hasOneUse()) { |
Bill Wendling | 3479be9 | 2009-01-01 01:18:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2126 | // xor (cmp A, B), true = not (cmp A, B) = !cmp A, B |
Nick Lewycky | f947b3e | 2007-08-06 20:04:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2127 | if (ICmpInst *ICI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(Op0)) |
Dan Gohman | 1c8a23c | 2009-08-25 23:17:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2128 | return new ICmpInst(ICI->getInversePredicate(), |
Reid Spencer | e4d87aa | 2006-12-23 06:05:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2129 | ICI->getOperand(0), ICI->getOperand(1)); |
Chris Lattner | ad5b4fb | 2003-11-04 23:50:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2130 | |
Nick Lewycky | f947b3e | 2007-08-06 20:04:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2131 | if (FCmpInst *FCI = dyn_cast<FCmpInst>(Op0)) |
Dan Gohman | 1c8a23c | 2009-08-25 23:17:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2132 | return new FCmpInst(FCI->getInversePredicate(), |
Nick Lewycky | f947b3e | 2007-08-06 20:04:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2133 | FCI->getOperand(0), FCI->getOperand(1)); |
| 2134 | } |
| 2135 | |
Nick Lewycky | 517e1f5 | 2008-05-31 19:01:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2136 | // fold (xor(zext(cmp)), 1) and (xor(sext(cmp)), -1) to ext(!cmp). |
| 2137 | if (CastInst *Op0C = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0)) { |
| 2138 | if (CmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(Op0C->getOperand(0))) { |
| 2139 | if (CI->hasOneUse() && Op0C->hasOneUse()) { |
| 2140 | Instruction::CastOps Opcode = Op0C->getOpcode(); |
Chris Lattner | 7438106 | 2009-08-30 07:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2141 | if ((Opcode == Instruction::ZExt || Opcode == Instruction::SExt) && |
| 2142 | (RHS == ConstantExpr::getCast(Opcode, |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2143 | ConstantInt::getTrue(I.getContext()), |
Chris Lattner | 7438106 | 2009-08-30 07:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2144 | Op0C->getDestTy()))) { |
| 2145 | CI->setPredicate(CI->getInversePredicate()); |
| 2146 | return CastInst::Create(Opcode, CI, Op0C->getType()); |
Nick Lewycky | 517e1f5 | 2008-05-31 19:01:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2147 | } |
| 2148 | } |
| 2149 | } |
| 2150 | } |
| 2151 | |
Reid Spencer | e4d87aa | 2006-12-23 06:05:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2152 | if (BinaryOperator *Op0I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0)) { |
Chris Lattner | d65460f | 2003-11-05 01:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2153 | // ~(c-X) == X-c-1 == X+(-c-1) |
Chris Lattner | 7c4049c | 2004-01-12 19:35:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2154 | if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub && RHS->isAllOnesValue()) |
| 2155 | if (Constant *Op0I0C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op0I->getOperand(0))) { |
Owen Anderson | baf3c40 | 2009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2156 | Constant *NegOp0I0C = ConstantExpr::getNeg(Op0I0C); |
| 2157 | Constant *ConstantRHS = ConstantExpr::getSub(NegOp0I0C, |
Owen Anderson | eed707b | 2009-07-24 23:12:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2158 | ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1)); |
Gabor Greif | 7cbd8a3 | 2008-05-16 19:29:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2159 | return BinaryOperator::CreateAdd(Op0I->getOperand(1), ConstantRHS); |
Chris Lattner | 7c4049c | 2004-01-12 19:35:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2160 | } |
Chris Lattner | 5c6e2db | 2007-04-02 05:36:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2161 | |
Anton Korobeynikov | 07e6e56 | 2008-02-20 11:26:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2162 | if (ConstantInt *Op0CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0I->getOperand(1))) { |
Chris Lattner | f8c36f5 | 2006-02-12 08:02:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2163 | if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add) { |
Chris Lattner | 689d24b | 2003-11-04 23:37:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2164 | // ~(X-c) --> (-c-1)-X |
Chris Lattner | 7c4049c | 2004-01-12 19:35:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2165 | if (RHS->isAllOnesValue()) { |
Owen Anderson | baf3c40 | 2009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2166 | Constant *NegOp0CI = ConstantExpr::getNeg(Op0CI); |
Gabor Greif | 7cbd8a3 | 2008-05-16 19:29:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2167 | return BinaryOperator::CreateSub( |
Owen Anderson | baf3c40 | 2009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2168 | ConstantExpr::getSub(NegOp0CI, |
Owen Anderson | eed707b | 2009-07-24 23:12:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2169 | ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1)), |
Owen Anderson | d672ecb | 2009-07-03 00:17:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2170 | Op0I->getOperand(0)); |
Chris Lattner | acf4e07 | 2007-04-02 05:42:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2171 | } else if (RHS->getValue().isSignBit()) { |
Chris Lattner | 5c6e2db | 2007-04-02 05:36:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2172 | // (X + C) ^ signbit -> (X + C + signbit) |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2173 | Constant *C = ConstantInt::get(I.getContext(), |
Owen Anderson | eed707b | 2009-07-24 23:12:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2174 | RHS->getValue() + Op0CI->getValue()); |
Gabor Greif | 7cbd8a3 | 2008-05-16 19:29:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2175 | return BinaryOperator::CreateAdd(Op0I->getOperand(0), C); |
Chris Lattner | cd1d6d5 | 2007-04-02 05:48:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2176 | |
Chris Lattner | 7c4049c | 2004-01-12 19:35:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2177 | } |
Chris Lattner | 02bd1b3 | 2006-02-26 19:57:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2178 | } else if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) { |
| 2179 | // (X|C1)^C2 -> X^(C1|C2) iff X&~C1 == 0 |
Reid Spencer | a03d45f | 2007-03-22 22:19:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2180 | if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0I->getOperand(0), Op0CI->getValue())) { |
Owen Anderson | baf3c40 | 2009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2181 | Constant *NewRHS = ConstantExpr::getOr(Op0CI, RHS); |
Chris Lattner | 02bd1b3 | 2006-02-26 19:57:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2182 | // Anything in both C1 and C2 is known to be zero, remove it from |
| 2183 | // NewRHS. |
Owen Anderson | baf3c40 | 2009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2184 | Constant *CommonBits = ConstantExpr::getAnd(Op0CI, RHS); |
| 2185 | NewRHS = ConstantExpr::getAnd(NewRHS, |
| 2186 | ConstantExpr::getNot(CommonBits)); |
Chris Lattner | 7a1e924 | 2009-08-30 06:13:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2187 | Worklist.Add(Op0I); |
Chris Lattner | 02bd1b3 | 2006-02-26 19:57:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2188 | I.setOperand(0, Op0I->getOperand(0)); |
| 2189 | I.setOperand(1, NewRHS); |
| 2190 | return &I; |
| 2191 | } |
Chris Lattner | eca0c5c | 2003-07-23 21:37:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2192 | } |
Anton Korobeynikov | 07e6e56 | 2008-02-20 11:26:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2193 | } |
Chris Lattner | 05bd1b2 | 2002-08-20 18:24:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2194 | } |
Chris Lattner | 2eefe51 | 2004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2195 | |
| 2196 | // Try to fold constant and into select arguments. |
| 2197 | if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0)) |
Chris Lattner | 80f43d3 | 2010-01-04 07:53:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2198 | if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI)) |
Chris Lattner | 2eefe51 | 2004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2199 | return R; |
Chris Lattner | 4e998b2 | 2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2200 | if (isa<PHINode>(Op0)) |
| 2201 | if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I)) |
| 2202 | return NV; |
Chris Lattner | 3f5b877 | 2002-05-06 16:14:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2203 | } |
| 2204 | |
Dan Gohman | 186a636 | 2009-08-12 16:04:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2205 | if (Value *X = dyn_castNotVal(Op0)) // ~A ^ A == -1 |
Chris Lattner | a288196 | 2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2206 | if (X == Op1) |
Owen Anderson | a7235ea | 2009-07-31 20:28:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2207 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getAllOnesValue(I.getType())); |
Chris Lattner | a288196 | 2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2208 | |
Dan Gohman | 186a636 | 2009-08-12 16:04:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2209 | if (Value *X = dyn_castNotVal(Op1)) // A ^ ~A == -1 |
Chris Lattner | a288196 | 2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2210 | if (X == Op0) |
Owen Anderson | a7235ea | 2009-07-31 20:28:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2211 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getAllOnesValue(I.getType())); |
Chris Lattner | a288196 | 2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2212 | |
Chris Lattner | 318bf79 | 2007-03-18 22:51:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2213 | |
| 2214 | BinaryOperator *Op1I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op1); |
| 2215 | if (Op1I) { |
| 2216 | Value *A, *B; |
Dan Gohman | 4ae5126 | 2009-08-12 16:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2217 | if (match(Op1I, m_Or(m_Value(A), m_Value(B)))) { |
Chris Lattner | 318bf79 | 2007-03-18 22:51:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2218 | if (A == Op0) { // B^(B|A) == (A|B)^B |
Chris Lattner | 64daab5 | 2006-04-01 08:03:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2219 | Op1I->swapOperands(); |
Chris Lattner | cb40a37 | 2003-03-10 18:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2220 | I.swapOperands(); |
| 2221 | std::swap(Op0, Op1); |
Chris Lattner | 318bf79 | 2007-03-18 22:51:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2222 | } else if (B == Op0) { // B^(A|B) == (A|B)^B |
Chris Lattner | 64daab5 | 2006-04-01 08:03:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2223 | I.swapOperands(); // Simplified below. |
Chris Lattner | cb40a37 | 2003-03-10 18:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2224 | std::swap(Op0, Op1); |
Misha Brukman | fd93908 | 2005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2225 | } |
Dan Gohman | 4ae5126 | 2009-08-12 16:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2226 | } else if (match(Op1I, m_Xor(m_Specific(Op0), m_Value(B)))) { |
Chris Lattner | cb504b9 | 2008-11-16 05:38:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2227 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, B); // A^(A^B) == B |
Dan Gohman | 4ae5126 | 2009-08-12 16:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2228 | } else if (match(Op1I, m_Xor(m_Value(A), m_Specific(Op0)))) { |
Chris Lattner | cb504b9 | 2008-11-16 05:38:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2229 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, A); // A^(B^A) == B |
Dan Gohman | 4ae5126 | 2009-08-12 16:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2230 | } else if (match(Op1I, m_And(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) && |
Owen Anderson | c7d2ce7 | 2009-07-10 17:35:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2231 | Op1I->hasOneUse()){ |
Chris Lattner | 6abbdf9 | 2007-04-01 05:36:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2232 | if (A == Op0) { // A^(A&B) -> A^(B&A) |
Chris Lattner | 64daab5 | 2006-04-01 08:03:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2233 | Op1I->swapOperands(); |
Chris Lattner | 6abbdf9 | 2007-04-01 05:36:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2234 | std::swap(A, B); |
| 2235 | } |
Chris Lattner | 318bf79 | 2007-03-18 22:51:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2236 | if (B == Op0) { // A^(B&A) -> (B&A)^A |
Chris Lattner | 64daab5 | 2006-04-01 08:03:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2237 | I.swapOperands(); // Simplified below. |
| 2238 | std::swap(Op0, Op1); |
| 2239 | } |
Chris Lattner | 26ca7e1 | 2004-02-16 03:54:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2240 | } |
Chris Lattner | 318bf79 | 2007-03-18 22:51:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2241 | } |
| 2242 | |
| 2243 | BinaryOperator *Op0I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0); |
| 2244 | if (Op0I) { |
| 2245 | Value *A, *B; |
Dan Gohman | 4ae5126 | 2009-08-12 16:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2246 | if (match(Op0I, m_Or(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) && |
Owen Anderson | c7d2ce7 | 2009-07-10 17:35:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2247 | Op0I->hasOneUse()) { |
Chris Lattner | 318bf79 | 2007-03-18 22:51:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2248 | if (A == Op1) // (B|A)^B == (A|B)^B |
| 2249 | std::swap(A, B); |
Chris Lattner | 7438106 | 2009-08-30 07:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2250 | if (B == Op1) // (A|B)^B == A & ~B |
| 2251 | return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(A, Builder->CreateNot(Op1, "tmp")); |
Dan Gohman | 4ae5126 | 2009-08-12 16:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2252 | } else if (match(Op0I, m_Xor(m_Specific(Op1), m_Value(B)))) { |
Chris Lattner | cb504b9 | 2008-11-16 05:38:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2253 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, B); // (A^B)^A == B |
Dan Gohman | 4ae5126 | 2009-08-12 16:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2254 | } else if (match(Op0I, m_Xor(m_Value(A), m_Specific(Op1)))) { |
Chris Lattner | cb504b9 | 2008-11-16 05:38:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2255 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, A); // (B^A)^A == B |
Dan Gohman | 4ae5126 | 2009-08-12 16:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2256 | } else if (match(Op0I, m_And(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) && |
Owen Anderson | c7d2ce7 | 2009-07-10 17:35:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2257 | Op0I->hasOneUse()){ |
Chris Lattner | 318bf79 | 2007-03-18 22:51:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2258 | if (A == Op1) // (A&B)^A -> (B&A)^A |
| 2259 | std::swap(A, B); |
| 2260 | if (B == Op1 && // (B&A)^A == ~B & A |
Chris Lattner | ae1ab39 | 2006-04-01 22:05:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2261 | !isa<ConstantInt>(Op1)) { // Canonical form is (B&C)^C |
Chris Lattner | 7438106 | 2009-08-30 07:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2262 | return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Builder->CreateNot(A, "tmp"), Op1); |
Chris Lattner | 64daab5 | 2006-04-01 08:03:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2263 | } |
Chris Lattner | cb40a37 | 2003-03-10 18:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2264 | } |
Chris Lattner | 318bf79 | 2007-03-18 22:51:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2265 | } |
| 2266 | |
| 2267 | // (X >> Z) ^ (Y >> Z) -> (X^Y) >> Z for all shifts. |
| 2268 | if (Op0I && Op1I && Op0I->isShift() && |
| 2269 | Op0I->getOpcode() == Op1I->getOpcode() && |
| 2270 | Op0I->getOperand(1) == Op1I->getOperand(1) && |
| 2271 | (Op1I->hasOneUse() || Op1I->hasOneUse())) { |
Chris Lattner | 7438106 | 2009-08-30 07:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2272 | Value *NewOp = |
| 2273 | Builder->CreateXor(Op0I->getOperand(0), Op1I->getOperand(0), |
| 2274 | Op0I->getName()); |
Gabor Greif | 7cbd8a3 | 2008-05-16 19:29:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2275 | return BinaryOperator::Create(Op1I->getOpcode(), NewOp, |
Chris Lattner | 318bf79 | 2007-03-18 22:51:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2276 | Op1I->getOperand(1)); |
| 2277 | } |
| 2278 | |
| 2279 | if (Op0I && Op1I) { |
| 2280 | Value *A, *B, *C, *D; |
| 2281 | // (A & B)^(A | B) -> A ^ B |
Dan Gohman | 4ae5126 | 2009-08-12 16:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2282 | if (match(Op0I, m_And(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) && |
| 2283 | match(Op1I, m_Or(m_Value(C), m_Value(D)))) { |
Chris Lattner | 318bf79 | 2007-03-18 22:51:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2284 | if ((A == C && B == D) || (A == D && B == C)) |
Gabor Greif | 7cbd8a3 | 2008-05-16 19:29:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2285 | return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(A, B); |
Chris Lattner | 318bf79 | 2007-03-18 22:51:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2286 | } |
| 2287 | // (A | B)^(A & B) -> A ^ B |
Dan Gohman | 4ae5126 | 2009-08-12 16:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2288 | if (match(Op0I, m_Or(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) && |
| 2289 | match(Op1I, m_And(m_Value(C), m_Value(D)))) { |
Chris Lattner | 318bf79 | 2007-03-18 22:51:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2290 | if ((A == C && B == D) || (A == D && B == C)) |
Gabor Greif | 7cbd8a3 | 2008-05-16 19:29:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2291 | return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(A, B); |
Chris Lattner | 318bf79 | 2007-03-18 22:51:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2292 | } |
| 2293 | |
| 2294 | // (A & B)^(C & D) |
| 2295 | if ((Op0I->hasOneUse() || Op1I->hasOneUse()) && |
Dan Gohman | 4ae5126 | 2009-08-12 16:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2296 | match(Op0I, m_And(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) && |
| 2297 | match(Op1I, m_And(m_Value(C), m_Value(D)))) { |
Chris Lattner | 318bf79 | 2007-03-18 22:51:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2298 | // (X & Y)^(X & Y) -> (Y^Z) & X |
| 2299 | Value *X = 0, *Y = 0, *Z = 0; |
| 2300 | if (A == C) |
| 2301 | X = A, Y = B, Z = D; |
| 2302 | else if (A == D) |
| 2303 | X = A, Y = B, Z = C; |
| 2304 | else if (B == C) |
| 2305 | X = B, Y = A, Z = D; |
| 2306 | else if (B == D) |
| 2307 | X = B, Y = A, Z = C; |
| 2308 | |
| 2309 | if (X) { |
Chris Lattner | 7438106 | 2009-08-30 07:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2310 | Value *NewOp = Builder->CreateXor(Y, Z, Op0->getName()); |
Gabor Greif | 7cbd8a3 | 2008-05-16 19:29:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2311 | return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(NewOp, X); |
Chris Lattner | 318bf79 | 2007-03-18 22:51:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2312 | } |
| 2313 | } |
| 2314 | } |
| 2315 | |
Reid Spencer | e4d87aa | 2006-12-23 06:05:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2316 | // (icmp1 A, B) ^ (icmp2 A, B) --> (icmp3 A, B) |
| 2317 | if (ICmpInst *RHS = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(I.getOperand(1))) |
Chris Lattner | a317e04 | 2010-01-05 06:59:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2318 | if (ICmpInst *LHS = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(I.getOperand(0))) |
| 2319 | if (PredicatesFoldable(LHS->getPredicate(), RHS->getPredicate())) { |
| 2320 | if (LHS->getOperand(0) == RHS->getOperand(1) && |
| 2321 | LHS->getOperand(1) == RHS->getOperand(0)) |
| 2322 | LHS->swapOperands(); |
| 2323 | if (LHS->getOperand(0) == RHS->getOperand(0) && |
| 2324 | LHS->getOperand(1) == RHS->getOperand(1)) { |
| 2325 | Value *Op0 = LHS->getOperand(0), *Op1 = LHS->getOperand(1); |
| 2326 | unsigned Code = getICmpCode(LHS) ^ getICmpCode(RHS); |
| 2327 | bool isSigned = LHS->isSigned() || RHS->isSigned(); |
| 2328 | Value *RV = getICmpValue(isSigned, Code, Op0, Op1); |
| 2329 | if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(RV)) |
| 2330 | return I; |
| 2331 | // Otherwise, it's a constant boolean value. |
| 2332 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RV); |
| 2333 | } |
| 2334 | } |
Chris Lattner | aa9c1f1 | 2003-08-13 20:16:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2335 | |
Chris Lattner | 6fc205f | 2006-05-05 06:39:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2336 | // fold (xor (cast A), (cast B)) -> (cast (xor A, B)) |
Chris Lattner | 99c6574 | 2007-10-24 05:38:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2337 | if (CastInst *Op0C = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0)) { |
Chris Lattner | 6fc205f | 2006-05-05 06:39:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2338 | if (CastInst *Op1C = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op1)) |
Reid Spencer | 5ae9ceb | 2006-12-13 08:27:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2339 | if (Op0C->getOpcode() == Op1C->getOpcode()) { // same cast kind? |
| 2340 | const Type *SrcTy = Op0C->getOperand(0)->getType(); |
Chris Lattner | 42a7551 | 2007-01-15 02:27:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2341 | if (SrcTy == Op1C->getOperand(0)->getType() && SrcTy->isInteger() && |
Reid Spencer | 5ae9ceb | 2006-12-13 08:27:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2342 | // Only do this if the casts both really cause code to be generated. |
Reid Spencer | e4d87aa | 2006-12-23 06:05:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2343 | ValueRequiresCast(Op0C->getOpcode(), Op0C->getOperand(0), |
Chris Lattner | 80f43d3 | 2010-01-04 07:53:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2344 | I.getType()) && |
Reid Spencer | e4d87aa | 2006-12-23 06:05:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2345 | ValueRequiresCast(Op1C->getOpcode(), Op1C->getOperand(0), |
Chris Lattner | 80f43d3 | 2010-01-04 07:53:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2346 | I.getType())) { |
Chris Lattner | 7438106 | 2009-08-30 07:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2347 | Value *NewOp = Builder->CreateXor(Op0C->getOperand(0), |
| 2348 | Op1C->getOperand(0), I.getName()); |
Gabor Greif | 7cbd8a3 | 2008-05-16 19:29:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2349 | return CastInst::Create(Op0C->getOpcode(), NewOp, I.getType()); |
Reid Spencer | 5ae9ceb | 2006-12-13 08:27:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2350 | } |
Chris Lattner | 6fc205f | 2006-05-05 06:39:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2351 | } |
Chris Lattner | 99c6574 | 2007-10-24 05:38:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2352 | } |
Nick Lewycky | 517e1f5 | 2008-05-31 19:01:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2353 | |
Chris Lattner | 7e70829 | 2002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2354 | return Changed ? &I : 0; |
Chris Lattner | 3f5b877 | 2002-05-06 16:14:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2355 | } |
| 2356 | |
Chris Lattner | 3f5b877 | 2002-05-06 16:14:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2357 | |
Reid Spencer | 832254e | 2007-02-02 02:16:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2358 | Instruction *InstCombiner::visitShl(BinaryOperator &I) { |
| 2359 | return commonShiftTransforms(I); |
| 2360 | } |
| 2361 | |
| 2362 | Instruction *InstCombiner::visitLShr(BinaryOperator &I) { |
| 2363 | return commonShiftTransforms(I); |
| 2364 | } |
| 2365 | |
| 2366 | Instruction *InstCombiner::visitAShr(BinaryOperator &I) { |
Chris Lattner | 348f665 | 2007-12-06 01:59:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2367 | if (Instruction *R = commonShiftTransforms(I)) |
| 2368 | return R; |
| 2369 | |
| 2370 | Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0); |
| 2371 | |
| 2372 | // ashr int -1, X = -1 (for any arithmetic shift rights of ~0) |
| 2373 | if (ConstantInt *CSI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0)) |
| 2374 | if (CSI->isAllOnesValue()) |
| 2375 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, CSI); |
Dan Gohman | 0001e56 | 2009-02-24 02:00:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2376 | |
Dan Gohman | c6ac322 | 2009-06-16 19:55:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2377 | // See if we can turn a signed shr into an unsigned shr. |
| 2378 | if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0, |
| 2379 | APInt::getSignBit(I.getType()->getScalarSizeInBits()))) |
| 2380 | return BinaryOperator::CreateLShr(Op0, I.getOperand(1)); |
| 2381 | |
| 2382 | // Arithmetic shifting an all-sign-bit value is a no-op. |
| 2383 | unsigned NumSignBits = ComputeNumSignBits(Op0); |
| 2384 | if (NumSignBits == Op0->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits()) |
| 2385 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0); |
Dan Gohman | 0001e56 | 2009-02-24 02:00:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2386 | |
Chris Lattner | 348f665 | 2007-12-06 01:59:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2387 | return 0; |
Reid Spencer | 832254e | 2007-02-02 02:16:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2388 | } |
| 2389 | |
| 2390 | Instruction *InstCombiner::commonShiftTransforms(BinaryOperator &I) { |
| 2391 | assert(I.getOperand(1)->getType() == I.getOperand(0)->getType()); |
Chris Lattner | 7e70829 | 2002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2392 | Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1); |
Chris Lattner | 3f5b877 | 2002-05-06 16:14:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2393 | |
| 2394 | // shl X, 0 == X and shr X, 0 == X |
| 2395 | // shl 0, X == 0 and shr 0, X == 0 |
Owen Anderson | a7235ea | 2009-07-31 20:28:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2396 | if (Op1 == Constant::getNullValue(Op1->getType()) || |
| 2397 | Op0 == Constant::getNullValue(Op0->getType())) |
Chris Lattner | 233f7dc | 2002-08-12 21:17:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2398 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0); |
Chris Lattner | 8d6bbdb | 2006-02-12 08:07:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2399 | |
Reid Spencer | e4d87aa | 2006-12-23 06:05:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2400 | if (isa<UndefValue>(Op0)) { |
| 2401 | if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr) // undef >>s X -> undef |
Chris Lattner | 79a564c | 2004-10-16 23:28:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2402 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0); |
Reid Spencer | e4d87aa | 2006-12-23 06:05:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2403 | else // undef << X -> 0, undef >>u X -> 0 |
Owen Anderson | a7235ea | 2009-07-31 20:28:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2404 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType())); |
Chris Lattner | e87597f | 2004-10-16 18:11:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2405 | } |
| 2406 | if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1)) { |
Reid Spencer | e4d87aa | 2006-12-23 06:05:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2407 | if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr) // X >>s undef -> X |
| 2408 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0); |
| 2409 | else // X << undef, X >>u undef -> 0 |
Owen Anderson | a7235ea | 2009-07-31 20:28:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2410 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType())); |
Chris Lattner | e87597f | 2004-10-16 18:11:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2411 | } |
| 2412 | |
Dan Gohman | 9004c8a | 2009-05-21 02:28:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2413 | // See if we can fold away this shift. |
Dan Gohman | 6de29f8 | 2009-06-15 22:12:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2414 | if (SimplifyDemandedInstructionBits(I)) |
Dan Gohman | 9004c8a | 2009-05-21 02:28:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2415 | return &I; |
| 2416 | |
Chris Lattner | 2eefe51 | 2004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2417 | // Try to fold constant and into select arguments. |
| 2418 | if (isa<Constant>(Op0)) |
| 2419 | if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op1)) |
Chris Lattner | 80f43d3 | 2010-01-04 07:53:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2420 | if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI)) |
Chris Lattner | 2eefe51 | 2004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2421 | return R; |
| 2422 | |
Reid Spencer | b83eb64 | 2006-10-20 07:07:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2423 | if (ConstantInt *CUI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) |
Reid Spencer | c5b206b | 2006-12-31 05:48:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2424 | if (Instruction *Res = FoldShiftByConstant(Op0, CUI, I)) |
| 2425 | return Res; |
Chris Lattner | 4d5542c | 2006-01-06 07:12:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2426 | return 0; |
| 2427 | } |
| 2428 | |
Reid Spencer | b83eb64 | 2006-10-20 07:07:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2429 | Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldShiftByConstant(Value *Op0, ConstantInt *Op1, |
Reid Spencer | 832254e | 2007-02-02 02:16:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2430 | BinaryOperator &I) { |
Chris Lattner | 4598c94 | 2009-01-31 08:24:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2431 | bool isLeftShift = I.getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl; |
Chris Lattner | 4d5542c | 2006-01-06 07:12:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2432 | |
Chris Lattner | 8d6bbdb | 2006-02-12 08:07:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2433 | // See if we can simplify any instructions used by the instruction whose sole |
| 2434 | // purpose is to compute bits we don't care about. |
Dan Gohman | c6ac322 | 2009-06-16 19:55:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2435 | uint32_t TypeBits = Op0->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits(); |
Chris Lattner | 8d6bbdb | 2006-02-12 08:07:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2436 | |
Dan Gohman | a119de8 | 2009-06-14 23:30:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2437 | // shl i32 X, 32 = 0 and srl i8 Y, 9 = 0, ... just don't eliminate |
| 2438 | // a signed shift. |
Chris Lattner | 4d5542c | 2006-01-06 07:12:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2439 | // |
Zhou Sheng | 0e2d3ac | 2007-03-30 09:29:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2440 | if (Op1->uge(TypeBits)) { |
Chris Lattner | 0737c24 | 2007-02-02 05:29:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2441 | if (I.getOpcode() != Instruction::AShr) |
Owen Anderson | a7235ea | 2009-07-31 20:28:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2442 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(Op0->getType())); |
Chris Lattner | 4d5542c | 2006-01-06 07:12:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2443 | else { |
Owen Anderson | eed707b | 2009-07-24 23:12:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2444 | I.setOperand(1, ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), TypeBits-1)); |
Chris Lattner | 4d5542c | 2006-01-06 07:12:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2445 | return &I; |
Chris Lattner | 8adac75 | 2004-02-23 20:30:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2446 | } |
Chris Lattner | 4d5542c | 2006-01-06 07:12:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2447 | } |
| 2448 | |
| 2449 | // ((X*C1) << C2) == (X * (C1 << C2)) |
| 2450 | if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0)) |
| 2451 | if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::Mul && isLeftShift) |
| 2452 | if (Constant *BOOp = dyn_cast<Constant>(BO->getOperand(1))) |
Gabor Greif | 7cbd8a3 | 2008-05-16 19:29:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2453 | return BinaryOperator::CreateMul(BO->getOperand(0), |
Owen Anderson | baf3c40 | 2009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2454 | ConstantExpr::getShl(BOOp, Op1)); |
Chris Lattner | 4d5542c | 2006-01-06 07:12:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2455 | |
| 2456 | // Try to fold constant and into select arguments. |
| 2457 | if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0)) |
Chris Lattner | 80f43d3 | 2010-01-04 07:53:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2458 | if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI)) |
Chris Lattner | 4d5542c | 2006-01-06 07:12:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2459 | return R; |
| 2460 | if (isa<PHINode>(Op0)) |
| 2461 | if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I)) |
| 2462 | return NV; |
| 2463 | |
Chris Lattner | 8999dd3 | 2007-12-22 09:07:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2464 | // Fold shift2(trunc(shift1(x,c1)), c2) -> trunc(shift2(shift1(x,c1),c2)) |
| 2465 | if (TruncInst *TI = dyn_cast<TruncInst>(Op0)) { |
| 2466 | Instruction *TrOp = dyn_cast<Instruction>(TI->getOperand(0)); |
| 2467 | // If 'shift2' is an ashr, we would have to get the sign bit into a funny |
| 2468 | // place. Don't try to do this transformation in this case. Also, we |
| 2469 | // require that the input operand is a shift-by-constant so that we have |
| 2470 | // confidence that the shifts will get folded together. We could do this |
| 2471 | // xform in more cases, but it is unlikely to be profitable. |
| 2472 | if (TrOp && I.isLogicalShift() && TrOp->isShift() && |
| 2473 | isa<ConstantInt>(TrOp->getOperand(1))) { |
| 2474 | // Okay, we'll do this xform. Make the shift of shift. |
Owen Anderson | baf3c40 | 2009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2475 | Constant *ShAmt = ConstantExpr::getZExt(Op1, TrOp->getType()); |
Chris Lattner | 7438106 | 2009-08-30 07:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2476 | // (shift2 (shift1 & 0x00FF), c2) |
| 2477 | Value *NSh = Builder->CreateBinOp(I.getOpcode(), TrOp, ShAmt,I.getName()); |
Chris Lattner | 8999dd3 | 2007-12-22 09:07:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2478 | |
| 2479 | // For logical shifts, the truncation has the effect of making the high |
| 2480 | // part of the register be zeros. Emulate this by inserting an AND to |
| 2481 | // clear the top bits as needed. This 'and' will usually be zapped by |
| 2482 | // other xforms later if dead. |
Dan Gohman | c6ac322 | 2009-06-16 19:55:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2483 | unsigned SrcSize = TrOp->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits(); |
| 2484 | unsigned DstSize = TI->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits(); |
Chris Lattner | 8999dd3 | 2007-12-22 09:07:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2485 | APInt MaskV(APInt::getLowBitsSet(SrcSize, DstSize)); |
| 2486 | |
| 2487 | // The mask we constructed says what the trunc would do if occurring |
| 2488 | // between the shifts. We want to know the effect *after* the second |
| 2489 | // shift. We know that it is a logical shift by a constant, so adjust the |
| 2490 | // mask as appropriate. |
| 2491 | if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl) |
| 2492 | MaskV <<= Op1->getZExtValue(); |
| 2493 | else { |
| 2494 | assert(I.getOpcode() == Instruction::LShr && "Unknown logical shift"); |
| 2495 | MaskV = MaskV.lshr(Op1->getZExtValue()); |
| 2496 | } |
| 2497 | |
Chris Lattner | 7438106 | 2009-08-30 07:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2498 | // shift1 & 0x00FF |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2499 | Value *And = Builder->CreateAnd(NSh, |
| 2500 | ConstantInt::get(I.getContext(), MaskV), |
Chris Lattner | 7438106 | 2009-08-30 07:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2501 | TI->getName()); |
Chris Lattner | 8999dd3 | 2007-12-22 09:07:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2502 | |
| 2503 | // Return the value truncated to the interesting size. |
| 2504 | return new TruncInst(And, I.getType()); |
| 2505 | } |
| 2506 | } |
| 2507 | |
Chris Lattner | 4d5542c | 2006-01-06 07:12:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2508 | if (Op0->hasOneUse()) { |
Chris Lattner | 4d5542c | 2006-01-06 07:12:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2509 | if (BinaryOperator *Op0BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0)) { |
| 2510 | // Turn ((X >> C) + Y) << C -> (X + (Y << C)) & (~0 << C) |
| 2511 | Value *V1, *V2; |
| 2512 | ConstantInt *CC; |
| 2513 | switch (Op0BO->getOpcode()) { |
Chris Lattner | 11021cb | 2005-09-18 05:12:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2514 | default: break; |
| 2515 | case Instruction::Add: |
| 2516 | case Instruction::And: |
| 2517 | case Instruction::Or: |
Reid Spencer | a07cb7d | 2007-02-02 14:41:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2518 | case Instruction::Xor: { |
Chris Lattner | 11021cb | 2005-09-18 05:12:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2519 | // These operators commute. |
| 2520 | // Turn (Y + (X >> C)) << C -> (X + (Y << C)) & (~0 << C) |
Chris Lattner | 150f12a | 2005-09-18 06:30:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2521 | if (isLeftShift && Op0BO->getOperand(1)->hasOneUse() && |
Owen Anderson | c7d2ce7 | 2009-07-10 17:35:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2522 | match(Op0BO->getOperand(1), m_Shr(m_Value(V1), |
Chris Lattner | f925cbd | 2009-08-30 18:50:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2523 | m_Specific(Op1)))) { |
| 2524 | Value *YS = // (Y << C) |
| 2525 | Builder->CreateShl(Op0BO->getOperand(0), Op1, Op0BO->getName()); |
| 2526 | // (X + (Y << C)) |
| 2527 | Value *X = Builder->CreateBinOp(Op0BO->getOpcode(), YS, V1, |
| 2528 | Op0BO->getOperand(1)->getName()); |
Zhou Sheng | 302748d | 2007-03-30 17:20:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2529 | uint32_t Op1Val = Op1->getLimitedValue(TypeBits); |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2530 | return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(X, ConstantInt::get(I.getContext(), |
Zhou Sheng | 90b9681 | 2007-03-30 05:45:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2531 | APInt::getHighBitsSet(TypeBits, TypeBits-Op1Val))); |
Chris Lattner | 150f12a | 2005-09-18 06:30:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2532 | } |
Chris Lattner | 4d5542c | 2006-01-06 07:12:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2533 | |
Chris Lattner | 150f12a | 2005-09-18 06:30:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2534 | // Turn (Y + ((X >> C) & CC)) << C -> ((X & (CC << C)) + (Y << C)) |
Reid Spencer | a07cb7d | 2007-02-02 14:41:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2535 | Value *Op0BOOp1 = Op0BO->getOperand(1); |
Chris Lattner | 3c69849 | 2007-03-05 00:11:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2536 | if (isLeftShift && Op0BOOp1->hasOneUse() && |
Reid Spencer | a07cb7d | 2007-02-02 14:41:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2537 | match(Op0BOOp1, |
Chris Lattner | cb504b9 | 2008-11-16 05:38:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2538 | m_And(m_Shr(m_Value(V1), m_Specific(Op1)), |
Dan Gohman | 4ae5126 | 2009-08-12 16:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2539 | m_ConstantInt(CC))) && |
Chris Lattner | cb504b9 | 2008-11-16 05:38:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2540 | cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0BOOp1)->getOperand(0)->hasOneUse()) { |
Chris Lattner | f925cbd | 2009-08-30 18:50:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2541 | Value *YS = // (Y << C) |
| 2542 | Builder->CreateShl(Op0BO->getOperand(0), Op1, |
| 2543 | Op0BO->getName()); |
| 2544 | // X & (CC << C) |
| 2545 | Value *XM = Builder->CreateAnd(V1, ConstantExpr::getShl(CC, Op1), |
| 2546 | V1->getName()+".mask"); |
Gabor Greif | 7cbd8a3 | 2008-05-16 19:29:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2547 | return BinaryOperator::Create(Op0BO->getOpcode(), YS, XM); |
Chris Lattner | 150f12a | 2005-09-18 06:30:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2548 | } |
Reid Spencer | a07cb7d | 2007-02-02 14:41:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2549 | } |
Chris Lattner | 4d5542c | 2006-01-06 07:12:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2550 | |
Reid Spencer | a07cb7d | 2007-02-02 14:41:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2551 | // FALL THROUGH. |
| 2552 | case Instruction::Sub: { |
Chris Lattner | 11021cb | 2005-09-18 05:12:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2553 | // Turn ((X >> C) + Y) << C -> (X + (Y << C)) & (~0 << C) |
Chris Lattner | 150f12a | 2005-09-18 06:30:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2554 | if (isLeftShift && Op0BO->getOperand(0)->hasOneUse() && |
Owen Anderson | c7d2ce7 | 2009-07-10 17:35:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2555 | match(Op0BO->getOperand(0), m_Shr(m_Value(V1), |
Dan Gohman | 4ae5126 | 2009-08-12 16:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2556 | m_Specific(Op1)))) { |
Chris Lattner | f925cbd | 2009-08-30 18:50:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2557 | Value *YS = // (Y << C) |
| 2558 | Builder->CreateShl(Op0BO->getOperand(1), Op1, Op0BO->getName()); |
| 2559 | // (X + (Y << C)) |
| 2560 | Value *X = Builder->CreateBinOp(Op0BO->getOpcode(), V1, YS, |
| 2561 | Op0BO->getOperand(0)->getName()); |
Zhou Sheng | 302748d | 2007-03-30 17:20:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2562 | uint32_t Op1Val = Op1->getLimitedValue(TypeBits); |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2563 | return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(X, ConstantInt::get(I.getContext(), |
Zhou Sheng | 90b9681 | 2007-03-30 05:45:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2564 | APInt::getHighBitsSet(TypeBits, TypeBits-Op1Val))); |
Chris Lattner | 150f12a | 2005-09-18 06:30:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2565 | } |
Chris Lattner | 4d5542c | 2006-01-06 07:12:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2566 | |
Chris Lattner | 13d4ab4 | 2006-05-31 21:14:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2567 | // Turn (((X >> C)&CC) + Y) << C -> (X + (Y << C)) & (CC << C) |
Chris Lattner | 150f12a | 2005-09-18 06:30:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2568 | if (isLeftShift && Op0BO->getOperand(0)->hasOneUse() && |
| 2569 | match(Op0BO->getOperand(0), |
| 2570 | m_And(m_Shr(m_Value(V1), m_Value(V2)), |
Dan Gohman | 4ae5126 | 2009-08-12 16:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2571 | m_ConstantInt(CC))) && V2 == Op1 && |
Chris Lattner | 9a4cacb | 2006-02-09 07:41:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2572 | cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0BO->getOperand(0)) |
| 2573 | ->getOperand(0)->hasOneUse()) { |
Chris Lattner | f925cbd | 2009-08-30 18:50:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2574 | Value *YS = // (Y << C) |
| 2575 | Builder->CreateShl(Op0BO->getOperand(1), Op1, Op0BO->getName()); |
| 2576 | // X & (CC << C) |
| 2577 | Value *XM = Builder->CreateAnd(V1, ConstantExpr::getShl(CC, Op1), |
| 2578 | V1->getName()+".mask"); |
Chris Lattner | 150f12a | 2005-09-18 06:30:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2579 | |
Gabor Greif | 7cbd8a3 | 2008-05-16 19:29:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2580 | return BinaryOperator::Create(Op0BO->getOpcode(), XM, YS); |
Chris Lattner | 150f12a | 2005-09-18 06:30:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2581 | } |
Chris Lattner | 4d5542c | 2006-01-06 07:12:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2582 | |
Chris Lattner | 11021cb | 2005-09-18 05:12:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2583 | break; |
Reid Spencer | a07cb7d | 2007-02-02 14:41:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2584 | } |
Chris Lattner | 4d5542c | 2006-01-06 07:12:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2585 | } |
| 2586 | |
| 2587 | |
| 2588 | // If the operand is an bitwise operator with a constant RHS, and the |
| 2589 | // shift is the only use, we can pull it out of the shift. |
| 2590 | if (ConstantInt *Op0C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0BO->getOperand(1))) { |
| 2591 | bool isValid = true; // Valid only for And, Or, Xor |
| 2592 | bool highBitSet = false; // Transform if high bit of constant set? |
| 2593 | |
| 2594 | switch (Op0BO->getOpcode()) { |
Chris Lattner | df17af1 | 2003-08-12 21:53:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2595 | default: isValid = false; break; // Do not perform transform! |
Chris Lattner | 1f7e160 | 2004-10-08 03:46:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2596 | case Instruction::Add: |
| 2597 | isValid = isLeftShift; |
| 2598 | break; |
Chris Lattner | df17af1 | 2003-08-12 21:53:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2599 | case Instruction::Or: |
| 2600 | case Instruction::Xor: |
| 2601 | highBitSet = false; |
| 2602 | break; |
| 2603 | case Instruction::And: |
| 2604 | highBitSet = true; |
| 2605 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 4d5542c | 2006-01-06 07:12:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2606 | } |
| 2607 | |
| 2608 | // If this is a signed shift right, and the high bit is modified |
| 2609 | // by the logical operation, do not perform the transformation. |
| 2610 | // The highBitSet boolean indicates the value of the high bit of |
| 2611 | // the constant which would cause it to be modified for this |
| 2612 | // operation. |
| 2613 | // |
Chris Lattner | c95ba44 | 2007-12-06 06:25:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2614 | if (isValid && I.getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr) |
Zhou Sheng | e9e03f6 | 2007-03-28 15:02:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2615 | isValid = Op0C->getValue()[TypeBits-1] == highBitSet; |
Chris Lattner | 4d5542c | 2006-01-06 07:12:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2616 | |
| 2617 | if (isValid) { |
Owen Anderson | baf3c40 | 2009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2618 | Constant *NewRHS = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), Op0C, Op1); |
Chris Lattner | 4d5542c | 2006-01-06 07:12:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2619 | |
Chris Lattner | f925cbd | 2009-08-30 18:50:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2620 | Value *NewShift = |
| 2621 | Builder->CreateBinOp(I.getOpcode(), Op0BO->getOperand(0), Op1); |
Chris Lattner | 6934a04 | 2007-02-11 01:23:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2622 | NewShift->takeName(Op0BO); |
Chris Lattner | 4d5542c | 2006-01-06 07:12:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2623 | |
Gabor Greif | 7cbd8a3 | 2008-05-16 19:29:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2624 | return BinaryOperator::Create(Op0BO->getOpcode(), NewShift, |
Chris Lattner | 4d5542c | 2006-01-06 07:12:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2625 | NewRHS); |
| 2626 | } |
| 2627 | } |
| 2628 | } |
| 2629 | } |
| 2630 | |
Chris Lattner | ad0124c | 2006-01-06 07:52:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2631 | // Find out if this is a shift of a shift by a constant. |
Reid Spencer | 832254e | 2007-02-02 02:16:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2632 | BinaryOperator *ShiftOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0); |
| 2633 | if (ShiftOp && !ShiftOp->isShift()) |
| 2634 | ShiftOp = 0; |
Chris Lattner | ad0124c | 2006-01-06 07:52:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2635 | |
Reid Spencer | b83eb64 | 2006-10-20 07:07:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2636 | if (ShiftOp && isa<ConstantInt>(ShiftOp->getOperand(1))) { |
Reid Spencer | b83eb64 | 2006-10-20 07:07:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2637 | ConstantInt *ShiftAmt1C = cast<ConstantInt>(ShiftOp->getOperand(1)); |
Zhou Sheng | 0e2d3ac | 2007-03-30 09:29:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2638 | uint32_t ShiftAmt1 = ShiftAmt1C->getLimitedValue(TypeBits); |
| 2639 | uint32_t ShiftAmt2 = Op1->getLimitedValue(TypeBits); |
Chris Lattner | b87056f | 2007-02-05 00:57:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2640 | assert(ShiftAmt2 != 0 && "Should have been simplified earlier"); |
| 2641 | if (ShiftAmt1 == 0) return 0; // Will be simplified in the future. |
| 2642 | Value *X = ShiftOp->getOperand(0); |
Chris Lattner | ad0124c | 2006-01-06 07:52:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2643 | |
Zhou Sheng | 4351c64 | 2007-04-02 08:20:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2644 | uint32_t AmtSum = ShiftAmt1+ShiftAmt2; // Fold into one big shift. |
Chris Lattner | b87056f | 2007-02-05 00:57:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2645 | |
| 2646 | const IntegerType *Ty = cast<IntegerType>(I.getType()); |
| 2647 | |
| 2648 | // Check for (X << c1) << c2 and (X >> c1) >> c2 |
Chris Lattner | 7f3da2d | 2007-02-03 23:28:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2649 | if (I.getOpcode() == ShiftOp->getOpcode()) { |
Chris Lattner | 344c7c5 | 2009-03-20 22:41:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2650 | // If this is oversized composite shift, then unsigned shifts get 0, ashr |
| 2651 | // saturates. |
| 2652 | if (AmtSum >= TypeBits) { |
| 2653 | if (I.getOpcode() != Instruction::AShr) |
Owen Anderson | a7235ea | 2009-07-31 20:28:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2654 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType())); |
Chris Lattner | 344c7c5 | 2009-03-20 22:41:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2655 | AmtSum = TypeBits-1; // Saturate to 31 for i32 ashr. |
| 2656 | } |
| 2657 | |
Gabor Greif | 7cbd8a3 | 2008-05-16 19:29:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2658 | return BinaryOperator::Create(I.getOpcode(), X, |
Owen Anderson | eed707b | 2009-07-24 23:12:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2659 | ConstantInt::get(Ty, AmtSum)); |
Chris Lattner | f925cbd | 2009-08-30 18:50:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2660 | } |
| 2661 | |
| 2662 | if (ShiftOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::LShr && |
| 2663 | I.getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr) { |
Chris Lattner | 344c7c5 | 2009-03-20 22:41:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2664 | if (AmtSum >= TypeBits) |
Owen Anderson | a7235ea | 2009-07-31 20:28:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2665 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType())); |
Chris Lattner | 344c7c5 | 2009-03-20 22:41:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2666 | |
Chris Lattner | b87056f | 2007-02-05 00:57:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2667 | // ((X >>u C1) >>s C2) -> (X >>u (C1+C2)) since C1 != 0. |
Owen Anderson | eed707b | 2009-07-24 23:12:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2668 | return BinaryOperator::CreateLShr(X, ConstantInt::get(Ty, AmtSum)); |
Chris Lattner | f925cbd | 2009-08-30 18:50:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2669 | } |
| 2670 | |
| 2671 | if (ShiftOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr && |
| 2672 | I.getOpcode() == Instruction::LShr) { |
Chris Lattner | b87056f | 2007-02-05 00:57:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2673 | // ((X >>s C1) >>u C2) -> ((X >>s (C1+C2)) & mask) since C1 != 0. |
Chris Lattner | 344c7c5 | 2009-03-20 22:41:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2674 | if (AmtSum >= TypeBits) |
| 2675 | AmtSum = TypeBits-1; |
| 2676 | |
Chris Lattner | f925cbd | 2009-08-30 18:50:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2677 | Value *Shift = Builder->CreateAShr(X, ConstantInt::get(Ty, AmtSum)); |
Chris Lattner | b87056f | 2007-02-05 00:57:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2678 | |
Zhou Sheng | e9e03f6 | 2007-03-28 15:02:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2679 | APInt Mask(APInt::getLowBitsSet(TypeBits, TypeBits - ShiftAmt2)); |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2680 | return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Shift, |
| 2681 | ConstantInt::get(I.getContext(), Mask)); |
Chris Lattner | ad0124c | 2006-01-06 07:52:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2682 | } |
| 2683 | |
Chris Lattner | b87056f | 2007-02-05 00:57:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2684 | // Okay, if we get here, one shift must be left, and the other shift must be |
| 2685 | // right. See if the amounts are equal. |
| 2686 | if (ShiftAmt1 == ShiftAmt2) { |
| 2687 | // If we have ((X >>? C) << C), turn this into X & (-1 << C). |
| 2688 | if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl) { |
Reid Spencer | 55702aa | 2007-03-25 21:11:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2689 | APInt Mask(APInt::getHighBitsSet(TypeBits, TypeBits - ShiftAmt1)); |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2690 | return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(X, |
| 2691 | ConstantInt::get(I.getContext(),Mask)); |
Chris Lattner | b87056f | 2007-02-05 00:57:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2692 | } |
| 2693 | // If we have ((X << C) >>u C), turn this into X & (-1 >>u C). |
| 2694 | if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::LShr) { |
Zhou Sheng | 3a507fd | 2007-04-01 17:13:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2695 | APInt Mask(APInt::getLowBitsSet(TypeBits, TypeBits - ShiftAmt1)); |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2696 | return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(X, |
| 2697 | ConstantInt::get(I.getContext(), Mask)); |
Chris Lattner | b87056f | 2007-02-05 00:57:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2698 | } |
| 2699 | // We can simplify ((X << C) >>s C) into a trunc + sext. |
| 2700 | // NOTE: we could do this for any C, but that would make 'unusual' integer |
| 2701 | // types. For now, just stick to ones well-supported by the code |
| 2702 | // generators. |
| 2703 | const Type *SExtType = 0; |
| 2704 | switch (Ty->getBitWidth() - ShiftAmt1) { |
Zhou Sheng | e9e03f6 | 2007-03-28 15:02:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2705 | case 1 : |
| 2706 | case 8 : |
| 2707 | case 16 : |
| 2708 | case 32 : |
| 2709 | case 64 : |
| 2710 | case 128: |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2711 | SExtType = IntegerType::get(I.getContext(), |
| 2712 | Ty->getBitWidth() - ShiftAmt1); |
Zhou Sheng | e9e03f6 | 2007-03-28 15:02:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2713 | break; |
Chris Lattner | b87056f | 2007-02-05 00:57:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2714 | default: break; |
| 2715 | } |
Chris Lattner | f925cbd | 2009-08-30 18:50:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2716 | if (SExtType) |
| 2717 | return new SExtInst(Builder->CreateTrunc(X, SExtType, "sext"), Ty); |
Chris Lattner | b87056f | 2007-02-05 00:57:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2718 | // Otherwise, we can't handle it yet. |
| 2719 | } else if (ShiftAmt1 < ShiftAmt2) { |
Zhou Sheng | 4351c64 | 2007-04-02 08:20:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2720 | uint32_t ShiftDiff = ShiftAmt2-ShiftAmt1; |
Chris Lattner | ad0124c | 2006-01-06 07:52:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2721 | |
Chris Lattner | b0b991a | 2007-02-05 05:57:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2722 | // (X >>? C1) << C2 --> X << (C2-C1) & (-1 << C2) |
Chris Lattner | b87056f | 2007-02-05 00:57:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2723 | if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl) { |
| 2724 | assert(ShiftOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::LShr || |
| 2725 | ShiftOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr); |
Chris Lattner | f925cbd | 2009-08-30 18:50:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2726 | Value *Shift = Builder->CreateShl(X, ConstantInt::get(Ty, ShiftDiff)); |
Chris Lattner | e8d56c5 | 2006-01-07 01:32:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2727 | |
Reid Spencer | 55702aa | 2007-03-25 21:11:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2728 | APInt Mask(APInt::getHighBitsSet(TypeBits, TypeBits - ShiftAmt2)); |
Owen Anderson | eed707b | 2009-07-24 23:12:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2729 | return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Shift, |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2730 | ConstantInt::get(I.getContext(),Mask)); |
Chris Lattner | ad0124c | 2006-01-06 07:52:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2731 | } |
Chris Lattner | b87056f | 2007-02-05 00:57:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2732 | |
Chris Lattner | b0b991a | 2007-02-05 05:57:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2733 | // (X << C1) >>u C2 --> X >>u (C2-C1) & (-1 >> C2) |
Chris Lattner | b87056f | 2007-02-05 00:57:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2734 | if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::LShr) { |
| 2735 | assert(ShiftOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl); |
Chris Lattner | f925cbd | 2009-08-30 18:50:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2736 | Value *Shift = Builder->CreateLShr(X, ConstantInt::get(Ty, ShiftDiff)); |
Chris Lattner | ad0124c | 2006-01-06 07:52:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2737 | |
Reid Spencer | d5e30f0 | 2007-03-26 17:18:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2738 | APInt Mask(APInt::getLowBitsSet(TypeBits, TypeBits - ShiftAmt2)); |
Owen Anderson | eed707b | 2009-07-24 23:12:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2739 | return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Shift, |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2740 | ConstantInt::get(I.getContext(),Mask)); |
Chris Lattner | 11021cb | 2005-09-18 05:12:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2741 | } |
Chris Lattner | b87056f | 2007-02-05 00:57:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2742 | |
| 2743 | // We can't handle (X << C1) >>s C2, it shifts arbitrary bits in. |
| 2744 | } else { |
| 2745 | assert(ShiftAmt2 < ShiftAmt1); |
Zhou Sheng | 4351c64 | 2007-04-02 08:20:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2746 | uint32_t ShiftDiff = ShiftAmt1-ShiftAmt2; |
Chris Lattner | b87056f | 2007-02-05 00:57:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2747 | |
Chris Lattner | b0b991a | 2007-02-05 05:57:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2748 | // (X >>? C1) << C2 --> X >>? (C1-C2) & (-1 << C2) |
Chris Lattner | b87056f | 2007-02-05 00:57:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2749 | if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl) { |
| 2750 | assert(ShiftOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::LShr || |
| 2751 | ShiftOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr); |
Chris Lattner | f925cbd | 2009-08-30 18:50:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2752 | Value *Shift = Builder->CreateBinOp(ShiftOp->getOpcode(), X, |
| 2753 | ConstantInt::get(Ty, ShiftDiff)); |
Chris Lattner | b87056f | 2007-02-05 00:57:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2754 | |
Reid Spencer | 55702aa | 2007-03-25 21:11:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2755 | APInt Mask(APInt::getHighBitsSet(TypeBits, TypeBits - ShiftAmt2)); |
Owen Anderson | eed707b | 2009-07-24 23:12:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2756 | return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Shift, |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2757 | ConstantInt::get(I.getContext(),Mask)); |
Chris Lattner | b87056f | 2007-02-05 00:57:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2758 | } |
| 2759 | |
Chris Lattner | b0b991a | 2007-02-05 05:57:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2760 | // (X << C1) >>u C2 --> X << (C1-C2) & (-1 >> C2) |
Chris Lattner | b87056f | 2007-02-05 00:57:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2761 | if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::LShr) { |
| 2762 | assert(ShiftOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl); |
Chris Lattner | f925cbd | 2009-08-30 18:50:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2763 | Value *Shift = Builder->CreateShl(X, ConstantInt::get(Ty, ShiftDiff)); |
Chris Lattner | b87056f | 2007-02-05 00:57:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2764 | |
Reid Spencer | 68d27cf | 2007-03-26 23:45:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2765 | APInt Mask(APInt::getLowBitsSet(TypeBits, TypeBits - ShiftAmt2)); |
Owen Anderson | eed707b | 2009-07-24 23:12:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2766 | return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Shift, |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2767 | ConstantInt::get(I.getContext(),Mask)); |
Chris Lattner | b87056f | 2007-02-05 00:57:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2768 | } |
| 2769 | |
| 2770 | // We can't handle (X << C1) >>a C2, it shifts arbitrary bits in. |
Chris Lattner | 6e7ba45 | 2005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2771 | } |
Chris Lattner | ad0124c | 2006-01-06 07:52:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2772 | } |
Chris Lattner | 3f5b877 | 2002-05-06 16:14:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2773 | return 0; |
| 2774 | } |
| 2775 | |
Chris Lattner | a1be566 | 2002-05-02 17:06:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2776 | |
Reid Spencer | 3da59db | 2006-11-27 01:05:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2777 | |
Chris Lattner | 46cd5a1 | 2009-01-09 05:44:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2778 | /// FindElementAtOffset - Given a type and a constant offset, determine whether |
| 2779 | /// or not there is a sequence of GEP indices into the type that will land us at |
Chris Lattner | 3914f72 | 2009-01-24 01:00:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2780 | /// the specified offset. If so, fill them into NewIndices and return the |
| 2781 | /// resultant element type, otherwise return null. |
Chris Lattner | 80f43d3 | 2010-01-04 07:53:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2782 | const Type *InstCombiner::FindElementAtOffset(const Type *Ty, int64_t Offset, |
| 2783 | SmallVectorImpl<Value*> &NewIndices) { |
Dan Gohman | ce9fe9f | 2009-07-21 23:21:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2784 | if (!TD) return 0; |
Chris Lattner | 3914f72 | 2009-01-24 01:00:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2785 | if (!Ty->isSized()) return 0; |
Chris Lattner | 46cd5a1 | 2009-01-09 05:44:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2786 | |
| 2787 | // Start with the index over the outer type. Note that the type size |
| 2788 | // might be zero (even if the offset isn't zero) if the indexed type |
| 2789 | // is something like [0 x {int, int}] |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2790 | const Type *IntPtrTy = TD->getIntPtrType(Ty->getContext()); |
Chris Lattner | 46cd5a1 | 2009-01-09 05:44:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2791 | int64_t FirstIdx = 0; |
Duncan Sands | 777d230 | 2009-05-09 07:06:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2792 | if (int64_t TySize = TD->getTypeAllocSize(Ty)) { |
Chris Lattner | 46cd5a1 | 2009-01-09 05:44:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2793 | FirstIdx = Offset/TySize; |
Chris Lattner | 31a69cb | 2009-01-11 20:41:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2794 | Offset -= FirstIdx*TySize; |
Chris Lattner | 46cd5a1 | 2009-01-09 05:44:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2795 | |
Chris Lattner | dbc3bc2 | 2009-01-11 20:15:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2796 | // Handle hosts where % returns negative instead of values [0..TySize). |
Chris Lattner | 46cd5a1 | 2009-01-09 05:44:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2797 | if (Offset < 0) { |
| 2798 | --FirstIdx; |
| 2799 | Offset += TySize; |
| 2800 | assert(Offset >= 0); |
| 2801 | } |
| 2802 | assert((uint64_t)Offset < (uint64_t)TySize && "Out of range offset"); |
| 2803 | } |
| 2804 | |
Owen Anderson | eed707b | 2009-07-24 23:12:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2805 | NewIndices.push_back(ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, FirstIdx)); |
Chris Lattner | 46cd5a1 | 2009-01-09 05:44:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2806 | |
| 2807 | // Index into the types. If we fail, set OrigBase to null. |
| 2808 | while (Offset) { |
Chris Lattner | dbc3bc2 | 2009-01-11 20:15:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2809 | // Indexing into tail padding between struct/array elements. |
| 2810 | if (uint64_t(Offset*8) >= TD->getTypeSizeInBits(Ty)) |
Chris Lattner | 3914f72 | 2009-01-24 01:00:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2811 | return 0; |
Chris Lattner | dbc3bc2 | 2009-01-11 20:15:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2812 | |
Chris Lattner | 46cd5a1 | 2009-01-09 05:44:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2813 | if (const StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(Ty)) { |
| 2814 | const StructLayout *SL = TD->getStructLayout(STy); |
Chris Lattner | dbc3bc2 | 2009-01-11 20:15:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2815 | assert(Offset < (int64_t)SL->getSizeInBytes() && |
| 2816 | "Offset must stay within the indexed type"); |
| 2817 | |
Chris Lattner | 46cd5a1 | 2009-01-09 05:44:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2818 | unsigned Elt = SL->getElementContainingOffset(Offset); |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2819 | NewIndices.push_back(ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(Ty->getContext()), |
| 2820 | Elt)); |
Chris Lattner | 46cd5a1 | 2009-01-09 05:44:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2821 | |
| 2822 | Offset -= SL->getElementOffset(Elt); |
| 2823 | Ty = STy->getElementType(Elt); |
Chris Lattner | 1c412d9 | 2009-01-11 20:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2824 | } else if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Ty)) { |
Duncan Sands | 777d230 | 2009-05-09 07:06:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2825 | uint64_t EltSize = TD->getTypeAllocSize(AT->getElementType()); |
Chris Lattner | dbc3bc2 | 2009-01-11 20:15:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2826 | assert(EltSize && "Cannot index into a zero-sized array"); |
Owen Anderson | eed707b | 2009-07-24 23:12:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2827 | NewIndices.push_back(ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy,Offset/EltSize)); |
Chris Lattner | dbc3bc2 | 2009-01-11 20:15:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2828 | Offset %= EltSize; |
Chris Lattner | 1c412d9 | 2009-01-11 20:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2829 | Ty = AT->getElementType(); |
Chris Lattner | 46cd5a1 | 2009-01-09 05:44:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2830 | } else { |
Chris Lattner | dbc3bc2 | 2009-01-11 20:15:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2831 | // Otherwise, we can't index into the middle of this atomic type, bail. |
Chris Lattner | 3914f72 | 2009-01-24 01:00:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2832 | return 0; |
Chris Lattner | 46cd5a1 | 2009-01-09 05:44:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2833 | } |
| 2834 | } |
| 2835 | |
Chris Lattner | 3914f72 | 2009-01-24 01:00:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2836 | return Ty; |
Chris Lattner | 46cd5a1 | 2009-01-09 05:44:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2837 | } |
| 2838 | |
Chris Lattner | 8a2a311 | 2001-12-14 16:52:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2839 | |
Dan Gohman | eee962e | 2008-04-10 18:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2840 | /// EnforceKnownAlignment - If the specified pointer points to an object that |
| 2841 | /// we control, modify the object's alignment to PrefAlign. This isn't |
| 2842 | /// often possible though. If alignment is important, a more reliable approach |
| 2843 | /// is to simply align all global variables and allocation instructions to |
| 2844 | /// their preferred alignment from the beginning. |
| 2845 | /// |
| 2846 | static unsigned EnforceKnownAlignment(Value *V, |
| 2847 | unsigned Align, unsigned PrefAlign) { |
Chris Lattner | f2369f2 | 2007-08-09 19:05:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2848 | |
Dan Gohman | eee962e | 2008-04-10 18:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2849 | User *U = dyn_cast<User>(V); |
| 2850 | if (!U) return Align; |
| 2851 | |
Dan Gohman | ca17890 | 2009-07-17 20:47:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2852 | switch (Operator::getOpcode(U)) { |
Dan Gohman | eee962e | 2008-04-10 18:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2853 | default: break; |
| 2854 | case Instruction::BitCast: |
| 2855 | return EnforceKnownAlignment(U->getOperand(0), Align, PrefAlign); |
| 2856 | case Instruction::GetElementPtr: { |
Chris Lattner | 95a959d | 2006-03-06 20:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2857 | // If all indexes are zero, it is just the alignment of the base pointer. |
| 2858 | bool AllZeroOperands = true; |
Gabor Greif | 52ed363 | 2008-06-12 21:51:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2859 | for (User::op_iterator i = U->op_begin() + 1, e = U->op_end(); i != e; ++i) |
Gabor Greif | 177dd3f | 2008-06-12 21:37:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2860 | if (!isa<Constant>(*i) || |
| 2861 | !cast<Constant>(*i)->isNullValue()) { |
Chris Lattner | 95a959d | 2006-03-06 20:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2862 | AllZeroOperands = false; |
| 2863 | break; |
| 2864 | } |
Chris Lattner | f2369f2 | 2007-08-09 19:05:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2865 | |
| 2866 | if (AllZeroOperands) { |
| 2867 | // Treat this like a bitcast. |
Dan Gohman | eee962e | 2008-04-10 18:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2868 | return EnforceKnownAlignment(U->getOperand(0), Align, PrefAlign); |
Chris Lattner | f2369f2 | 2007-08-09 19:05:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2869 | } |
Dan Gohman | eee962e | 2008-04-10 18:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2870 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 95a959d | 2006-03-06 20:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2871 | } |
Dan Gohman | eee962e | 2008-04-10 18:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2872 | } |
| 2873 | |
| 2874 | if (GlobalValue *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalValue>(V)) { |
| 2875 | // If there is a large requested alignment and we can, bump up the alignment |
| 2876 | // of the global. |
| 2877 | if (!GV->isDeclaration()) { |
Dan Gohman | ecd0fb5 | 2009-02-16 23:02:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2878 | if (GV->getAlignment() >= PrefAlign) |
| 2879 | Align = GV->getAlignment(); |
| 2880 | else { |
| 2881 | GV->setAlignment(PrefAlign); |
| 2882 | Align = PrefAlign; |
| 2883 | } |
Dan Gohman | eee962e | 2008-04-10 18:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2884 | } |
Chris Lattner | 42ebefa | 2009-09-27 21:42:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2885 | } else if (AllocaInst *AI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(V)) { |
| 2886 | // If there is a requested alignment and if this is an alloca, round up. |
| 2887 | if (AI->getAlignment() >= PrefAlign) |
| 2888 | Align = AI->getAlignment(); |
| 2889 | else { |
| 2890 | AI->setAlignment(PrefAlign); |
| 2891 | Align = PrefAlign; |
Dan Gohman | eee962e | 2008-04-10 18:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2892 | } |
| 2893 | } |
| 2894 | |
| 2895 | return Align; |
| 2896 | } |
| 2897 | |
| 2898 | /// GetOrEnforceKnownAlignment - If the specified pointer has an alignment that |
| 2899 | /// we can determine, return it, otherwise return 0. If PrefAlign is specified, |
| 2900 | /// and it is more than the alignment of the ultimate object, see if we can |
| 2901 | /// increase the alignment of the ultimate object, making this check succeed. |
| 2902 | unsigned InstCombiner::GetOrEnforceKnownAlignment(Value *V, |
| 2903 | unsigned PrefAlign) { |
| 2904 | unsigned BitWidth = TD ? TD->getTypeSizeInBits(V->getType()) : |
| 2905 | sizeof(PrefAlign) * CHAR_BIT; |
| 2906 | APInt Mask = APInt::getAllOnesValue(BitWidth); |
| 2907 | APInt KnownZero(BitWidth, 0), KnownOne(BitWidth, 0); |
| 2908 | ComputeMaskedBits(V, Mask, KnownZero, KnownOne); |
| 2909 | unsigned TrailZ = KnownZero.countTrailingOnes(); |
| 2910 | unsigned Align = 1u << std::min(BitWidth - 1, TrailZ); |
| 2911 | |
| 2912 | if (PrefAlign > Align) |
| 2913 | Align = EnforceKnownAlignment(V, Align, PrefAlign); |
| 2914 | |
| 2915 | // We don't need to make any adjustment. |
| 2916 | return Align; |
Chris Lattner | 95a959d | 2006-03-06 20:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2917 | } |
| 2918 | |
Chris Lattner | f497b02 | 2008-01-13 23:50:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2919 | Instruction *InstCombiner::SimplifyMemTransfer(MemIntrinsic *MI) { |
Dan Gohman | eee962e | 2008-04-10 18:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2920 | unsigned DstAlign = GetOrEnforceKnownAlignment(MI->getOperand(1)); |
Dan Gohman | bc989d4 | 2009-02-22 18:06:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2921 | unsigned SrcAlign = GetOrEnforceKnownAlignment(MI->getOperand(2)); |
Chris Lattner | f497b02 | 2008-01-13 23:50:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2922 | unsigned MinAlign = std::min(DstAlign, SrcAlign); |
Chris Lattner | dfe964c | 2009-03-08 03:59:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2923 | unsigned CopyAlign = MI->getAlignment(); |
Chris Lattner | f497b02 | 2008-01-13 23:50:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2924 | |
| 2925 | if (CopyAlign < MinAlign) { |
Owen Anderson | eed707b | 2009-07-24 23:12:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2926 | MI->setAlignment(ConstantInt::get(MI->getAlignmentType(), |
Owen Anderson | a547b47 | 2009-07-09 18:36:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2927 | MinAlign, false)); |
Chris Lattner | f497b02 | 2008-01-13 23:50:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2928 | return MI; |
| 2929 | } |
| 2930 | |
| 2931 | // If MemCpyInst length is 1/2/4/8 bytes then replace memcpy with |
| 2932 | // load/store. |
| 2933 | ConstantInt *MemOpLength = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(MI->getOperand(3)); |
| 2934 | if (MemOpLength == 0) return 0; |
| 2935 | |
Chris Lattner | 37ac608 | 2008-01-14 00:28:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2936 | // Source and destination pointer types are always "i8*" for intrinsic. See |
| 2937 | // if the size is something we can handle with a single primitive load/store. |
| 2938 | // A single load+store correctly handles overlapping memory in the memmove |
| 2939 | // case. |
Chris Lattner | f497b02 | 2008-01-13 23:50:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2940 | unsigned Size = MemOpLength->getZExtValue(); |
Chris Lattner | 69ea9d2 | 2008-04-30 06:39:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2941 | if (Size == 0) return MI; // Delete this mem transfer. |
| 2942 | |
| 2943 | if (Size > 8 || (Size&(Size-1))) |
Chris Lattner | 37ac608 | 2008-01-14 00:28:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2944 | return 0; // If not 1/2/4/8 bytes, exit. |
Chris Lattner | f497b02 | 2008-01-13 23:50:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2945 | |
Chris Lattner | 37ac608 | 2008-01-14 00:28:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2946 | // Use an integer load+store unless we can find something better. |
Owen Anderson | d672ecb | 2009-07-03 00:17:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2947 | Type *NewPtrTy = |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2948 | PointerType::getUnqual(IntegerType::get(MI->getContext(), Size<<3)); |
Chris Lattner | 37ac608 | 2008-01-14 00:28:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2949 | |
| 2950 | // Memcpy forces the use of i8* for the source and destination. That means |
| 2951 | // that if you're using memcpy to move one double around, you'll get a cast |
| 2952 | // from double* to i8*. We'd much rather use a double load+store rather than |
| 2953 | // an i64 load+store, here because this improves the odds that the source or |
| 2954 | // dest address will be promotable. See if we can find a better type than the |
| 2955 | // integer datatype. |
| 2956 | if (Value *Op = getBitCastOperand(MI->getOperand(1))) { |
| 2957 | const Type *SrcETy = cast<PointerType>(Op->getType())->getElementType(); |
Dan Gohman | ce9fe9f | 2009-07-21 23:21:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2958 | if (TD && SrcETy->isSized() && TD->getTypeStoreSize(SrcETy) == Size) { |
Chris Lattner | 37ac608 | 2008-01-14 00:28:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2959 | // The SrcETy might be something like {{{double}}} or [1 x double]. Rip |
| 2960 | // down through these levels if so. |
Dan Gohman | 8f8e269 | 2008-05-23 01:52:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2961 | while (!SrcETy->isSingleValueType()) { |
Chris Lattner | 37ac608 | 2008-01-14 00:28:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2962 | if (const StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(SrcETy)) { |
| 2963 | if (STy->getNumElements() == 1) |
| 2964 | SrcETy = STy->getElementType(0); |
| 2965 | else |
| 2966 | break; |
| 2967 | } else if (const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(SrcETy)) { |
| 2968 | if (ATy->getNumElements() == 1) |
| 2969 | SrcETy = ATy->getElementType(); |
| 2970 | else |
| 2971 | break; |
| 2972 | } else |
| 2973 | break; |
| 2974 | } |
| 2975 | |
Dan Gohman | 8f8e269 | 2008-05-23 01:52:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2976 | if (SrcETy->isSingleValueType()) |
Owen Anderson | debcb01 | 2009-07-29 22:17:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2977 | NewPtrTy = PointerType::getUnqual(SrcETy); |
Chris Lattner | 37ac608 | 2008-01-14 00:28:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2978 | } |
| 2979 | } |
| 2980 | |
| 2981 | |
Chris Lattner | f497b02 | 2008-01-13 23:50:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2982 | // If the memcpy/memmove provides better alignment info than we can |
| 2983 | // infer, use it. |
| 2984 | SrcAlign = std::max(SrcAlign, CopyAlign); |
| 2985 | DstAlign = std::max(DstAlign, CopyAlign); |
| 2986 | |
Chris Lattner | 08142f2 | 2009-08-30 19:47:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2987 | Value *Src = Builder->CreateBitCast(MI->getOperand(2), NewPtrTy); |
| 2988 | Value *Dest = Builder->CreateBitCast(MI->getOperand(1), NewPtrTy); |
Chris Lattner | 37ac608 | 2008-01-14 00:28:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2989 | Instruction *L = new LoadInst(Src, "tmp", false, SrcAlign); |
| 2990 | InsertNewInstBefore(L, *MI); |
| 2991 | InsertNewInstBefore(new StoreInst(L, Dest, false, DstAlign), *MI); |
| 2992 | |
| 2993 | // Set the size of the copy to 0, it will be deleted on the next iteration. |
Owen Anderson | a7235ea | 2009-07-31 20:28:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2994 | MI->setOperand(3, Constant::getNullValue(MemOpLength->getType())); |
Chris Lattner | 37ac608 | 2008-01-14 00:28:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2995 | return MI; |
Chris Lattner | f497b02 | 2008-01-13 23:50:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2996 | } |
Chris Lattner | 3d69f46 | 2004-03-12 05:52:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2997 | |
Chris Lattner | 69ea9d2 | 2008-04-30 06:39:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2998 | Instruction *InstCombiner::SimplifyMemSet(MemSetInst *MI) { |
| 2999 | unsigned Alignment = GetOrEnforceKnownAlignment(MI->getDest()); |
Chris Lattner | dfe964c | 2009-03-08 03:59:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3000 | if (MI->getAlignment() < Alignment) { |
Owen Anderson | eed707b | 2009-07-24 23:12:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3001 | MI->setAlignment(ConstantInt::get(MI->getAlignmentType(), |
Owen Anderson | a547b47 | 2009-07-09 18:36:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3002 | Alignment, false)); |
Chris Lattner | 69ea9d2 | 2008-04-30 06:39:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3003 | return MI; |
| 3004 | } |
| 3005 | |
| 3006 | // Extract the length and alignment and fill if they are constant. |
| 3007 | ConstantInt *LenC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(MI->getLength()); |
| 3008 | ConstantInt *FillC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(MI->getValue()); |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3009 | if (!LenC || !FillC || FillC->getType() != Type::getInt8Ty(MI->getContext())) |
Chris Lattner | 69ea9d2 | 2008-04-30 06:39:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3010 | return 0; |
| 3011 | uint64_t Len = LenC->getZExtValue(); |
Chris Lattner | dfe964c | 2009-03-08 03:59:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3012 | Alignment = MI->getAlignment(); |
Chris Lattner | 69ea9d2 | 2008-04-30 06:39:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3013 | |
| 3014 | // If the length is zero, this is a no-op |
| 3015 | if (Len == 0) return MI; // memset(d,c,0,a) -> noop |
| 3016 | |
| 3017 | // memset(s,c,n) -> store s, c (for n=1,2,4,8) |
| 3018 | if (Len <= 8 && isPowerOf2_32((uint32_t)Len)) { |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3019 | const Type *ITy = IntegerType::get(MI->getContext(), Len*8); // n=1 -> i8. |
Chris Lattner | 69ea9d2 | 2008-04-30 06:39:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3020 | |
| 3021 | Value *Dest = MI->getDest(); |
Chris Lattner | 08142f2 | 2009-08-30 19:47:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3022 | Dest = Builder->CreateBitCast(Dest, PointerType::getUnqual(ITy)); |
Chris Lattner | 69ea9d2 | 2008-04-30 06:39:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3023 | |
| 3024 | // Alignment 0 is identity for alignment 1 for memset, but not store. |
| 3025 | if (Alignment == 0) Alignment = 1; |
| 3026 | |
| 3027 | // Extract the fill value and store. |
| 3028 | uint64_t Fill = FillC->getZExtValue()*0x0101010101010101ULL; |
Owen Anderson | eed707b | 2009-07-24 23:12:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3029 | InsertNewInstBefore(new StoreInst(ConstantInt::get(ITy, Fill), |
Owen Anderson | d672ecb | 2009-07-03 00:17:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3030 | Dest, false, Alignment), *MI); |
Chris Lattner | 69ea9d2 | 2008-04-30 06:39:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3031 | |
| 3032 | // Set the size of the copy to 0, it will be deleted on the next iteration. |
Owen Anderson | a7235ea | 2009-07-31 20:28:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3033 | MI->setLength(Constant::getNullValue(LenC->getType())); |
Chris Lattner | 69ea9d2 | 2008-04-30 06:39:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3034 | return MI; |
| 3035 | } |
| 3036 | |
| 3037 | return 0; |
| 3038 | } |
| 3039 | |
| 3040 | |
Chris Lattner | 8b0ea31 | 2006-01-13 20:11:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3041 | /// visitCallInst - CallInst simplification. This mostly only handles folding |
| 3042 | /// of intrinsic instructions. For normal calls, it allows visitCallSite to do |
| 3043 | /// the heavy lifting. |
| 3044 | /// |
Chris Lattner | 9fe3886 | 2003-06-19 17:00:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3045 | Instruction *InstCombiner::visitCallInst(CallInst &CI) { |
Victor Hernandez | 66284e0 | 2009-10-24 04:23:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3046 | if (isFreeCall(&CI)) |
| 3047 | return visitFree(CI); |
| 3048 | |
Chris Lattner | aab6ec4 | 2009-05-13 17:39:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3049 | // If the caller function is nounwind, mark the call as nounwind, even if the |
| 3050 | // callee isn't. |
| 3051 | if (CI.getParent()->getParent()->doesNotThrow() && |
| 3052 | !CI.doesNotThrow()) { |
| 3053 | CI.setDoesNotThrow(); |
| 3054 | return &CI; |
| 3055 | } |
| 3056 | |
Chris Lattner | 8b0ea31 | 2006-01-13 20:11:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3057 | IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(&CI); |
| 3058 | if (!II) return visitCallSite(&CI); |
| 3059 | |
Chris Lattner | 7bcc0e7 | 2004-02-28 05:22:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3060 | // Intrinsics cannot occur in an invoke, so handle them here instead of in |
| 3061 | // visitCallSite. |
Chris Lattner | 8b0ea31 | 2006-01-13 20:11:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3062 | if (MemIntrinsic *MI = dyn_cast<MemIntrinsic>(II)) { |
Chris Lattner | 35b9e48 | 2004-10-12 04:52:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3063 | bool Changed = false; |
| 3064 | |
| 3065 | // memmove/cpy/set of zero bytes is a noop. |
| 3066 | if (Constant *NumBytes = dyn_cast<Constant>(MI->getLength())) { |
| 3067 | if (NumBytes->isNullValue()) return EraseInstFromFunction(CI); |
| 3068 | |
Chris Lattner | 35b9e48 | 2004-10-12 04:52:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3069 | if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(NumBytes)) |
Reid Spencer | b83eb64 | 2006-10-20 07:07:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3070 | if (CI->getZExtValue() == 1) { |
Chris Lattner | 35b9e48 | 2004-10-12 04:52:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3071 | // Replace the instruction with just byte operations. We would |
| 3072 | // transform other cases to loads/stores, but we don't know if |
| 3073 | // alignment is sufficient. |
| 3074 | } |
Chris Lattner | 7bcc0e7 | 2004-02-28 05:22:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3075 | } |
| 3076 | |
Chris Lattner | 35b9e48 | 2004-10-12 04:52:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3077 | // If we have a memmove and the source operation is a constant global, |
| 3078 | // then the source and dest pointers can't alias, so we can change this |
| 3079 | // into a call to memcpy. |
Chris Lattner | f497b02 | 2008-01-13 23:50:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3080 | if (MemMoveInst *MMI = dyn_cast<MemMoveInst>(MI)) { |
Chris Lattner | 35b9e48 | 2004-10-12 04:52:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3081 | if (GlobalVariable *GVSrc = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(MMI->getSource())) |
| 3082 | if (GVSrc->isConstant()) { |
| 3083 | Module *M = CI.getParent()->getParent()->getParent(); |
Chris Lattner | 824b958 | 2008-11-21 16:42:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3084 | Intrinsic::ID MemCpyID = Intrinsic::memcpy; |
| 3085 | const Type *Tys[1]; |
| 3086 | Tys[0] = CI.getOperand(3)->getType(); |
| 3087 | CI.setOperand(0, |
| 3088 | Intrinsic::getDeclaration(M, MemCpyID, Tys, 1)); |
Chris Lattner | 35b9e48 | 2004-10-12 04:52:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3089 | Changed = true; |
| 3090 | } |
Eli Friedman | 0c826d9 | 2009-12-17 21:07:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3091 | } |
Chris Lattner | a935db8 | 2008-05-28 05:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3092 | |
Eli Friedman | 0c826d9 | 2009-12-17 21:07:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3093 | if (MemTransferInst *MTI = dyn_cast<MemTransferInst>(MI)) { |
Chris Lattner | a935db8 | 2008-05-28 05:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3094 | // memmove(x,x,size) -> noop. |
Eli Friedman | 0c826d9 | 2009-12-17 21:07:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3095 | if (MTI->getSource() == MTI->getDest()) |
Chris Lattner | a935db8 | 2008-05-28 05:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3096 | return EraseInstFromFunction(CI); |
Chris Lattner | 95a959d | 2006-03-06 20:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3097 | } |
Chris Lattner | 35b9e48 | 2004-10-12 04:52:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3098 | |
Chris Lattner | 95a959d | 2006-03-06 20:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3099 | // If we can determine a pointer alignment that is bigger than currently |
| 3100 | // set, update the alignment. |
Chris Lattner | 3ce5e88 | 2009-03-08 03:37:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3101 | if (isa<MemTransferInst>(MI)) { |
Chris Lattner | f497b02 | 2008-01-13 23:50:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3102 | if (Instruction *I = SimplifyMemTransfer(MI)) |
| 3103 | return I; |
Chris Lattner | 69ea9d2 | 2008-04-30 06:39:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3104 | } else if (MemSetInst *MSI = dyn_cast<MemSetInst>(MI)) { |
| 3105 | if (Instruction *I = SimplifyMemSet(MSI)) |
| 3106 | return I; |
Chris Lattner | 95a959d | 2006-03-06 20:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3107 | } |
| 3108 | |
Chris Lattner | 8b0ea31 | 2006-01-13 20:11:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3109 | if (Changed) return II; |
Chris Lattner | 0521e3c | 2008-06-18 04:33:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3110 | } |
| 3111 | |
| 3112 | switch (II->getIntrinsicID()) { |
| 3113 | default: break; |
| 3114 | case Intrinsic::bswap: |
| 3115 | // bswap(bswap(x)) -> x |
| 3116 | if (IntrinsicInst *Operand = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(II->getOperand(1))) |
| 3117 | if (Operand->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::bswap) |
| 3118 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, Operand->getOperand(1)); |
Chris Lattner | e33d413 | 2010-01-01 18:34:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3119 | |
| 3120 | // bswap(trunc(bswap(x))) -> trunc(lshr(x, c)) |
| 3121 | if (TruncInst *TI = dyn_cast<TruncInst>(II->getOperand(1))) { |
| 3122 | if (IntrinsicInst *Operand = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(TI->getOperand(0))) |
| 3123 | if (Operand->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::bswap) { |
| 3124 | unsigned C = Operand->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() - |
| 3125 | TI->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits(); |
| 3126 | Value *CV = ConstantInt::get(Operand->getType(), C); |
| 3127 | Value *V = Builder->CreateLShr(Operand->getOperand(1), CV); |
| 3128 | return new TruncInst(V, TI->getType()); |
| 3129 | } |
| 3130 | } |
| 3131 | |
Chris Lattner | 0521e3c | 2008-06-18 04:33:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3132 | break; |
Chris Lattner | d27f911 | 2010-01-01 01:52:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3133 | case Intrinsic::powi: |
| 3134 | if (ConstantInt *Power = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(II->getOperand(2))) { |
| 3135 | // powi(x, 0) -> 1.0 |
| 3136 | if (Power->isZero()) |
| 3137 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, ConstantFP::get(CI.getType(), 1.0)); |
| 3138 | // powi(x, 1) -> x |
| 3139 | if (Power->isOne()) |
| 3140 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, II->getOperand(1)); |
| 3141 | // powi(x, -1) -> 1/x |
Chris Lattner | f9ead87 | 2010-01-01 01:54:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3142 | if (Power->isAllOnesValue()) |
| 3143 | return BinaryOperator::CreateFDiv(ConstantFP::get(CI.getType(), 1.0), |
| 3144 | II->getOperand(1)); |
Chris Lattner | d27f911 | 2010-01-01 01:52:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3145 | } |
| 3146 | break; |
| 3147 | |
Chris Lattner | 2bbac75 | 2009-11-26 21:42:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3148 | case Intrinsic::uadd_with_overflow: { |
| 3149 | Value *LHS = II->getOperand(1), *RHS = II->getOperand(2); |
| 3150 | const IntegerType *IT = cast<IntegerType>(II->getOperand(1)->getType()); |
| 3151 | uint32_t BitWidth = IT->getBitWidth(); |
| 3152 | APInt Mask = APInt::getSignBit(BitWidth); |
Chris Lattner | 998e25a | 2009-11-26 22:08:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3153 | APInt LHSKnownZero(BitWidth, 0); |
| 3154 | APInt LHSKnownOne(BitWidth, 0); |
Chris Lattner | 2bbac75 | 2009-11-26 21:42:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3155 | ComputeMaskedBits(LHS, Mask, LHSKnownZero, LHSKnownOne); |
| 3156 | bool LHSKnownNegative = LHSKnownOne[BitWidth - 1]; |
| 3157 | bool LHSKnownPositive = LHSKnownZero[BitWidth - 1]; |
| 3158 | |
| 3159 | if (LHSKnownNegative || LHSKnownPositive) { |
Chris Lattner | 998e25a | 2009-11-26 22:08:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3160 | APInt RHSKnownZero(BitWidth, 0); |
| 3161 | APInt RHSKnownOne(BitWidth, 0); |
Chris Lattner | 2bbac75 | 2009-11-26 21:42:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3162 | ComputeMaskedBits(RHS, Mask, RHSKnownZero, RHSKnownOne); |
| 3163 | bool RHSKnownNegative = RHSKnownOne[BitWidth - 1]; |
| 3164 | bool RHSKnownPositive = RHSKnownZero[BitWidth - 1]; |
| 3165 | if (LHSKnownNegative && RHSKnownNegative) { |
| 3166 | // The sign bit is set in both cases: this MUST overflow. |
| 3167 | // Create a simple add instruction, and insert it into the struct. |
| 3168 | Instruction *Add = BinaryOperator::CreateAdd(LHS, RHS, "", &CI); |
| 3169 | Worklist.Add(Add); |
Chris Lattner | cd188e9 | 2009-11-29 02:57:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3170 | Constant *V[] = { |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3171 | UndefValue::get(LHS->getType()),ConstantInt::getTrue(II->getContext()) |
Chris Lattner | cd188e9 | 2009-11-29 02:57:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3172 | }; |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3173 | Constant *Struct = ConstantStruct::get(II->getContext(), V, 2, false); |
Chris Lattner | 2bbac75 | 2009-11-26 21:42:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3174 | return InsertValueInst::Create(Struct, Add, 0); |
| 3175 | } |
| 3176 | |
| 3177 | if (LHSKnownPositive && RHSKnownPositive) { |
| 3178 | // The sign bit is clear in both cases: this CANNOT overflow. |
| 3179 | // Create a simple add instruction, and insert it into the struct. |
| 3180 | Instruction *Add = BinaryOperator::CreateNUWAdd(LHS, RHS, "", &CI); |
| 3181 | Worklist.Add(Add); |
Chris Lattner | cd188e9 | 2009-11-29 02:57:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3182 | Constant *V[] = { |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3183 | UndefValue::get(LHS->getType()), |
| 3184 | ConstantInt::getFalse(II->getContext()) |
Chris Lattner | cd188e9 | 2009-11-29 02:57:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3185 | }; |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3186 | Constant *Struct = ConstantStruct::get(II->getContext(), V, 2, false); |
Chris Lattner | 2bbac75 | 2009-11-26 21:42:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3187 | return InsertValueInst::Create(Struct, Add, 0); |
| 3188 | } |
| 3189 | } |
| 3190 | } |
| 3191 | // FALL THROUGH uadd into sadd |
| 3192 | case Intrinsic::sadd_with_overflow: |
| 3193 | // Canonicalize constants into the RHS. |
| 3194 | if (isa<Constant>(II->getOperand(1)) && |
| 3195 | !isa<Constant>(II->getOperand(2))) { |
| 3196 | Value *LHS = II->getOperand(1); |
| 3197 | II->setOperand(1, II->getOperand(2)); |
| 3198 | II->setOperand(2, LHS); |
| 3199 | return II; |
| 3200 | } |
| 3201 | |
| 3202 | // X + undef -> undef |
| 3203 | if (isa<UndefValue>(II->getOperand(2))) |
| 3204 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, UndefValue::get(II->getType())); |
| 3205 | |
| 3206 | if (ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(II->getOperand(2))) { |
| 3207 | // X + 0 -> {X, false} |
| 3208 | if (RHS->isZero()) { |
| 3209 | Constant *V[] = { |
Chris Lattner | cd188e9 | 2009-11-29 02:57:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3210 | UndefValue::get(II->getOperand(0)->getType()), |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3211 | ConstantInt::getFalse(II->getContext()) |
Chris Lattner | 2bbac75 | 2009-11-26 21:42:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3212 | }; |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3213 | Constant *Struct = ConstantStruct::get(II->getContext(), V, 2, false); |
Chris Lattner | 2bbac75 | 2009-11-26 21:42:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3214 | return InsertValueInst::Create(Struct, II->getOperand(1), 0); |
| 3215 | } |
| 3216 | } |
| 3217 | break; |
| 3218 | case Intrinsic::usub_with_overflow: |
| 3219 | case Intrinsic::ssub_with_overflow: |
| 3220 | // undef - X -> undef |
| 3221 | // X - undef -> undef |
| 3222 | if (isa<UndefValue>(II->getOperand(1)) || |
| 3223 | isa<UndefValue>(II->getOperand(2))) |
| 3224 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, UndefValue::get(II->getType())); |
| 3225 | |
| 3226 | if (ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(II->getOperand(2))) { |
| 3227 | // X - 0 -> {X, false} |
| 3228 | if (RHS->isZero()) { |
| 3229 | Constant *V[] = { |
Chris Lattner | cd188e9 | 2009-11-29 02:57:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3230 | UndefValue::get(II->getOperand(1)->getType()), |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3231 | ConstantInt::getFalse(II->getContext()) |
Chris Lattner | 2bbac75 | 2009-11-26 21:42:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3232 | }; |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3233 | Constant *Struct = ConstantStruct::get(II->getContext(), V, 2, false); |
Chris Lattner | 2bbac75 | 2009-11-26 21:42:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3234 | return InsertValueInst::Create(Struct, II->getOperand(1), 0); |
| 3235 | } |
| 3236 | } |
| 3237 | break; |
| 3238 | case Intrinsic::umul_with_overflow: |
| 3239 | case Intrinsic::smul_with_overflow: |
| 3240 | // Canonicalize constants into the RHS. |
| 3241 | if (isa<Constant>(II->getOperand(1)) && |
| 3242 | !isa<Constant>(II->getOperand(2))) { |
| 3243 | Value *LHS = II->getOperand(1); |
| 3244 | II->setOperand(1, II->getOperand(2)); |
| 3245 | II->setOperand(2, LHS); |
| 3246 | return II; |
| 3247 | } |
| 3248 | |
| 3249 | // X * undef -> undef |
| 3250 | if (isa<UndefValue>(II->getOperand(2))) |
| 3251 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, UndefValue::get(II->getType())); |
| 3252 | |
| 3253 | if (ConstantInt *RHSI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(II->getOperand(2))) { |
| 3254 | // X*0 -> {0, false} |
| 3255 | if (RHSI->isZero()) |
| 3256 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, Constant::getNullValue(II->getType())); |
| 3257 | |
| 3258 | // X * 1 -> {X, false} |
| 3259 | if (RHSI->equalsInt(1)) { |
Chris Lattner | cd188e9 | 2009-11-29 02:57:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3260 | Constant *V[] = { |
| 3261 | UndefValue::get(II->getOperand(1)->getType()), |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3262 | ConstantInt::getFalse(II->getContext()) |
Chris Lattner | cd188e9 | 2009-11-29 02:57:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3263 | }; |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3264 | Constant *Struct = ConstantStruct::get(II->getContext(), V, 2, false); |
Chris Lattner | cd188e9 | 2009-11-29 02:57:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3265 | return InsertValueInst::Create(Struct, II->getOperand(1), 0); |
Chris Lattner | 2bbac75 | 2009-11-26 21:42:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3266 | } |
| 3267 | } |
| 3268 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 0521e3c | 2008-06-18 04:33:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3269 | case Intrinsic::ppc_altivec_lvx: |
| 3270 | case Intrinsic::ppc_altivec_lvxl: |
| 3271 | case Intrinsic::x86_sse_loadu_ps: |
| 3272 | case Intrinsic::x86_sse2_loadu_pd: |
| 3273 | case Intrinsic::x86_sse2_loadu_dq: |
| 3274 | // Turn PPC lvx -> load if the pointer is known aligned. |
| 3275 | // Turn X86 loadups -> load if the pointer is known aligned. |
| 3276 | if (GetOrEnforceKnownAlignment(II->getOperand(1), 16) >= 16) { |
Chris Lattner | 08142f2 | 2009-08-30 19:47:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3277 | Value *Ptr = Builder->CreateBitCast(II->getOperand(1), |
| 3278 | PointerType::getUnqual(II->getType())); |
Chris Lattner | 0521e3c | 2008-06-18 04:33:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3279 | return new LoadInst(Ptr); |
Chris Lattner | 867b99f | 2006-10-05 06:55:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3280 | } |
Chris Lattner | 0521e3c | 2008-06-18 04:33:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3281 | break; |
| 3282 | case Intrinsic::ppc_altivec_stvx: |
| 3283 | case Intrinsic::ppc_altivec_stvxl: |
| 3284 | // Turn stvx -> store if the pointer is known aligned. |
| 3285 | if (GetOrEnforceKnownAlignment(II->getOperand(2), 16) >= 16) { |
| 3286 | const Type *OpPtrTy = |
Owen Anderson | debcb01 | 2009-07-29 22:17:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3287 | PointerType::getUnqual(II->getOperand(1)->getType()); |
Chris Lattner | 08142f2 | 2009-08-30 19:47:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3288 | Value *Ptr = Builder->CreateBitCast(II->getOperand(2), OpPtrTy); |
Chris Lattner | 0521e3c | 2008-06-18 04:33:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3289 | return new StoreInst(II->getOperand(1), Ptr); |
| 3290 | } |
| 3291 | break; |
| 3292 | case Intrinsic::x86_sse_storeu_ps: |
| 3293 | case Intrinsic::x86_sse2_storeu_pd: |
| 3294 | case Intrinsic::x86_sse2_storeu_dq: |
Chris Lattner | 0521e3c | 2008-06-18 04:33:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3295 | // Turn X86 storeu -> store if the pointer is known aligned. |
| 3296 | if (GetOrEnforceKnownAlignment(II->getOperand(1), 16) >= 16) { |
| 3297 | const Type *OpPtrTy = |
Owen Anderson | debcb01 | 2009-07-29 22:17:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3298 | PointerType::getUnqual(II->getOperand(2)->getType()); |
Chris Lattner | 08142f2 | 2009-08-30 19:47:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3299 | Value *Ptr = Builder->CreateBitCast(II->getOperand(1), OpPtrTy); |
Chris Lattner | 0521e3c | 2008-06-18 04:33:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3300 | return new StoreInst(II->getOperand(2), Ptr); |
| 3301 | } |
| 3302 | break; |
| 3303 | |
| 3304 | case Intrinsic::x86_sse_cvttss2si: { |
| 3305 | // These intrinsics only demands the 0th element of its input vector. If |
| 3306 | // we can simplify the input based on that, do so now. |
Evan Cheng | 388df62 | 2009-02-03 10:05:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3307 | unsigned VWidth = |
| 3308 | cast<VectorType>(II->getOperand(1)->getType())->getNumElements(); |
| 3309 | APInt DemandedElts(VWidth, 1); |
| 3310 | APInt UndefElts(VWidth, 0); |
| 3311 | if (Value *V = SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(II->getOperand(1), DemandedElts, |
Chris Lattner | 0521e3c | 2008-06-18 04:33:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3312 | UndefElts)) { |
| 3313 | II->setOperand(1, V); |
| 3314 | return II; |
| 3315 | } |
| 3316 | break; |
| 3317 | } |
| 3318 | |
| 3319 | case Intrinsic::ppc_altivec_vperm: |
| 3320 | // Turn vperm(V1,V2,mask) -> shuffle(V1,V2,mask) if mask is a constant. |
| 3321 | if (ConstantVector *Mask = dyn_cast<ConstantVector>(II->getOperand(3))) { |
| 3322 | assert(Mask->getNumOperands() == 16 && "Bad type for intrinsic!"); |
Chris Lattner | 867b99f | 2006-10-05 06:55:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3323 | |
Chris Lattner | 0521e3c | 2008-06-18 04:33:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3324 | // Check that all of the elements are integer constants or undefs. |
| 3325 | bool AllEltsOk = true; |
| 3326 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != 16; ++i) { |
| 3327 | if (!isa<ConstantInt>(Mask->getOperand(i)) && |
| 3328 | !isa<UndefValue>(Mask->getOperand(i))) { |
| 3329 | AllEltsOk = false; |
| 3330 | break; |
| 3331 | } |
| 3332 | } |
| 3333 | |
| 3334 | if (AllEltsOk) { |
| 3335 | // Cast the input vectors to byte vectors. |
Chris Lattner | 08142f2 | 2009-08-30 19:47:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3336 | Value *Op0 = Builder->CreateBitCast(II->getOperand(1), Mask->getType()); |
| 3337 | Value *Op1 = Builder->CreateBitCast(II->getOperand(2), Mask->getType()); |
Owen Anderson | 9e9a0d5 | 2009-07-30 23:03:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3338 | Value *Result = UndefValue::get(Op0->getType()); |
Chris Lattner | e2ed057 | 2006-04-06 19:19:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3339 | |
Chris Lattner | 0521e3c | 2008-06-18 04:33:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3340 | // Only extract each element once. |
| 3341 | Value *ExtractedElts[32]; |
| 3342 | memset(ExtractedElts, 0, sizeof(ExtractedElts)); |
| 3343 | |
Chris Lattner | e2ed057 | 2006-04-06 19:19:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3344 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != 16; ++i) { |
Chris Lattner | 0521e3c | 2008-06-18 04:33:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3345 | if (isa<UndefValue>(Mask->getOperand(i))) |
| 3346 | continue; |
| 3347 | unsigned Idx=cast<ConstantInt>(Mask->getOperand(i))->getZExtValue(); |
| 3348 | Idx &= 31; // Match the hardware behavior. |
| 3349 | |
| 3350 | if (ExtractedElts[Idx] == 0) { |
Chris Lattner | f925cbd | 2009-08-30 18:50:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3351 | ExtractedElts[Idx] = |
| 3352 | Builder->CreateExtractElement(Idx < 16 ? Op0 : Op1, |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3353 | ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(II->getContext()), |
| 3354 | Idx&15, false), "tmp"); |
Chris Lattner | e2ed057 | 2006-04-06 19:19:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3355 | } |
Chris Lattner | e2ed057 | 2006-04-06 19:19:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3356 | |
Chris Lattner | 0521e3c | 2008-06-18 04:33:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3357 | // Insert this value into the result vector. |
Chris Lattner | f925cbd | 2009-08-30 18:50:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3358 | Result = Builder->CreateInsertElement(Result, ExtractedElts[Idx], |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3359 | ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(II->getContext()), |
| 3360 | i, false), "tmp"); |
Chris Lattner | e2ed057 | 2006-04-06 19:19:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3361 | } |
Chris Lattner | 0521e3c | 2008-06-18 04:33:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3362 | return CastInst::Create(Instruction::BitCast, Result, CI.getType()); |
Chris Lattner | e2ed057 | 2006-04-06 19:19:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3363 | } |
Chris Lattner | 0521e3c | 2008-06-18 04:33:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3364 | } |
| 3365 | break; |
Chris Lattner | e2ed057 | 2006-04-06 19:19:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3366 | |
Chris Lattner | 0521e3c | 2008-06-18 04:33:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3367 | case Intrinsic::stackrestore: { |
| 3368 | // If the save is right next to the restore, remove the restore. This can |
| 3369 | // happen when variable allocas are DCE'd. |
| 3370 | if (IntrinsicInst *SS = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(II->getOperand(1))) { |
| 3371 | if (SS->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::stacksave) { |
| 3372 | BasicBlock::iterator BI = SS; |
| 3373 | if (&*++BI == II) |
| 3374 | return EraseInstFromFunction(CI); |
Chris Lattner | a728ddc | 2006-01-13 21:28:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3375 | } |
Chris Lattner | 0521e3c | 2008-06-18 04:33:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3376 | } |
| 3377 | |
| 3378 | // Scan down this block to see if there is another stack restore in the |
| 3379 | // same block without an intervening call/alloca. |
| 3380 | BasicBlock::iterator BI = II; |
| 3381 | TerminatorInst *TI = II->getParent()->getTerminator(); |
| 3382 | bool CannotRemove = false; |
| 3383 | for (++BI; &*BI != TI; ++BI) { |
Victor Hernandez | 83d6391 | 2009-09-18 22:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3384 | if (isa<AllocaInst>(BI) || isMalloc(BI)) { |
Chris Lattner | 0521e3c | 2008-06-18 04:33:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3385 | CannotRemove = true; |
| 3386 | break; |
| 3387 | } |
Chris Lattner | aa0bf52 | 2008-06-25 05:59:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3388 | if (CallInst *BCI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(BI)) { |
| 3389 | if (IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(BCI)) { |
| 3390 | // If there is a stackrestore below this one, remove this one. |
| 3391 | if (II->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::stackrestore) |
| 3392 | return EraseInstFromFunction(CI); |
| 3393 | // Otherwise, ignore the intrinsic. |
| 3394 | } else { |
| 3395 | // If we found a non-intrinsic call, we can't remove the stack |
| 3396 | // restore. |
Chris Lattner | bf1d8a7 | 2008-02-18 06:12:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3397 | CannotRemove = true; |
| 3398 | break; |
| 3399 | } |
Chris Lattner | 0521e3c | 2008-06-18 04:33:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3400 | } |
Chris Lattner | a728ddc | 2006-01-13 21:28:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3401 | } |
Chris Lattner | 0521e3c | 2008-06-18 04:33:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3402 | |
| 3403 | // If the stack restore is in a return/unwind block and if there are no |
| 3404 | // allocas or calls between the restore and the return, nuke the restore. |
| 3405 | if (!CannotRemove && (isa<ReturnInst>(TI) || isa<UnwindInst>(TI))) |
| 3406 | return EraseInstFromFunction(CI); |
| 3407 | break; |
| 3408 | } |
Chris Lattner | 35b9e48 | 2004-10-12 04:52:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3409 | } |
| 3410 | |
Chris Lattner | 8b0ea31 | 2006-01-13 20:11:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3411 | return visitCallSite(II); |
Chris Lattner | 9fe3886 | 2003-06-19 17:00:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3412 | } |
| 3413 | |
| 3414 | // InvokeInst simplification |
| 3415 | // |
| 3416 | Instruction *InstCombiner::visitInvokeInst(InvokeInst &II) { |
Chris Lattner | a44d8a2 | 2003-10-07 22:32:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3417 | return visitCallSite(&II); |
Chris Lattner | 9fe3886 | 2003-06-19 17:00:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3418 | } |
| 3419 | |
Dale Johannesen | da30ccb | 2008-04-25 21:16:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3420 | /// isSafeToEliminateVarargsCast - If this cast does not affect the value |
| 3421 | /// passed through the varargs area, we can eliminate the use of the cast. |
Dale Johannesen | 1f530a5 | 2008-04-23 18:34:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3422 | static bool isSafeToEliminateVarargsCast(const CallSite CS, |
| 3423 | const CastInst * const CI, |
| 3424 | const TargetData * const TD, |
| 3425 | const int ix) { |
| 3426 | if (!CI->isLosslessCast()) |
| 3427 | return false; |
| 3428 | |
| 3429 | // The size of ByVal arguments is derived from the type, so we |
| 3430 | // can't change to a type with a different size. If the size were |
| 3431 | // passed explicitly we could avoid this check. |
Devang Patel | 0598866 | 2008-09-25 21:00:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3432 | if (!CS.paramHasAttr(ix, Attribute::ByVal)) |
Dale Johannesen | 1f530a5 | 2008-04-23 18:34:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3433 | return true; |
| 3434 | |
| 3435 | const Type* SrcTy = |
| 3436 | cast<PointerType>(CI->getOperand(0)->getType())->getElementType(); |
| 3437 | const Type* DstTy = cast<PointerType>(CI->getType())->getElementType(); |
| 3438 | if (!SrcTy->isSized() || !DstTy->isSized()) |
| 3439 | return false; |
Dan Gohman | ce9fe9f | 2009-07-21 23:21:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3440 | if (!TD || TD->getTypeAllocSize(SrcTy) != TD->getTypeAllocSize(DstTy)) |
Dale Johannesen | 1f530a5 | 2008-04-23 18:34:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3441 | return false; |
| 3442 | return true; |
| 3443 | } |
| 3444 | |
Chris Lattner | a44d8a2 | 2003-10-07 22:32:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3445 | // visitCallSite - Improvements for call and invoke instructions. |
| 3446 | // |
| 3447 | Instruction *InstCombiner::visitCallSite(CallSite CS) { |
Chris Lattner | 6c266db | 2003-10-07 22:54:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3448 | bool Changed = false; |
| 3449 | |
| 3450 | // If the callee is a constexpr cast of a function, attempt to move the cast |
| 3451 | // to the arguments of the call/invoke. |
Chris Lattner | a44d8a2 | 2003-10-07 22:32:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3452 | if (transformConstExprCastCall(CS)) return 0; |
| 3453 | |
Chris Lattner | 6c266db | 2003-10-07 22:54:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3454 | Value *Callee = CS.getCalledValue(); |
Chris Lattner | e87597f | 2004-10-16 18:11:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3455 | |
Chris Lattner | 08b22ec | 2005-05-13 07:09:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3456 | if (Function *CalleeF = dyn_cast<Function>(Callee)) |
| 3457 | if (CalleeF->getCallingConv() != CS.getCallingConv()) { |
| 3458 | Instruction *OldCall = CS.getInstruction(); |
| 3459 | // If the call and callee calling conventions don't match, this call must |
| 3460 | // be unreachable, as the call is undefined. |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3461 | new StoreInst(ConstantInt::getTrue(Callee->getContext()), |
| 3462 | UndefValue::get(Type::getInt1PtrTy(Callee->getContext())), |
Owen Anderson | d672ecb | 2009-07-03 00:17:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3463 | OldCall); |
Devang Patel | 228ebd0 | 2009-10-13 22:56:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3464 | // If OldCall dues not return void then replaceAllUsesWith undef. |
| 3465 | // This allows ValueHandlers and custom metadata to adjust itself. |
Devang Patel | 9674d15 | 2009-10-14 17:29:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3466 | if (!OldCall->getType()->isVoidTy()) |
Devang Patel | 228ebd0 | 2009-10-13 22:56:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3467 | OldCall->replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(OldCall->getType())); |
Chris Lattner | 08b22ec | 2005-05-13 07:09:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3468 | if (isa<CallInst>(OldCall)) // Not worth removing an invoke here. |
| 3469 | return EraseInstFromFunction(*OldCall); |
| 3470 | return 0; |
| 3471 | } |
| 3472 | |
Chris Lattner | 17be635 | 2004-10-18 02:59:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3473 | if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Callee) || isa<UndefValue>(Callee)) { |
| 3474 | // This instruction is not reachable, just remove it. We insert a store to |
| 3475 | // undef so that we know that this code is not reachable, despite the fact |
| 3476 | // that we can't modify the CFG here. |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3477 | new StoreInst(ConstantInt::getTrue(Callee->getContext()), |
| 3478 | UndefValue::get(Type::getInt1PtrTy(Callee->getContext())), |
Chris Lattner | 17be635 | 2004-10-18 02:59:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3479 | CS.getInstruction()); |
| 3480 | |
Devang Patel | 228ebd0 | 2009-10-13 22:56:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3481 | // If CS dues not return void then replaceAllUsesWith undef. |
| 3482 | // This allows ValueHandlers and custom metadata to adjust itself. |
Devang Patel | 9674d15 | 2009-10-14 17:29:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3483 | if (!CS.getInstruction()->getType()->isVoidTy()) |
Devang Patel | 228ebd0 | 2009-10-13 22:56:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3484 | CS.getInstruction()-> |
| 3485 | replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(CS.getInstruction()->getType())); |
Chris Lattner | 17be635 | 2004-10-18 02:59:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3486 | |
| 3487 | if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(CS.getInstruction())) { |
| 3488 | // Don't break the CFG, insert a dummy cond branch. |
Gabor Greif | 051a950 | 2008-04-06 20:25:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3489 | BranchInst::Create(II->getNormalDest(), II->getUnwindDest(), |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3490 | ConstantInt::getTrue(Callee->getContext()), II); |
Chris Lattner | e87597f | 2004-10-16 18:11:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3491 | } |
Chris Lattner | 17be635 | 2004-10-18 02:59:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3492 | return EraseInstFromFunction(*CS.getInstruction()); |
| 3493 | } |
Chris Lattner | e87597f | 2004-10-16 18:11:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3494 | |
Duncan Sands | cdb6d92 | 2007-09-17 10:26:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3495 | if (BitCastInst *BC = dyn_cast<BitCastInst>(Callee)) |
| 3496 | if (IntrinsicInst *In = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(BC->getOperand(0))) |
| 3497 | if (In->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::init_trampoline) |
| 3498 | return transformCallThroughTrampoline(CS); |
| 3499 | |
Chris Lattner | 6c266db | 2003-10-07 22:54:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3500 | const PointerType *PTy = cast<PointerType>(Callee->getType()); |
| 3501 | const FunctionType *FTy = cast<FunctionType>(PTy->getElementType()); |
| 3502 | if (FTy->isVarArg()) { |
Dale Johannesen | 63e7eb4 | 2008-04-23 01:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3503 | int ix = FTy->getNumParams() + (isa<InvokeInst>(Callee) ? 3 : 1); |
Chris Lattner | 6c266db | 2003-10-07 22:54:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3504 | // See if we can optimize any arguments passed through the varargs area of |
| 3505 | // the call. |
| 3506 | for (CallSite::arg_iterator I = CS.arg_begin()+FTy->getNumParams(), |
Dale Johannesen | 1f530a5 | 2008-04-23 18:34:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3507 | E = CS.arg_end(); I != E; ++I, ++ix) { |
| 3508 | CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(*I); |
| 3509 | if (CI && isSafeToEliminateVarargsCast(CS, CI, TD, ix)) { |
| 3510 | *I = CI->getOperand(0); |
| 3511 | Changed = true; |
Chris Lattner | 6c266db | 2003-10-07 22:54:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3512 | } |
Dale Johannesen | 1f530a5 | 2008-04-23 18:34:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3513 | } |
Chris Lattner | 6c266db | 2003-10-07 22:54:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3514 | } |
Misha Brukman | fd93908 | 2005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3515 | |
Duncan Sands | f0c3354 | 2007-12-19 21:13:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3516 | if (isa<InlineAsm>(Callee) && !CS.doesNotThrow()) { |
Duncan Sands | ece2c04 | 2007-12-16 15:51:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3517 | // Inline asm calls cannot throw - mark them 'nounwind'. |
Duncan Sands | f0c3354 | 2007-12-19 21:13:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3518 | CS.setDoesNotThrow(); |
Duncan Sands | ece2c04 | 2007-12-16 15:51:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3519 | Changed = true; |
| 3520 | } |
| 3521 | |
Chris Lattner | 6c266db | 2003-10-07 22:54:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3522 | return Changed ? CS.getInstruction() : 0; |
Chris Lattner | a44d8a2 | 2003-10-07 22:32:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3523 | } |
| 3524 | |
Chris Lattner | 9fe3886 | 2003-06-19 17:00:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3525 | // transformConstExprCastCall - If the callee is a constexpr cast of a function, |
| 3526 | // attempt to move the cast to the arguments of the call/invoke. |
| 3527 | // |
| 3528 | bool InstCombiner::transformConstExprCastCall(CallSite CS) { |
| 3529 | if (!isa<ConstantExpr>(CS.getCalledValue())) return false; |
| 3530 | ConstantExpr *CE = cast<ConstantExpr>(CS.getCalledValue()); |
Reid Spencer | 3da59db | 2006-11-27 01:05:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3531 | if (CE->getOpcode() != Instruction::BitCast || |
| 3532 | !isa<Function>(CE->getOperand(0))) |
Chris Lattner | 9fe3886 | 2003-06-19 17:00:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3533 | return false; |
Reid Spencer | 8863f18 | 2004-07-18 00:38:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3534 | Function *Callee = cast<Function>(CE->getOperand(0)); |
Chris Lattner | 9fe3886 | 2003-06-19 17:00:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3535 | Instruction *Caller = CS.getInstruction(); |
Devang Patel | 0598866 | 2008-09-25 21:00:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3536 | const AttrListPtr &CallerPAL = CS.getAttributes(); |
Chris Lattner | 9fe3886 | 2003-06-19 17:00:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3537 | |
| 3538 | // Okay, this is a cast from a function to a different type. Unless doing so |
| 3539 | // would cause a type conversion of one of our arguments, change this call to |
| 3540 | // be a direct call with arguments casted to the appropriate types. |
| 3541 | // |
| 3542 | const FunctionType *FT = Callee->getFunctionType(); |
| 3543 | const Type *OldRetTy = Caller->getType(); |
Duncan Sands | f413cdf | 2008-06-01 07:38:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3544 | const Type *NewRetTy = FT->getReturnType(); |
Chris Lattner | 9fe3886 | 2003-06-19 17:00:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3545 | |
Duncan Sands | f413cdf | 2008-06-01 07:38:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3546 | if (isa<StructType>(NewRetTy)) |
Devang Patel | 75e6f02 | 2008-03-11 18:04:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3547 | return false; // TODO: Handle multiple return values. |
| 3548 | |
Chris Lattner | f78616b | 2004-01-14 06:06:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3549 | // Check to see if we are changing the return type... |
Duncan Sands | f413cdf | 2008-06-01 07:38:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3550 | if (OldRetTy != NewRetTy) { |
Bill Wendling | a6c3112 | 2008-05-14 22:45:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3551 | if (Callee->isDeclaration() && |
Duncan Sands | f413cdf | 2008-06-01 07:38:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3552 | // Conversion is ok if changing from one pointer type to another or from |
| 3553 | // a pointer to an integer of the same size. |
Dan Gohman | ce9fe9f | 2009-07-21 23:21:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3554 | !((isa<PointerType>(OldRetTy) || !TD || |
Owen Anderson | 1d0be15 | 2009-08-13 21:58:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3555 | OldRetTy == TD->getIntPtrType(Caller->getContext())) && |
Dan Gohman | ce9fe9f | 2009-07-21 23:21:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3556 | (isa<PointerType>(NewRetTy) || !TD || |
Owen Anderson | 1d0be15 | 2009-08-13 21:58:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3557 | NewRetTy == TD->getIntPtrType(Caller->getContext())))) |
Chris Lattner | ec47992 | 2007-01-06 02:09:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3558 | return false; // Cannot transform this return value. |
Chris Lattner | f78616b | 2004-01-14 06:06:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3559 | |
Duncan Sands | a9d0c9d | 2008-01-06 10:12:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3560 | if (!Caller->use_empty() && |
Duncan Sands | a9d0c9d | 2008-01-06 10:12:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3561 | // void -> non-void is handled specially |
Devang Patel | 9674d15 | 2009-10-14 17:29:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3562 | !NewRetTy->isVoidTy() && !CastInst::isCastable(NewRetTy, OldRetTy)) |
Duncan Sands | a9d0c9d | 2008-01-06 10:12:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3563 | return false; // Cannot transform this return value. |
| 3564 | |
Chris Lattner | 58d7491 | 2008-03-12 17:45:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3565 | if (!CallerPAL.isEmpty() && !Caller->use_empty()) { |
Devang Patel | 19c8746 | 2008-09-26 22:53:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3566 | Attributes RAttrs = CallerPAL.getRetAttributes(); |
Devang Patel | 0598866 | 2008-09-25 21:00:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3567 | if (RAttrs & Attribute::typeIncompatible(NewRetTy)) |
Duncan Sands | 6c3470e | 2008-01-07 17:16:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3568 | return false; // Attribute not compatible with transformed value. |
| 3569 | } |
Duncan Sands | ad9a9e1 | 2008-01-06 18:27:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3570 | |
Chris Lattner | f78616b | 2004-01-14 06:06:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3571 | // If the callsite is an invoke instruction, and the return value is used by |
| 3572 | // a PHI node in a successor, we cannot change the return type of the call |
| 3573 | // because there is no place to put the cast instruction (without breaking |
| 3574 | // the critical edge). Bail out in this case. |
| 3575 | if (!Caller->use_empty()) |
| 3576 | if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(Caller)) |
| 3577 | for (Value::use_iterator UI = II->use_begin(), E = II->use_end(); |
| 3578 | UI != E; ++UI) |
| 3579 | if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(*UI)) |
| 3580 | if (PN->getParent() == II->getNormalDest() || |
Chris Lattner | aeb2a1d | 2004-02-08 21:44:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3581 | PN->getParent() == II->getUnwindDest()) |
Chris Lattner | f78616b | 2004-01-14 06:06:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3582 | return false; |
| 3583 | } |
Chris Lattner | 9fe3886 | 2003-06-19 17:00:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3584 | |
| 3585 | unsigned NumActualArgs = unsigned(CS.arg_end()-CS.arg_begin()); |
| 3586 | unsigned NumCommonArgs = std::min(FT->getNumParams(), NumActualArgs); |
Misha Brukman | fd93908 | 2005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3587 | |
Chris Lattner | 9fe3886 | 2003-06-19 17:00:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3588 | CallSite::arg_iterator AI = CS.arg_begin(); |
| 3589 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = NumCommonArgs; i != e; ++i, ++AI) { |
| 3590 | const Type *ParamTy = FT->getParamType(i); |
Andrew Lenharth | b8e604c | 2006-06-28 01:01:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3591 | const Type *ActTy = (*AI)->getType(); |
Duncan Sands | a9d0c9d | 2008-01-06 10:12:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3592 | |
| 3593 | if (!CastInst::isCastable(ActTy, ParamTy)) |
Duncan Sands | ad9a9e1 | 2008-01-06 18:27:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3594 | return false; // Cannot transform this parameter value. |
| 3595 | |
Devang Patel | 19c8746 | 2008-09-26 22:53:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3596 | if (CallerPAL.getParamAttributes(i + 1) |
| 3597 | & Attribute::typeIncompatible(ParamTy)) |
Chris Lattner | 58d7491 | 2008-03-12 17:45:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3598 | return false; // Attribute not compatible with transformed value. |
Duncan Sands | a9d0c9d | 2008-01-06 10:12:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3599 | |
Duncan Sands | f413cdf | 2008-06-01 07:38:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3600 | // Converting from one pointer type to another or between a pointer and an |
| 3601 | // integer of the same size is safe even if we do not have a body. |
Chris Lattner | ec47992 | 2007-01-06 02:09:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3602 | bool isConvertible = ActTy == ParamTy || |
Owen Anderson | 1d0be15 | 2009-08-13 21:58:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3603 | (TD && ((isa<PointerType>(ParamTy) || |
| 3604 | ParamTy == TD->getIntPtrType(Caller->getContext())) && |
| 3605 | (isa<PointerType>(ActTy) || |
| 3606 | ActTy == TD->getIntPtrType(Caller->getContext())))); |
Reid Spencer | 5cbf985 | 2007-01-30 20:08:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3607 | if (Callee->isDeclaration() && !isConvertible) return false; |
Chris Lattner | 9fe3886 | 2003-06-19 17:00:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3608 | } |
| 3609 | |
| 3610 | if (FT->getNumParams() < NumActualArgs && !FT->isVarArg() && |
Reid Spencer | 5cbf985 | 2007-01-30 20:08:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3611 | Callee->isDeclaration()) |
Chris Lattner | 58d7491 | 2008-03-12 17:45:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3612 | return false; // Do not delete arguments unless we have a function body. |
Chris Lattner | 9fe3886 | 2003-06-19 17:00:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3613 | |
Chris Lattner | 58d7491 | 2008-03-12 17:45:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3614 | if (FT->getNumParams() < NumActualArgs && FT->isVarArg() && |
| 3615 | !CallerPAL.isEmpty()) |
Duncan Sands | ad9a9e1 | 2008-01-06 18:27:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3616 | // In this case we have more arguments than the new function type, but we |
Duncan Sands | e1e520f | 2008-01-13 08:02:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3617 | // won't be dropping them. Check that these extra arguments have attributes |
| 3618 | // that are compatible with being a vararg call argument. |
Chris Lattner | 58d7491 | 2008-03-12 17:45:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3619 | for (unsigned i = CallerPAL.getNumSlots(); i; --i) { |
| 3620 | if (CallerPAL.getSlot(i - 1).Index <= FT->getNumParams()) |
Duncan Sands | e1e520f | 2008-01-13 08:02:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3621 | break; |
Devang Patel | eaf42ab | 2008-09-23 23:03:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3622 | Attributes PAttrs = CallerPAL.getSlot(i - 1).Attrs; |
Devang Patel | 0598866 | 2008-09-25 21:00:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3623 | if (PAttrs & Attribute::VarArgsIncompatible) |
Duncan Sands | e1e520f | 2008-01-13 08:02:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3624 | return false; |
| 3625 | } |
Duncan Sands | ad9a9e1 | 2008-01-06 18:27:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3626 | |
Chris Lattner | 9fe3886 | 2003-06-19 17:00:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3627 | // Okay, we decided that this is a safe thing to do: go ahead and start |
| 3628 | // inserting cast instructions as necessary... |
| 3629 | std::vector<Value*> Args; |
| 3630 | Args.reserve(NumActualArgs); |
Devang Patel | 0598866 | 2008-09-25 21:00:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3631 | SmallVector<AttributeWithIndex, 8> attrVec; |
Duncan Sands | ad9a9e1 | 2008-01-06 18:27:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3632 | attrVec.reserve(NumCommonArgs); |
| 3633 | |
| 3634 | // Get any return attributes. |
Devang Patel | 19c8746 | 2008-09-26 22:53:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3635 | Attributes RAttrs = CallerPAL.getRetAttributes(); |
Duncan Sands | ad9a9e1 | 2008-01-06 18:27:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3636 | |
| 3637 | // If the return value is not being used, the type may not be compatible |
| 3638 | // with the existing attributes. Wipe out any problematic attributes. |
Devang Patel | 0598866 | 2008-09-25 21:00:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3639 | RAttrs &= ~Attribute::typeIncompatible(NewRetTy); |
Duncan Sands | ad9a9e1 | 2008-01-06 18:27:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3640 | |
| 3641 | // Add the new return attributes. |
| 3642 | if (RAttrs) |
Devang Patel | 0598866 | 2008-09-25 21:00:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3643 | attrVec.push_back(AttributeWithIndex::get(0, RAttrs)); |
Chris Lattner | 9fe3886 | 2003-06-19 17:00:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3644 | |
| 3645 | AI = CS.arg_begin(); |
| 3646 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumCommonArgs; ++i, ++AI) { |
| 3647 | const Type *ParamTy = FT->getParamType(i); |
| 3648 | if ((*AI)->getType() == ParamTy) { |
| 3649 | Args.push_back(*AI); |
| 3650 | } else { |
Reid Spencer | 8a903db | 2006-12-18 08:47:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3651 | Instruction::CastOps opcode = CastInst::getCastOpcode(*AI, |
Reid Spencer | c5b206b | 2006-12-31 05:48:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3652 | false, ParamTy, false); |
Chris Lattner | f925cbd | 2009-08-30 18:50:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3653 | Args.push_back(Builder->CreateCast(opcode, *AI, ParamTy, "tmp")); |
Chris Lattner | 9fe3886 | 2003-06-19 17:00:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3654 | } |
Duncan Sands | ad9a9e1 | 2008-01-06 18:27:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3655 | |
| 3656 | // Add any parameter attributes. |
Devang Patel | 19c8746 | 2008-09-26 22:53:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3657 | if (Attributes PAttrs = CallerPAL.getParamAttributes(i + 1)) |
Devang Patel | 0598866 | 2008-09-25 21:00:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3658 | attrVec.push_back(AttributeWithIndex::get(i + 1, PAttrs)); |
Chris Lattner | 9fe3886 | 2003-06-19 17:00:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3659 | } |
| 3660 | |
| 3661 | // If the function takes more arguments than the call was taking, add them |
Chris Lattner | f925cbd | 2009-08-30 18:50:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3662 | // now. |
Chris Lattner | 9fe3886 | 2003-06-19 17:00:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3663 | for (unsigned i = NumCommonArgs; i != FT->getNumParams(); ++i) |
Owen Anderson | a7235ea | 2009-07-31 20:28:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3664 | Args.push_back(Constant::getNullValue(FT->getParamType(i))); |
Chris Lattner | 9fe3886 | 2003-06-19 17:00:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3665 | |
Chris Lattner | f925cbd | 2009-08-30 18:50:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3666 | // If we are removing arguments to the function, emit an obnoxious warning. |
Anton Korobeynikov | 07e6e56 | 2008-02-20 11:26:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3667 | if (FT->getNumParams() < NumActualArgs) { |
Chris Lattner | 9fe3886 | 2003-06-19 17:00:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3668 | if (!FT->isVarArg()) { |
Daniel Dunbar | ce63ffb | 2009-07-25 00:23:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3669 | errs() << "WARNING: While resolving call to function '" |
| 3670 | << Callee->getName() << "' arguments were dropped!\n"; |
Chris Lattner | 9fe3886 | 2003-06-19 17:00:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3671 | } else { |
Chris Lattner | f925cbd | 2009-08-30 18:50:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3672 | // Add all of the arguments in their promoted form to the arg list. |
Chris Lattner | 9fe3886 | 2003-06-19 17:00:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3673 | for (unsigned i = FT->getNumParams(); i != NumActualArgs; ++i, ++AI) { |
| 3674 | const Type *PTy = getPromotedType((*AI)->getType()); |
| 3675 | if (PTy != (*AI)->getType()) { |
| 3676 | // Must promote to pass through va_arg area! |
Chris Lattner | f925cbd | 2009-08-30 18:50:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3677 | Instruction::CastOps opcode = |
| 3678 | CastInst::getCastOpcode(*AI, false, PTy, false); |
| 3679 | Args.push_back(Builder->CreateCast(opcode, *AI, PTy, "tmp")); |
Chris Lattner | 9fe3886 | 2003-06-19 17:00:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3680 | } else { |
| 3681 | Args.push_back(*AI); |
| 3682 | } |
Duncan Sands | ad9a9e1 | 2008-01-06 18:27:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3683 | |
Duncan Sands | e1e520f | 2008-01-13 08:02:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3684 | // Add any parameter attributes. |
Devang Patel | 19c8746 | 2008-09-26 22:53:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3685 | if (Attributes PAttrs = CallerPAL.getParamAttributes(i + 1)) |
Devang Patel | 0598866 | 2008-09-25 21:00:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3686 | attrVec.push_back(AttributeWithIndex::get(i + 1, PAttrs)); |
Duncan Sands | e1e520f | 2008-01-13 08:02:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3687 | } |
Chris Lattner | 9fe3886 | 2003-06-19 17:00:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3688 | } |
Anton Korobeynikov | 07e6e56 | 2008-02-20 11:26:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3689 | } |
Chris Lattner | 9fe3886 | 2003-06-19 17:00:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3690 | |
Devang Patel | 19c8746 | 2008-09-26 22:53:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3691 | if (Attributes FnAttrs = CallerPAL.getFnAttributes()) |
| 3692 | attrVec.push_back(AttributeWithIndex::get(~0, FnAttrs)); |
| 3693 | |
Devang Patel | 9674d15 | 2009-10-14 17:29:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3694 | if (NewRetTy->isVoidTy()) |
Chris Lattner | 6934a04 | 2007-02-11 01:23:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3695 | Caller->setName(""); // Void type should not have a name. |
Chris Lattner | 9fe3886 | 2003-06-19 17:00:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3696 | |
Eric Christopher | a66297a | 2009-07-25 02:45:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3697 | const AttrListPtr &NewCallerPAL = AttrListPtr::get(attrVec.begin(), |
| 3698 | attrVec.end()); |
Duncan Sands | ad9a9e1 | 2008-01-06 18:27:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3699 | |
Chris Lattner | 9fe3886 | 2003-06-19 17:00:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3700 | Instruction *NC; |
| 3701 | if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(Caller)) { |
Gabor Greif | 051a950 | 2008-04-06 20:25:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3702 | NC = InvokeInst::Create(Callee, II->getNormalDest(), II->getUnwindDest(), |
Gabor Greif | b1dbcd8 | 2008-05-15 10:04:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3703 | Args.begin(), Args.end(), |
| 3704 | Caller->getName(), Caller); |
Reid Spencer | ed3fa85 | 2007-07-30 19:53:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3705 | cast<InvokeInst>(NC)->setCallingConv(II->getCallingConv()); |
Devang Patel | 0598866 | 2008-09-25 21:00:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3706 | cast<InvokeInst>(NC)->setAttributes(NewCallerPAL); |
Chris Lattner | 9fe3886 | 2003-06-19 17:00:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3707 | } else { |
Gabor Greif | 051a950 | 2008-04-06 20:25:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3708 | NC = CallInst::Create(Callee, Args.begin(), Args.end(), |
| 3709 | Caller->getName(), Caller); |
Duncan Sands | dc02467 | 2007-11-27 13:23:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3710 | CallInst *CI = cast<CallInst>(Caller); |
| 3711 | if (CI->isTailCall()) |
Chris Lattner | a9e9211 | 2005-05-06 06:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3712 | cast<CallInst>(NC)->setTailCall(); |
Duncan Sands | dc02467 | 2007-11-27 13:23:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3713 | cast<CallInst>(NC)->setCallingConv(CI->getCallingConv()); |
Devang Patel | 0598866 | 2008-09-25 21:00:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3714 | cast<CallInst>(NC)->setAttributes(NewCallerPAL); |
Chris Lattner | 9fe3886 | 2003-06-19 17:00:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3715 | } |
| 3716 | |
Chris Lattner | 6934a04 | 2007-02-11 01:23:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3717 | // Insert a cast of the return type as necessary. |
Chris Lattner | 9fe3886 | 2003-06-19 17:00:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3718 | Value *NV = NC; |
Duncan Sands | a9d0c9d | 2008-01-06 10:12:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3719 | if (OldRetTy != NV->getType() && !Caller->use_empty()) { |
Devang Patel | 9674d15 | 2009-10-14 17:29:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3720 | if (!NV->getType()->isVoidTy()) { |
Reid Spencer | c5b206b | 2006-12-31 05:48:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3721 | Instruction::CastOps opcode = CastInst::getCastOpcode(NC, false, |
Duncan Sands | a9d0c9d | 2008-01-06 10:12:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3722 | OldRetTy, false); |
Gabor Greif | 7cbd8a3 | 2008-05-16 19:29:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3723 | NV = NC = CastInst::Create(opcode, NC, OldRetTy, "tmp"); |
Chris Lattner | bb60904 | 2003-10-30 00:46:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3724 | |
| 3725 | // If this is an invoke instruction, we should insert it after the first |
| 3726 | // non-phi, instruction in the normal successor block. |
| 3727 | if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(Caller)) { |
Dan Gohman | 02dea8b | 2008-05-23 21:05:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3728 | BasicBlock::iterator I = II->getNormalDest()->getFirstNonPHI(); |
Chris Lattner | bb60904 | 2003-10-30 00:46:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3729 | InsertNewInstBefore(NC, *I); |
| 3730 | } else { |
| 3731 | // Otherwise, it's a call, just insert cast right after the call instr |
| 3732 | InsertNewInstBefore(NC, *Caller); |
| 3733 | } |
Chris Lattner | e5ecdb5 | 2009-08-30 06:22:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3734 | Worklist.AddUsersToWorkList(*Caller); |
Chris Lattner | 9fe3886 | 2003-06-19 17:00:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3735 | } else { |
Owen Anderson | 9e9a0d5 | 2009-07-30 23:03:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3736 | NV = UndefValue::get(Caller->getType()); |
Chris Lattner | 9fe3886 | 2003-06-19 17:00:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3737 | } |
| 3738 | } |
| 3739 | |
Devang Patel | 1bf5ebc | 2009-10-13 21:41:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3740 | |
Chris Lattner | 931f8f3 | 2009-08-31 05:17:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3741 | if (!Caller->use_empty()) |
Chris Lattner | 9fe3886 | 2003-06-19 17:00:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3742 | Caller->replaceAllUsesWith(NV); |
Chris Lattner | 931f8f3 | 2009-08-31 05:17:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3743 | |
| 3744 | EraseInstFromFunction(*Caller); |
Chris Lattner | 9fe3886 | 2003-06-19 17:00:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3745 | return true; |
| 3746 | } |
| 3747 | |
Duncan Sands | cdb6d92 | 2007-09-17 10:26:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3748 | // transformCallThroughTrampoline - Turn a call to a function created by the |
| 3749 | // init_trampoline intrinsic into a direct call to the underlying function. |
| 3750 | // |
| 3751 | Instruction *InstCombiner::transformCallThroughTrampoline(CallSite CS) { |
| 3752 | Value *Callee = CS.getCalledValue(); |
| 3753 | const PointerType *PTy = cast<PointerType>(Callee->getType()); |
| 3754 | const FunctionType *FTy = cast<FunctionType>(PTy->getElementType()); |
Devang Patel | 0598866 | 2008-09-25 21:00:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3755 | const AttrListPtr &Attrs = CS.getAttributes(); |
Duncan Sands | b0c9b93 | 2008-01-14 19:52:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3756 | |
| 3757 | // If the call already has the 'nest' attribute somewhere then give up - |
| 3758 | // otherwise 'nest' would occur twice after splicing in the chain. |
Devang Patel | 0598866 | 2008-09-25 21:00:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3759 | if (Attrs.hasAttrSomewhere(Attribute::Nest)) |
Duncan Sands | b0c9b93 | 2008-01-14 19:52:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3760 | return 0; |
Duncan Sands | cdb6d92 | 2007-09-17 10:26:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3761 | |
| 3762 | IntrinsicInst *Tramp = |
| 3763 | cast<IntrinsicInst>(cast<BitCastInst>(Callee)->getOperand(0)); |
| 3764 | |
Anton Korobeynikov | 0b12ecf | 2008-05-07 22:54:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3765 | Function *NestF = cast<Function>(Tramp->getOperand(2)->stripPointerCasts()); |
Duncan Sands | cdb6d92 | 2007-09-17 10:26:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3766 | const PointerType *NestFPTy = cast<PointerType>(NestF->getType()); |
| 3767 | const FunctionType *NestFTy = cast<FunctionType>(NestFPTy->getElementType()); |
| 3768 | |
Devang Patel | 0598866 | 2008-09-25 21:00:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3769 | const AttrListPtr &NestAttrs = NestF->getAttributes(); |
Chris Lattner | 58d7491 | 2008-03-12 17:45:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3770 | if (!NestAttrs.isEmpty()) { |
Duncan Sands | cdb6d92 | 2007-09-17 10:26:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3771 | unsigned NestIdx = 1; |
| 3772 | const Type *NestTy = 0; |
Devang Patel | 0598866 | 2008-09-25 21:00:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3773 | Attributes NestAttr = Attribute::None; |
Duncan Sands | cdb6d92 | 2007-09-17 10:26:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3774 | |
| 3775 | // Look for a parameter marked with the 'nest' attribute. |
| 3776 | for (FunctionType::param_iterator I = NestFTy->param_begin(), |
| 3777 | E = NestFTy->param_end(); I != E; ++NestIdx, ++I) |
Devang Patel | 0598866 | 2008-09-25 21:00:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3778 | if (NestAttrs.paramHasAttr(NestIdx, Attribute::Nest)) { |
Duncan Sands | cdb6d92 | 2007-09-17 10:26:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3779 | // Record the parameter type and any other attributes. |
| 3780 | NestTy = *I; |
Devang Patel | 19c8746 | 2008-09-26 22:53:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3781 | NestAttr = NestAttrs.getParamAttributes(NestIdx); |
Duncan Sands | cdb6d92 | 2007-09-17 10:26:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3782 | break; |
| 3783 | } |
| 3784 | |
| 3785 | if (NestTy) { |
| 3786 | Instruction *Caller = CS.getInstruction(); |
| 3787 | std::vector<Value*> NewArgs; |
| 3788 | NewArgs.reserve(unsigned(CS.arg_end()-CS.arg_begin())+1); |
| 3789 | |
Devang Patel | 0598866 | 2008-09-25 21:00:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3790 | SmallVector<AttributeWithIndex, 8> NewAttrs; |
Chris Lattner | 58d7491 | 2008-03-12 17:45:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3791 | NewAttrs.reserve(Attrs.getNumSlots() + 1); |
Duncan Sands | b0c9b93 | 2008-01-14 19:52:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3792 | |
Duncan Sands | cdb6d92 | 2007-09-17 10:26:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3793 | // Insert the nest argument into the call argument list, which may |
Duncan Sands | b0c9b93 | 2008-01-14 19:52:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3794 | // mean appending it. Likewise for attributes. |
| 3795 | |
Devang Patel | 19c8746 | 2008-09-26 22:53:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3796 | // Add any result attributes. |
| 3797 | if (Attributes Attr = Attrs.getRetAttributes()) |
Devang Patel | 0598866 | 2008-09-25 21:00:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3798 | NewAttrs.push_back(AttributeWithIndex::get(0, Attr)); |
Duncan Sands | b0c9b93 | 2008-01-14 19:52:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3799 | |
Duncan Sands | cdb6d92 | 2007-09-17 10:26:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3800 | { |
| 3801 | unsigned Idx = 1; |
| 3802 | CallSite::arg_iterator I = CS.arg_begin(), E = CS.arg_end(); |
| 3803 | do { |
| 3804 | if (Idx == NestIdx) { |
Duncan Sands | b0c9b93 | 2008-01-14 19:52:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3805 | // Add the chain argument and attributes. |
Duncan Sands | cdb6d92 | 2007-09-17 10:26:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3806 | Value *NestVal = Tramp->getOperand(3); |
| 3807 | if (NestVal->getType() != NestTy) |
| 3808 | NestVal = new BitCastInst(NestVal, NestTy, "nest", Caller); |
| 3809 | NewArgs.push_back(NestVal); |
Devang Patel | 0598866 | 2008-09-25 21:00:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3810 | NewAttrs.push_back(AttributeWithIndex::get(NestIdx, NestAttr)); |
Duncan Sands | cdb6d92 | 2007-09-17 10:26:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3811 | } |
| 3812 | |
| 3813 | if (I == E) |
| 3814 | break; |
| 3815 | |
Duncan Sands | b0c9b93 | 2008-01-14 19:52:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3816 | // Add the original argument and attributes. |
Duncan Sands | cdb6d92 | 2007-09-17 10:26:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3817 | NewArgs.push_back(*I); |
Devang Patel | 19c8746 | 2008-09-26 22:53:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3818 | if (Attributes Attr = Attrs.getParamAttributes(Idx)) |
Duncan Sands | b0c9b93 | 2008-01-14 19:52:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3819 | NewAttrs.push_back |
Devang Patel | 0598866 | 2008-09-25 21:00:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3820 | (AttributeWithIndex::get(Idx + (Idx >= NestIdx), Attr)); |
Duncan Sands | cdb6d92 | 2007-09-17 10:26:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3821 | |
| 3822 | ++Idx, ++I; |
| 3823 | } while (1); |
| 3824 | } |
| 3825 | |
Devang Patel | 19c8746 | 2008-09-26 22:53:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3826 | // Add any function attributes. |
| 3827 | if (Attributes Attr = Attrs.getFnAttributes()) |
| 3828 | NewAttrs.push_back(AttributeWithIndex::get(~0, Attr)); |
| 3829 | |
Duncan Sands | cdb6d92 | 2007-09-17 10:26:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3830 | // The trampoline may have been bitcast to a bogus type (FTy). |
| 3831 | // Handle this by synthesizing a new function type, equal to FTy |
Duncan Sands | b0c9b93 | 2008-01-14 19:52:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3832 | // with the chain parameter inserted. |
Duncan Sands | cdb6d92 | 2007-09-17 10:26:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3833 | |
Duncan Sands | cdb6d92 | 2007-09-17 10:26:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3834 | std::vector<const Type*> NewTypes; |
Duncan Sands | cdb6d92 | 2007-09-17 10:26:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3835 | NewTypes.reserve(FTy->getNumParams()+1); |
| 3836 | |
Duncan Sands | cdb6d92 | 2007-09-17 10:26:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3837 | // Insert the chain's type into the list of parameter types, which may |
Duncan Sands | b0c9b93 | 2008-01-14 19:52:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3838 | // mean appending it. |
Duncan Sands | cdb6d92 | 2007-09-17 10:26:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3839 | { |
| 3840 | unsigned Idx = 1; |
| 3841 | FunctionType::param_iterator I = FTy->param_begin(), |
| 3842 | E = FTy->param_end(); |
| 3843 | |
| 3844 | do { |
Duncan Sands | b0c9b93 | 2008-01-14 19:52:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3845 | if (Idx == NestIdx) |
| 3846 | // Add the chain's type. |
Duncan Sands | cdb6d92 | 2007-09-17 10:26:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3847 | NewTypes.push_back(NestTy); |
Duncan Sands | cdb6d92 | 2007-09-17 10:26:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3848 | |
| 3849 | if (I == E) |
| 3850 | break; |
| 3851 | |
Duncan Sands | b0c9b93 | 2008-01-14 19:52:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3852 | // Add the original type. |
Duncan Sands | cdb6d92 | 2007-09-17 10:26:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3853 | NewTypes.push_back(*I); |
Duncan Sands | cdb6d92 | 2007-09-17 10:26:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3854 | |
| 3855 | ++Idx, ++I; |
| 3856 | } while (1); |
| 3857 | } |
| 3858 | |
| 3859 | // Replace the trampoline call with a direct call. Let the generic |
| 3860 | // code sort out any function type mismatches. |
Owen Anderson | debcb01 | 2009-07-29 22:17:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3861 | FunctionType *NewFTy = FunctionType::get(FTy->getReturnType(), NewTypes, |
Owen Anderson | d672ecb | 2009-07-03 00:17:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3862 | FTy->isVarArg()); |
| 3863 | Constant *NewCallee = |
Owen Anderson | debcb01 | 2009-07-29 22:17:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3864 | NestF->getType() == PointerType::getUnqual(NewFTy) ? |
Owen Anderson | baf3c40 | 2009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3865 | NestF : ConstantExpr::getBitCast(NestF, |
Owen Anderson | debcb01 | 2009-07-29 22:17:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3866 | PointerType::getUnqual(NewFTy)); |
Eric Christopher | a66297a | 2009-07-25 02:45:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3867 | const AttrListPtr &NewPAL = AttrListPtr::get(NewAttrs.begin(), |
| 3868 | NewAttrs.end()); |
Duncan Sands | cdb6d92 | 2007-09-17 10:26:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3869 | |
| 3870 | Instruction *NewCaller; |
| 3871 | if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(Caller)) { |
Gabor Greif | 051a950 | 2008-04-06 20:25:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3872 | NewCaller = InvokeInst::Create(NewCallee, |
| 3873 | II->getNormalDest(), II->getUnwindDest(), |
| 3874 | NewArgs.begin(), NewArgs.end(), |
| 3875 | Caller->getName(), Caller); |
Duncan Sands | cdb6d92 | 2007-09-17 10:26:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3876 | cast<InvokeInst>(NewCaller)->setCallingConv(II->getCallingConv()); |
Devang Patel | 0598866 | 2008-09-25 21:00:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3877 | cast<InvokeInst>(NewCaller)->setAttributes(NewPAL); |
Duncan Sands | cdb6d92 | 2007-09-17 10:26:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3878 | } else { |
Gabor Greif | 051a950 | 2008-04-06 20:25:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3879 | NewCaller = CallInst::Create(NewCallee, NewArgs.begin(), NewArgs.end(), |
| 3880 | Caller->getName(), Caller); |
Duncan Sands | cdb6d92 | 2007-09-17 10:26:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3881 | if (cast<CallInst>(Caller)->isTailCall()) |
| 3882 | cast<CallInst>(NewCaller)->setTailCall(); |
| 3883 | cast<CallInst>(NewCaller)-> |
| 3884 | setCallingConv(cast<CallInst>(Caller)->getCallingConv()); |
Devang Patel | 0598866 | 2008-09-25 21:00:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3885 | cast<CallInst>(NewCaller)->setAttributes(NewPAL); |
Duncan Sands | cdb6d92 | 2007-09-17 10:26:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3886 | } |
Devang Patel | 9674d15 | 2009-10-14 17:29:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3887 | if (!Caller->getType()->isVoidTy()) |
Duncan Sands | cdb6d92 | 2007-09-17 10:26:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3888 | Caller->replaceAllUsesWith(NewCaller); |
| 3889 | Caller->eraseFromParent(); |
Chris Lattner | 7a1e924 | 2009-08-30 06:13:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3890 | Worklist.Remove(Caller); |
Duncan Sands | cdb6d92 | 2007-09-17 10:26:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3891 | return 0; |
| 3892 | } |
| 3893 | } |
| 3894 | |
| 3895 | // Replace the trampoline call with a direct call. Since there is no 'nest' |
| 3896 | // parameter, there is no need to adjust the argument list. Let the generic |
| 3897 | // code sort out any function type mismatches. |
| 3898 | Constant *NewCallee = |
Owen Anderson | d672ecb | 2009-07-03 00:17:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3899 | NestF->getType() == PTy ? NestF : |
Owen Anderson | baf3c40 | 2009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3900 | ConstantExpr::getBitCast(NestF, PTy); |
Duncan Sands | cdb6d92 | 2007-09-17 10:26:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3901 | CS.setCalledFunction(NewCallee); |
| 3902 | return CS.getInstruction(); |
| 3903 | } |
| 3904 | |
Reid Spencer | e4d87aa | 2006-12-23 06:05:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3905 | |
Chris Lattner | 473945d | 2002-05-06 18:06:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3906 | |
Chris Lattner | 7e70829 | 2002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3907 | Instruction *InstCombiner::visitGetElementPtrInst(GetElementPtrInst &GEP) { |
Chris Lattner | c514c1f | 2009-11-27 00:29:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3908 | SmallVector<Value*, 8> Ops(GEP.op_begin(), GEP.op_end()); |
| 3909 | |
| 3910 | if (Value *V = SimplifyGEPInst(&Ops[0], Ops.size(), TD)) |
| 3911 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(GEP, V); |
| 3912 | |
Chris Lattner | 620ce14 | 2004-05-07 22:09:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3913 | Value *PtrOp = GEP.getOperand(0); |
Chris Lattner | c6bd195 | 2004-02-22 05:25:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3914 | |
Chris Lattner | e87597f | 2004-10-16 18:11:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3915 | if (isa<UndefValue>(GEP.getOperand(0))) |
Owen Anderson | 9e9a0d5 | 2009-07-30 23:03:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3916 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(GEP, UndefValue::get(GEP.getType())); |
Chris Lattner | e87597f | 2004-10-16 18:11:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3917 | |
Chris Lattner | 28977af | 2004-04-05 01:30:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3918 | // Eliminate unneeded casts for indices. |
Chris Lattner | ccf4b34 | 2009-08-30 04:49:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3919 | if (TD) { |
| 3920 | bool MadeChange = false; |
| 3921 | unsigned PtrSize = TD->getPointerSizeInBits(); |
| 3922 | |
| 3923 | gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(GEP); |
| 3924 | for (User::op_iterator I = GEP.op_begin() + 1, E = GEP.op_end(); |
| 3925 | I != E; ++I, ++GTI) { |
| 3926 | if (!isa<SequentialType>(*GTI)) continue; |
| 3927 | |
Chris Lattner | cb69a4e | 2004-04-07 18:38:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3928 | // If we are using a wider index than needed for this platform, shrink it |
Chris Lattner | ccf4b34 | 2009-08-30 04:49:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3929 | // to what we need. If narrower, sign-extend it to what we need. This |
| 3930 | // explicit cast can make subsequent optimizations more obvious. |
| 3931 | unsigned OpBits = cast<IntegerType>((*I)->getType())->getBitWidth(); |
Chris Lattner | ccf4b34 | 2009-08-30 04:49:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3932 | if (OpBits == PtrSize) |
| 3933 | continue; |
| 3934 | |
Chris Lattner | 2345d1d | 2009-08-30 20:01:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3935 | *I = Builder->CreateIntCast(*I, TD->getIntPtrType(GEP.getContext()),true); |
Chris Lattner | ccf4b34 | 2009-08-30 04:49:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3936 | MadeChange = true; |
Chris Lattner | 28977af | 2004-04-05 01:30:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3937 | } |
Chris Lattner | ccf4b34 | 2009-08-30 04:49:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3938 | if (MadeChange) return &GEP; |
Chris Lattner | db9654e | 2007-03-25 20:43:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3939 | } |
Chris Lattner | 28977af | 2004-04-05 01:30:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3940 | |
Chris Lattner | 90ac28c | 2002-08-02 19:29:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3941 | // Combine Indices - If the source pointer to this getelementptr instruction |
| 3942 | // is a getelementptr instruction, combine the indices of the two |
| 3943 | // getelementptr instructions into a single instruction. |
| 3944 | // |
Dan Gohman | d6aa02d | 2009-07-28 01:40:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3945 | if (GEPOperator *Src = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(PtrOp)) { |
Chris Lattner | 620ce14 | 2004-05-07 22:09:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3946 | // Note that if our source is a gep chain itself that we wait for that |
| 3947 | // chain to be resolved before we perform this transformation. This |
| 3948 | // avoids us creating a TON of code in some cases. |
| 3949 | // |
Chris Lattner | f9b91bb | 2009-08-30 05:08:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3950 | if (GetElementPtrInst *SrcGEP = |
| 3951 | dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(Src->getOperand(0))) |
| 3952 | if (SrcGEP->getNumOperands() == 2) |
| 3953 | return 0; // Wait until our source is folded to completion. |
Chris Lattner | 620ce14 | 2004-05-07 22:09:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3954 | |
Chris Lattner | 72588fc | 2007-02-15 22:48:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3955 | SmallVector<Value*, 8> Indices; |
Chris Lattner | 620ce14 | 2004-05-07 22:09:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3956 | |
| 3957 | // Find out whether the last index in the source GEP is a sequential idx. |
| 3958 | bool EndsWithSequential = false; |
Chris Lattner | ab98484 | 2009-08-30 05:30:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3959 | for (gep_type_iterator I = gep_type_begin(*Src), E = gep_type_end(*Src); |
| 3960 | I != E; ++I) |
Chris Lattner | be97b4e | 2004-05-08 22:41:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3961 | EndsWithSequential = !isa<StructType>(*I); |
Misha Brukman | fd93908 | 2005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3962 | |
Chris Lattner | 90ac28c | 2002-08-02 19:29:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3963 | // Can we combine the two pointer arithmetics offsets? |
Chris Lattner | 620ce14 | 2004-05-07 22:09:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3964 | if (EndsWithSequential) { |
Chris Lattner | decd081 | 2003-03-05 22:33:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3965 | // Replace: gep (gep %P, long B), long A, ... |
| 3966 | // With: T = long A+B; gep %P, T, ... |
| 3967 | // |
Chris Lattner | f9b91bb | 2009-08-30 05:08:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3968 | Value *Sum; |
| 3969 | Value *SO1 = Src->getOperand(Src->getNumOperands()-1); |
| 3970 | Value *GO1 = GEP.getOperand(1); |
Owen Anderson | a7235ea | 2009-07-31 20:28:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3971 | if (SO1 == Constant::getNullValue(SO1->getType())) { |
Chris Lattner | 28977af | 2004-04-05 01:30:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3972 | Sum = GO1; |
Owen Anderson | a7235ea | 2009-07-31 20:28:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3973 | } else if (GO1 == Constant::getNullValue(GO1->getType())) { |
Chris Lattner | 28977af | 2004-04-05 01:30:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3974 | Sum = SO1; |
| 3975 | } else { |
Chris Lattner | ab98484 | 2009-08-30 05:30:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3976 | // If they aren't the same type, then the input hasn't been processed |
| 3977 | // by the loop above yet (which canonicalizes sequential index types to |
| 3978 | // intptr_t). Just avoid transforming this until the input has been |
| 3979 | // normalized. |
| 3980 | if (SO1->getType() != GO1->getType()) |
| 3981 | return 0; |
Chris Lattner | f925cbd | 2009-08-30 18:50:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3982 | Sum = Builder->CreateAdd(SO1, GO1, PtrOp->getName()+".sum"); |
Chris Lattner | 28977af | 2004-04-05 01:30:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3983 | } |
Chris Lattner | 620ce14 | 2004-05-07 22:09:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3984 | |
Chris Lattner | ab98484 | 2009-08-30 05:30:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3985 | // Update the GEP in place if possible. |
Chris Lattner | f9b91bb | 2009-08-30 05:08:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3986 | if (Src->getNumOperands() == 2) { |
| 3987 | GEP.setOperand(0, Src->getOperand(0)); |
Chris Lattner | 620ce14 | 2004-05-07 22:09:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3988 | GEP.setOperand(1, Sum); |
| 3989 | return &GEP; |
Chris Lattner | 620ce14 | 2004-05-07 22:09:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3990 | } |
Chris Lattner | ab98484 | 2009-08-30 05:30:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3991 | Indices.append(Src->op_begin()+1, Src->op_end()-1); |
Chris Lattner | ccf4b34 | 2009-08-30 04:49:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3992 | Indices.push_back(Sum); |
Chris Lattner | ab98484 | 2009-08-30 05:30:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3993 | Indices.append(GEP.op_begin()+2, GEP.op_end()); |
Misha Brukman | fd93908 | 2005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3994 | } else if (isa<Constant>(*GEP.idx_begin()) && |
Chris Lattner | 28977af | 2004-04-05 01:30:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3995 | cast<Constant>(*GEP.idx_begin())->isNullValue() && |
Chris Lattner | f9b91bb | 2009-08-30 05:08:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3996 | Src->getNumOperands() != 1) { |
Chris Lattner | 90ac28c | 2002-08-02 19:29:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3997 | // Otherwise we can do the fold if the first index of the GEP is a zero |
Chris Lattner | ab98484 | 2009-08-30 05:30:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3998 | Indices.append(Src->op_begin()+1, Src->op_end()); |
| 3999 | Indices.append(GEP.idx_begin()+1, GEP.idx_end()); |
Chris Lattner | 90ac28c | 2002-08-02 19:29:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4000 | } |
| 4001 | |
Dan Gohman | f8dbee7 | 2009-09-07 23:54:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4002 | if (!Indices.empty()) |
| 4003 | return (cast<GEPOperator>(&GEP)->isInBounds() && |
| 4004 | Src->isInBounds()) ? |
| 4005 | GetElementPtrInst::CreateInBounds(Src->getOperand(0), Indices.begin(), |
| 4006 | Indices.end(), GEP.getName()) : |
Chris Lattner | f9b91bb | 2009-08-30 05:08:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4007 | GetElementPtrInst::Create(Src->getOperand(0), Indices.begin(), |
Chris Lattner | ccf4b34 | 2009-08-30 04:49:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4008 | Indices.end(), GEP.getName()); |
Chris Lattner | 6e24d83 | 2009-08-30 05:00:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4009 | } |
| 4010 | |
Chris Lattner | f9b91bb | 2009-08-30 05:08:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4011 | // Handle gep(bitcast x) and gep(gep x, 0, 0, 0). |
| 4012 | if (Value *X = getBitCastOperand(PtrOp)) { |
Chris Lattner | 6e24d83 | 2009-08-30 05:00:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4013 | assert(isa<PointerType>(X->getType()) && "Must be cast from pointer"); |
Chris Lattner | 963f4ba | 2009-08-30 20:36:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4014 | |
Chris Lattner | 2de2319 | 2009-08-30 20:38:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4015 | // If the input bitcast is actually "bitcast(bitcast(x))", then we don't |
| 4016 | // want to change the gep until the bitcasts are eliminated. |
| 4017 | if (getBitCastOperand(X)) { |
| 4018 | Worklist.AddValue(PtrOp); |
| 4019 | return 0; |
| 4020 | } |
| 4021 | |
Chris Lattner | c514c1f | 2009-11-27 00:29:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4022 | bool HasZeroPointerIndex = false; |
| 4023 | if (ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(GEP.getOperand(1))) |
| 4024 | HasZeroPointerIndex = C->isZero(); |
| 4025 | |
Chris Lattner | 963f4ba | 2009-08-30 20:36:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4026 | // Transform: GEP (bitcast [10 x i8]* X to [0 x i8]*), i32 0, ... |
| 4027 | // into : GEP [10 x i8]* X, i32 0, ... |
| 4028 | // |
| 4029 | // Likewise, transform: GEP (bitcast i8* X to [0 x i8]*), i32 0, ... |
| 4030 | // into : GEP i8* X, ... |
| 4031 | // |
| 4032 | // This occurs when the program declares an array extern like "int X[];" |
Chris Lattner | 6e24d83 | 2009-08-30 05:00:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4033 | if (HasZeroPointerIndex) { |
Chris Lattner | eed4827 | 2005-09-13 00:40:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4034 | const PointerType *CPTy = cast<PointerType>(PtrOp->getType()); |
| 4035 | const PointerType *XTy = cast<PointerType>(X->getType()); |
Duncan Sands | 5b7cfb0 | 2009-03-02 09:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4036 | if (const ArrayType *CATy = |
| 4037 | dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CPTy->getElementType())) { |
| 4038 | // GEP (bitcast i8* X to [0 x i8]*), i32 0, ... ? |
| 4039 | if (CATy->getElementType() == XTy->getElementType()) { |
| 4040 | // -> GEP i8* X, ... |
| 4041 | SmallVector<Value*, 8> Indices(GEP.idx_begin()+1, GEP.idx_end()); |
Dan Gohman | f8dbee7 | 2009-09-07 23:54:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4042 | return cast<GEPOperator>(&GEP)->isInBounds() ? |
| 4043 | GetElementPtrInst::CreateInBounds(X, Indices.begin(), Indices.end(), |
| 4044 | GEP.getName()) : |
Dan Gohman | d6aa02d | 2009-07-28 01:40:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4045 | GetElementPtrInst::Create(X, Indices.begin(), Indices.end(), |
| 4046 | GEP.getName()); |
Chris Lattner | 963f4ba | 2009-08-30 20:36:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4047 | } |
| 4048 | |
| 4049 | if (const ArrayType *XATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(XTy->getElementType())){ |
Duncan Sands | 5b7cfb0 | 2009-03-02 09:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4050 | // GEP (bitcast [10 x i8]* X to [0 x i8]*), i32 0, ... ? |
Chris Lattner | eed4827 | 2005-09-13 00:40:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4051 | if (CATy->getElementType() == XATy->getElementType()) { |
Duncan Sands | 5b7cfb0 | 2009-03-02 09:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4052 | // -> GEP [10 x i8]* X, i32 0, ... |
Chris Lattner | eed4827 | 2005-09-13 00:40:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4053 | // At this point, we know that the cast source type is a pointer |
| 4054 | // to an array of the same type as the destination pointer |
| 4055 | // array. Because the array type is never stepped over (there |
| 4056 | // is a leading zero) we can fold the cast into this GEP. |
| 4057 | GEP.setOperand(0, X); |
| 4058 | return &GEP; |
| 4059 | } |
Duncan Sands | 5b7cfb0 | 2009-03-02 09:18:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4060 | } |
| 4061 | } |
Chris Lattner | eed4827 | 2005-09-13 00:40:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4062 | } else if (GEP.getNumOperands() == 2) { |
| 4063 | // Transform things like: |
Wojciech Matyjewicz | ed22325 | 2007-12-12 15:21:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4064 | // %t = getelementptr i32* bitcast ([2 x i32]* %str to i32*), i32 %V |
| 4065 | // into: %t1 = getelementptr [2 x i32]* %str, i32 0, i32 %V; bitcast |
Chris Lattner | eed4827 | 2005-09-13 00:40:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4066 | const Type *SrcElTy = cast<PointerType>(X->getType())->getElementType(); |
| 4067 | const Type *ResElTy=cast<PointerType>(PtrOp->getType())->getElementType(); |
Dan Gohman | ce9fe9f | 2009-07-21 23:21:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4068 | if (TD && isa<ArrayType>(SrcElTy) && |
Duncan Sands | 777d230 | 2009-05-09 07:06:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4069 | TD->getTypeAllocSize(cast<ArrayType>(SrcElTy)->getElementType()) == |
| 4070 | TD->getTypeAllocSize(ResElTy)) { |
David Greene | b8f7479 | 2007-09-04 15:46:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4071 | Value *Idx[2]; |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4072 | Idx[0] = Constant::getNullValue(Type::getInt32Ty(GEP.getContext())); |
David Greene | b8f7479 | 2007-09-04 15:46:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4073 | Idx[1] = GEP.getOperand(1); |
Dan Gohman | f8dbee7 | 2009-09-07 23:54:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4074 | Value *NewGEP = cast<GEPOperator>(&GEP)->isInBounds() ? |
| 4075 | Builder->CreateInBoundsGEP(X, Idx, Idx + 2, GEP.getName()) : |
Chris Lattner | f925cbd | 2009-08-30 18:50:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4076 | Builder->CreateGEP(X, Idx, Idx + 2, GEP.getName()); |
Reid Spencer | 3da59db | 2006-11-27 01:05:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4077 | // V and GEP are both pointer types --> BitCast |
Chris Lattner | f925cbd | 2009-08-30 18:50:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4078 | return new BitCastInst(NewGEP, GEP.getType()); |
Chris Lattner | c6bd195 | 2004-02-22 05:25:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4079 | } |
Chris Lattner | 7835cdd | 2005-09-13 18:36:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4080 | |
| 4081 | // Transform things like: |
Wojciech Matyjewicz | ed22325 | 2007-12-12 15:21:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4082 | // getelementptr i8* bitcast ([100 x double]* X to i8*), i32 %tmp |
Chris Lattner | 7835cdd | 2005-09-13 18:36:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4083 | // (where tmp = 8*tmp2) into: |
Wojciech Matyjewicz | ed22325 | 2007-12-12 15:21:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4084 | // getelementptr [100 x double]* %arr, i32 0, i32 %tmp2; bitcast |
Chris Lattner | 7835cdd | 2005-09-13 18:36:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4085 | |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4086 | if (TD && isa<ArrayType>(SrcElTy) && |
| 4087 | ResElTy == Type::getInt8Ty(GEP.getContext())) { |
Chris Lattner | 7835cdd | 2005-09-13 18:36:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4088 | uint64_t ArrayEltSize = |
Duncan Sands | 777d230 | 2009-05-09 07:06:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4089 | TD->getTypeAllocSize(cast<ArrayType>(SrcElTy)->getElementType()); |
Chris Lattner | 7835cdd | 2005-09-13 18:36:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4090 | |
| 4091 | // Check to see if "tmp" is a scale by a multiple of ArrayEltSize. We |
| 4092 | // allow either a mul, shift, or constant here. |
| 4093 | Value *NewIdx = 0; |
| 4094 | ConstantInt *Scale = 0; |
| 4095 | if (ArrayEltSize == 1) { |
| 4096 | NewIdx = GEP.getOperand(1); |
Chris Lattner | ab98484 | 2009-08-30 05:30:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4097 | Scale = ConstantInt::get(cast<IntegerType>(NewIdx->getType()), 1); |
Chris Lattner | 7835cdd | 2005-09-13 18:36:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4098 | } else if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(GEP.getOperand(1))) { |
Owen Anderson | eed707b | 2009-07-24 23:12:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4099 | NewIdx = ConstantInt::get(CI->getType(), 1); |
Chris Lattner | 7835cdd | 2005-09-13 18:36:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4100 | Scale = CI; |
| 4101 | } else if (Instruction *Inst =dyn_cast<Instruction>(GEP.getOperand(1))){ |
| 4102 | if (Inst->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl && |
| 4103 | isa<ConstantInt>(Inst->getOperand(1))) { |
Zhou Sheng | 0e2d3ac | 2007-03-30 09:29:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4104 | ConstantInt *ShAmt = cast<ConstantInt>(Inst->getOperand(1)); |
| 4105 | uint32_t ShAmtVal = ShAmt->getLimitedValue(64); |
Owen Anderson | eed707b | 2009-07-24 23:12:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4106 | Scale = ConstantInt::get(cast<IntegerType>(Inst->getType()), |
Dan Gohman | 6de29f8 | 2009-06-15 22:12:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4107 | 1ULL << ShAmtVal); |
Chris Lattner | 7835cdd | 2005-09-13 18:36:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4108 | NewIdx = Inst->getOperand(0); |
| 4109 | } else if (Inst->getOpcode() == Instruction::Mul && |
| 4110 | isa<ConstantInt>(Inst->getOperand(1))) { |
| 4111 | Scale = cast<ConstantInt>(Inst->getOperand(1)); |
| 4112 | NewIdx = Inst->getOperand(0); |
| 4113 | } |
| 4114 | } |
Wojciech Matyjewicz | ed22325 | 2007-12-12 15:21:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4115 | |
Chris Lattner | 7835cdd | 2005-09-13 18:36:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4116 | // If the index will be to exactly the right offset with the scale taken |
Wojciech Matyjewicz | ed22325 | 2007-12-12 15:21:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4117 | // out, perform the transformation. Note, we don't know whether Scale is |
| 4118 | // signed or not. We'll use unsigned version of division/modulo |
| 4119 | // operation after making sure Scale doesn't have the sign bit set. |
Chris Lattner | 58b1ac7 | 2009-02-25 18:20:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4120 | if (ArrayEltSize && Scale && Scale->getSExtValue() >= 0LL && |
Wojciech Matyjewicz | ed22325 | 2007-12-12 15:21:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4121 | Scale->getZExtValue() % ArrayEltSize == 0) { |
Owen Anderson | eed707b | 2009-07-24 23:12:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4122 | Scale = ConstantInt::get(Scale->getType(), |
Wojciech Matyjewicz | ed22325 | 2007-12-12 15:21:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4123 | Scale->getZExtValue() / ArrayEltSize); |
Reid Spencer | b83eb64 | 2006-10-20 07:07:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4124 | if (Scale->getZExtValue() != 1) { |
Chris Lattner | 878daed | 2009-08-30 05:56:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4125 | Constant *C = ConstantExpr::getIntegerCast(Scale, NewIdx->getType(), |
| 4126 | false /*ZExt*/); |
Chris Lattner | f925cbd | 2009-08-30 18:50:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4127 | NewIdx = Builder->CreateMul(NewIdx, C, "idxscale"); |
Chris Lattner | 7835cdd | 2005-09-13 18:36:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4128 | } |
| 4129 | |
| 4130 | // Insert the new GEP instruction. |
David Greene | b8f7479 | 2007-09-04 15:46:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4131 | Value *Idx[2]; |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4132 | Idx[0] = Constant::getNullValue(Type::getInt32Ty(GEP.getContext())); |
David Greene | b8f7479 | 2007-09-04 15:46:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4133 | Idx[1] = NewIdx; |
Dan Gohman | f8dbee7 | 2009-09-07 23:54:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4134 | Value *NewGEP = cast<GEPOperator>(&GEP)->isInBounds() ? |
| 4135 | Builder->CreateInBoundsGEP(X, Idx, Idx + 2, GEP.getName()) : |
| 4136 | Builder->CreateGEP(X, Idx, Idx + 2, GEP.getName()); |
Reid Spencer | 3da59db | 2006-11-27 01:05:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4137 | // The NewGEP must be pointer typed, so must the old one -> BitCast |
| 4138 | return new BitCastInst(NewGEP, GEP.getType()); |
Chris Lattner | 7835cdd | 2005-09-13 18:36:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4139 | } |
| 4140 | } |
Chris Lattner | c6bd195 | 2004-02-22 05:25:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4141 | } |
Chris Lattner | 8a2a311 | 2001-12-14 16:52:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4142 | } |
Chris Lattner | 5840779 | 2009-01-09 04:53:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4143 | |
Chris Lattner | 46cd5a1 | 2009-01-09 05:44:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4144 | /// See if we can simplify: |
Chris Lattner | 873ff01 | 2009-08-30 05:55:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4145 | /// X = bitcast A* to B* |
Chris Lattner | 46cd5a1 | 2009-01-09 05:44:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4146 | /// Y = gep X, <...constant indices...> |
| 4147 | /// into a gep of the original struct. This is important for SROA and alias |
| 4148 | /// analysis of unions. If "A" is also a bitcast, wait for A/X to be merged. |
Chris Lattner | 5840779 | 2009-01-09 04:53:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4149 | if (BitCastInst *BCI = dyn_cast<BitCastInst>(PtrOp)) { |
Dan Gohman | ce9fe9f | 2009-07-21 23:21:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4150 | if (TD && |
| 4151 | !isa<BitCastInst>(BCI->getOperand(0)) && GEP.hasAllConstantIndices()) { |
Chris Lattner | 46cd5a1 | 2009-01-09 05:44:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4152 | // Determine how much the GEP moves the pointer. We are guaranteed to get |
| 4153 | // a constant back from EmitGEPOffset. |
Chris Lattner | 02446fc | 2010-01-04 07:37:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4154 | ConstantInt *OffsetV = cast<ConstantInt>(EmitGEPOffset(&GEP)); |
Chris Lattner | 46cd5a1 | 2009-01-09 05:44:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4155 | int64_t Offset = OffsetV->getSExtValue(); |
| 4156 | |
| 4157 | // If this GEP instruction doesn't move the pointer, just replace the GEP |
| 4158 | // with a bitcast of the real input to the dest type. |
| 4159 | if (Offset == 0) { |
| 4160 | // If the bitcast is of an allocation, and the allocation will be |
| 4161 | // converted to match the type of the cast, don't touch this. |
Victor Hernandez | 7b929da | 2009-10-23 21:09:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4162 | if (isa<AllocaInst>(BCI->getOperand(0)) || |
Victor Hernandez | 83d6391 | 2009-09-18 22:35:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4163 | isMalloc(BCI->getOperand(0))) { |
Chris Lattner | 46cd5a1 | 2009-01-09 05:44:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4164 | // See if the bitcast simplifies, if so, don't nuke this GEP yet. |
| 4165 | if (Instruction *I = visitBitCast(*BCI)) { |
| 4166 | if (I != BCI) { |
| 4167 | I->takeName(BCI); |
| 4168 | BCI->getParent()->getInstList().insert(BCI, I); |
| 4169 | ReplaceInstUsesWith(*BCI, I); |
| 4170 | } |
| 4171 | return &GEP; |
Chris Lattner | 5840779 | 2009-01-09 04:53:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4172 | } |
Chris Lattner | 5840779 | 2009-01-09 04:53:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4173 | } |
Chris Lattner | 46cd5a1 | 2009-01-09 05:44:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4174 | return new BitCastInst(BCI->getOperand(0), GEP.getType()); |
Chris Lattner | 5840779 | 2009-01-09 04:53:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4175 | } |
Chris Lattner | 46cd5a1 | 2009-01-09 05:44:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4176 | |
| 4177 | // Otherwise, if the offset is non-zero, we need to find out if there is a |
| 4178 | // field at Offset in 'A's type. If so, we can pull the cast through the |
| 4179 | // GEP. |
| 4180 | SmallVector<Value*, 8> NewIndices; |
| 4181 | const Type *InTy = |
| 4182 | cast<PointerType>(BCI->getOperand(0)->getType())->getElementType(); |
Chris Lattner | 80f43d3 | 2010-01-04 07:53:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4183 | if (FindElementAtOffset(InTy, Offset, NewIndices)) { |
Dan Gohman | f8dbee7 | 2009-09-07 23:54:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4184 | Value *NGEP = cast<GEPOperator>(&GEP)->isInBounds() ? |
| 4185 | Builder->CreateInBoundsGEP(BCI->getOperand(0), NewIndices.begin(), |
| 4186 | NewIndices.end()) : |
| 4187 | Builder->CreateGEP(BCI->getOperand(0), NewIndices.begin(), |
| 4188 | NewIndices.end()); |
Chris Lattner | f925cbd | 2009-08-30 18:50:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4189 | |
| 4190 | if (NGEP->getType() == GEP.getType()) |
| 4191 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(GEP, NGEP); |
Chris Lattner | 46cd5a1 | 2009-01-09 05:44:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4192 | NGEP->takeName(&GEP); |
| 4193 | return new BitCastInst(NGEP, GEP.getType()); |
| 4194 | } |
Chris Lattner | 5840779 | 2009-01-09 04:53:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4195 | } |
| 4196 | } |
| 4197 | |
Chris Lattner | 8a2a311 | 2001-12-14 16:52:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4198 | return 0; |
| 4199 | } |
| 4200 | |
Victor Hernandez | 66284e0 | 2009-10-24 04:23:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4201 | Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFree(Instruction &FI) { |
| 4202 | Value *Op = FI.getOperand(1); |
| 4203 | |
| 4204 | // free undef -> unreachable. |
| 4205 | if (isa<UndefValue>(Op)) { |
| 4206 | // Insert a new store to null because we cannot modify the CFG here. |
Chris Lattner | 4de8476 | 2010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4207 | new StoreInst(ConstantInt::getTrue(FI.getContext()), |
| 4208 | UndefValue::get(Type::getInt1PtrTy(FI.getContext())), &FI); |
Victor Hernandez | 66284e0 | 2009-10-24 04:23:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4209 | return EraseInstFromFunction(FI); |
| 4210 | } |
| 4211 | |
| 4212 | // If we have 'free null' delete the instruction. This can happen in stl code |
| 4213 | // when lots of inlining happens. |
| 4214 | if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Op)) |
| 4215 | return EraseInstFromFunction(FI); |
| 4216 | |
Victor Hernandez | 046e78c | 2009-10-26 23:43:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4217 | // If we have a malloc call whose only use is a free call, delete both. |
Dan Gohman | 7f712a1 | 2009-10-27 00:11:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4218 | if (isMalloc(Op)) { |
Victor Hernandez | 66284e0 | 2009-10-24 04:23:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4219 | if (CallInst* CI = extractMallocCallFromBitCast(Op)) { |
| 4220 | if (Op->hasOneUse() && CI->hasOneUse()) { |
| 4221 | EraseInstFromFunction(FI); |
| 4222 | EraseInstFromFunction(*CI); |
| 4223 | return EraseInstFromFunction(*cast<Instruction>(Op)); |
| 4224 | } |
| 4225 | } else { |
| 4226 | // Op is a call to malloc |
| 4227 | if (Op->hasOneUse()) { |
| 4228 | EraseInstFromFunction(FI); |
| 4229 | return EraseInstFromFunction(*cast<Instruction>(Op)); |
| 4230 | } |
| 4231 | } |
Dan Gohman | 7f712a1 | 2009-10-27 00:11:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4232 | } |
Victor Hernandez | 66284e0 | 2009-10-24 04:23:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4233 | |
| 4234 | return 0; |
| 4235 | } |
Chris Lattner | 67b1e1b | 2003-12-07 01:24:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4236 | |
Chris Lattner | 3284d1f | 2007-04-15 00:07:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4237 | |
Chris Lattner | 2f503e6 | 2005-01-31 05:36:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4238 | |
Chris Lattner | c4d10eb | 2003-06-04 04:46:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4239 | Instruction *InstCombiner::visitBranchInst(BranchInst &BI) { |
| 4240 | // Change br (not X), label True, label False to: br X, label False, True |
Reid Spencer | 4b828e6 | 2005-06-18 17:37:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4241 | Value *X = 0; |
Chris Lattner | acd1f0f | 2004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4242 | BasicBlock *TrueDest; |
| 4243 | BasicBlock *FalseDest; |
Dan Gohman | 4ae5126 | 2009-08-12 16:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4244 | if (match(&BI, m_Br(m_Not(m_Value(X)), TrueDest, FalseDest)) && |
Chris Lattner | acd1f0f | 2004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4245 | !isa<Constant>(X)) { |
| 4246 | // Swap Destinations and condition... |
| 4247 | BI.setCondition(X); |
| 4248 | BI.setSuccessor(0, FalseDest); |
| 4249 | BI.setSuccessor(1, TrueDest); |
| 4250 | return &BI; |
| 4251 | } |
| 4252 | |
Reid Spencer | e4d87aa | 2006-12-23 06:05:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4253 | // Cannonicalize fcmp_one -> fcmp_oeq |
| 4254 | FCmpInst::Predicate FPred; Value *Y; |
| 4255 | if (match(&BI, m_Br(m_FCmp(FPred, m_Value(X), m_Value(Y)), |
Chris Lattner | 7a1e924 | 2009-08-30 06:13:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4256 | TrueDest, FalseDest)) && |
| 4257 | BI.getCondition()->hasOneUse()) |
| 4258 | if (FPred == FCmpInst::FCMP_ONE || FPred == FCmpInst::FCMP_OLE || |
| 4259 | FPred == FCmpInst::FCMP_OGE) { |
| 4260 | FCmpInst *Cond = cast<FCmpInst>(BI.getCondition()); |
| 4261 | Cond->setPredicate(FCmpInst::getInversePredicate(FPred)); |
| 4262 | |
| 4263 | // Swap Destinations and condition. |
Reid Spencer | e4d87aa | 2006-12-23 06:05:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4264 | BI.setSuccessor(0, FalseDest); |
| 4265 | BI.setSuccessor(1, TrueDest); |
Chris Lattner | 7a1e924 | 2009-08-30 06:13:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4266 | Worklist.Add(Cond); |
Reid Spencer | e4d87aa | 2006-12-23 06:05:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4267 | return &BI; |
| 4268 | } |
| 4269 | |
| 4270 | // Cannonicalize icmp_ne -> icmp_eq |
| 4271 | ICmpInst::Predicate IPred; |
| 4272 | if (match(&BI, m_Br(m_ICmp(IPred, m_Value(X), m_Value(Y)), |
Chris Lattner | 7a1e924 | 2009-08-30 06:13:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4273 | TrueDest, FalseDest)) && |
| 4274 | BI.getCondition()->hasOneUse()) |
| 4275 | if (IPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE || IPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE || |
| 4276 | IPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE || IPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE || |
| 4277 | IPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE) { |
| 4278 | ICmpInst *Cond = cast<ICmpInst>(BI.getCondition()); |
| 4279 | Cond->setPredicate(ICmpInst::getInversePredicate(IPred)); |
| 4280 | // Swap Destinations and condition. |
Chris Lattner | 40f5d70 | 2003-06-04 05:10:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4281 | BI.setSuccessor(0, FalseDest); |
| 4282 | BI.setSuccessor(1, TrueDest); |
Chris Lattner | 7a1e924 | 2009-08-30 06:13:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4283 | Worklist.Add(Cond); |
Chris Lattner | 40f5d70 | 2003-06-04 05:10:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4284 | return &BI; |
| 4285 | } |
Misha Brukman | fd93908 | 2005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4286 | |
Chris Lattner | c4d10eb | 2003-06-04 04:46:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4287 | return 0; |
| 4288 | } |
Chris Lattner | 0864acf | 2002-11-04 16:18:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4289 | |
Chris Lattner | 46238a6 | 2004-07-03 00:26:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4290 | Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSwitchInst(SwitchInst &SI) { |
| 4291 | Value *Cond = SI.getCondition(); |
| 4292 | if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Cond)) { |
| 4293 | if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add) |
| 4294 | if (ConstantInt *AddRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) { |
| 4295 | // change 'switch (X+4) case 1:' into 'switch (X) case -3' |
| 4296 | for (unsigned i = 2, e = SI.getNumOperands(); i != e; i += 2) |
Owen Anderson | d672ecb | 2009-07-03 00:17:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4297 | SI.setOperand(i, |
Owen Anderson | baf3c40 | 2009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4298 | ConstantExpr::getSub(cast<Constant>(SI.getOperand(i)), |
Chris Lattner | 46238a6 | 2004-07-03 00:26:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4299 | AddRHS)); |
| 4300 | SI.setOperand(0, I->getOperand(0)); |
Chris Lattner | 7a1e924 | 2009-08-30 06:13:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4301 | Worklist.Add(I); |
Chris Lattner | 46238a6 | 2004-07-03 00:26:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4302 | return &SI; |
| 4303 | } |
| 4304 | } |
| 4305 | return 0; |
| 4306 | } |
| 4307 | |
Matthijs Kooijman | a9012ec | 2008-06-11 14:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4308 | Instruction *InstCombiner::visitExtractValueInst(ExtractValueInst &EV) { |
Matthijs Kooijman | 780ae5e | 2008-07-16 12:55:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4309 | Value *Agg = EV.getAggregateOperand(); |
Matthijs Kooijman | a9012ec | 2008-06-11 14:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4310 | |
Matthijs Kooijman | 780ae5e | 2008-07-16 12:55:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4311 | if (!EV.hasIndices()) |
| 4312 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(EV, Agg); |
| 4313 | |
| 4314 | if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Agg)) { |
| 4315 | if (isa<UndefValue>(C)) |
Owen Anderson | 9e9a0d5 | 2009-07-30 23:03:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4316 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(EV, UndefValue::get(EV.getType())); |
Matthijs Kooijman | 780ae5e | 2008-07-16 12:55:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4317 | |
| 4318 | if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(C)) |
Owen Anderson | a7235ea | 2009-07-31 20:28:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4319 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(EV, Constant::getNullValue(EV.getType())); |
Matthijs Kooijman | 780ae5e | 2008-07-16 12:55:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4320 | |
| 4321 | if (isa<ConstantArray>(C) || isa<ConstantStruct>(C)) { |
| 4322 | // Extract the element indexed by the first index out of the constant |
| 4323 | Value *V = C->getOperand(*EV.idx_begin()); |
| 4324 | if (EV.getNumIndices() > 1) |
| 4325 | // Extract the remaining indices out of the constant indexed by the |
| 4326 | // first index |
| 4327 | return ExtractValueInst::Create(V, EV.idx_begin() + 1, EV.idx_end()); |
| 4328 | else |
| 4329 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(EV, V); |
| 4330 | } |
| 4331 | return 0; // Can't handle other constants |
| 4332 | } |
| 4333 | if (InsertValueInst *IV = dyn_cast<InsertValueInst>(Agg)) { |
| 4334 | // We're extracting from an insertvalue instruction, compare the indices |
| 4335 | const unsigned *exti, *exte, *insi, *inse; |
| 4336 | for (exti = EV.idx_begin(), insi = IV->idx_begin(), |
| 4337 | exte = EV.idx_end(), inse = IV->idx_end(); |
| 4338 | exti != exte && insi != inse; |
| 4339 | ++exti, ++insi) { |
| 4340 | if (*insi != *exti) |
| 4341 | // The insert and extract both reference distinctly different elements. |
| 4342 | // This means the extract is not influenced by the insert, and we can |
| 4343 | // replace the aggregate operand of the extract with the aggregate |
| 4344 | // operand of the insert. i.e., replace |
| 4345 | // %I = insertvalue { i32, { i32 } } %A, { i32 } { i32 42 }, 1 |
| 4346 | // %E = extractvalue { i32, { i32 } } %I, 0 |
| 4347 | // with |
| 4348 | // %E = extractvalue { i32, { i32 } } %A, 0 |
| 4349 | return ExtractValueInst::Create(IV->getAggregateOperand(), |
| 4350 | EV.idx_begin(), EV.idx_end()); |
| 4351 | } |
| 4352 | if (exti == exte && insi == inse) |
| 4353 | // Both iterators are at the end: Index lists are identical. Replace |
| 4354 | // %B = insertvalue { i32, { i32 } } %A, i32 42, 1, 0 |
| 4355 | // %C = extractvalue { i32, { i32 } } %B, 1, 0 |
| 4356 | // with "i32 42" |
| 4357 | return ReplaceInstUsesWith(EV, IV->getInsertedValueOperand()); |
| 4358 | if (exti == exte) { |
| 4359 | // The extract list is a prefix of the insert list. i.e. replace |
| 4360 | // %I = insertvalue { i32, { i32 } } %A, i32 42, 1, 0 |
| 4361 | // %E = extractvalue { i32, { i32 } } %I, 1 |
| 4362 | // with |
| 4363 | // %X = extractvalue { i32, { i32 } } %A, 1 |
| 4364 | // %E = insertvalue { i32 } %X, i32 42, 0 |
| 4365 | // by switching the order of the insert and extract (though the |
| 4366 | // insertvalue should be left in, since it may have other uses). |
Chris Lattner | f925cbd | 2009-08-30 18:50:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4367 | Value *NewEV = Builder->CreateExtractValue(IV->getAggregateOperand(), |
| 4368 | EV.idx_begin(), EV.idx_end()); |
Matthijs Kooijman | 780ae5e | 2008-07-16 12:55:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4369 | return InsertValueInst::Create(NewEV, IV->getInsertedValueOperand(), |
| 4370 | insi, inse); |
| 4371 | } |
| 4372 | if (insi == inse) |
| 4373 | // The insert list is a prefix of the extract list |
| 4374 | // We can simply remove the common indices from the extract and make it |
| 4375 | // operate on the inserted value instead of the insertvalue result. |
| 4376 | // i.e., replace |
| 4377 | // %I = insertvalue { i32, { i32 } } %A, { i32 } { i32 42 }, 1 |
| 4378 | // %E = extractvalue { i32, { i32 } } %I, 1, 0 |
| 4379 | // with |
| 4380 | // %E extractvalue { i32 } { i32 42 }, 0 |
| 4381 | return ExtractValueInst::Create(IV->getInsertedValueOperand(), |
| 4382 | exti, exte); |
| 4383 | } |
Chris Lattner | 7e606e2 | 2009-11-09 07:07:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4384 | if (IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(Agg)) { |
| 4385 | // We're extracting from an intrinsic, see if we're the only user, which |
| 4386 | // allows us to simplify multiple result intrinsics to simpler things that |
| 4387 | // just get one value.. |
| 4388 | if (II->hasOneUse()) { |
| 4389 | // Check if we're grabbing the overflow bit or the result of a 'with |
| 4390 | // overflow' intrinsic. If it's the latter we can remove the intrinsic |
| 4391 | // and replace it with a traditional binary instruction. |
| 4392 | switch (II->getIntrinsicID()) { |
| 4393 | case Intrinsic::uadd_with_overflow: |
| 4394 | case Intrinsic::sadd_with_overflow: |
| 4395 | if (*EV.idx_begin() == 0) { // Normal result. |
| 4396 | Value *LHS = II->getOperand(1), *RHS = II->getOperand(2); |
| 4397 | II->replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(II->getType())); |
| 4398 | EraseInstFromFunction(*II); |
| 4399 | return BinaryOperator::CreateAdd(LHS, RHS); |
| 4400 | } |
| 4401 | break; |
| 4402 | case Intrinsic::usub_with_overflow: |
| 4403 | case Intrinsic::ssub_with_overflow: |
| 4404 | if (*EV.idx_begin() == 0) { // Normal result. |
| 4405 | Value *LHS = II->getOperand(1), *RHS = II->getOperand(2); |
| 4406 | II->replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(II->getType())); |
| 4407 | EraseInstFromFunction(*II); |
| 4408 | return BinaryOperator::CreateSub(LHS, RHS); |
| 4409 | } |
| 4410 | break; |
| 4411 | case Intrinsic::umul_with_overflow: |
| 4412 | case Intrinsic::smul_with_overflow: |
| 4413 | if (*EV.idx_begin() == 0) { // Normal result. |
| 4414 | Value *LHS = II->getOperand(1), *RHS = II->getOperand(2); |
| 4415 | II->replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(II->getType())); |
| 4416 | EraseInstFromFunction(*II); |
| 4417 | return BinaryOperator::CreateMul(LHS, RHS); |
| 4418 | } |
| 4419 | break; |
| 4420 | default: |
| 4421 | break; |
| 4422 | } |
| 4423 | } |
| 4424 | } |
Matthijs Kooijman | 780ae5e | 2008-07-16 12:55:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4425 | // Can't simplify extracts from other values. Note that nested extracts are |
| 4426 | // already simplified implicitely by the above (extract ( extract (insert) ) |
| 4427 | // will be translated into extract ( insert ( extract ) ) first and then just |
| 4428 | // the value inserted, if appropriate). |
Matthijs Kooijman | a9012ec | 2008-06-11 14:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4429 | return 0; |
| 4430 | } |
| 4431 | |
Chris Lattner | a844fc4c | 2006-04-10 22:45:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4432 | |
Robert Bocchino | 1d7456d | 2006-01-13 22:48:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4433 | |
Chris Lattner | ea1c454 | 2004-12-08 23:43:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4434 | |
| 4435 | /// TryToSinkInstruction - Try to move the specified instruction from its |
| 4436 | /// current block into the beginning of DestBlock, which can only happen if it's |
| 4437 | /// safe to move the instruction past all of the instructions between it and the |
| 4438 | /// end of its block. |
| 4439 | static bool TryToSinkInstruction(Instruction *I, BasicBlock *DestBlock) { |
| 4440 | assert(I->hasOneUse() && "Invariants didn't hold!"); |
| 4441 | |
Chris Lattner | 108e902 | 2005-10-27 17:13:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4442 | // Cannot move control-flow-involving, volatile loads, vaarg, etc. |
Duncan Sands | 7af1c78 | 2009-05-06 06:49:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4443 | if (isa<PHINode>(I) || I->mayHaveSideEffects() || isa<TerminatorInst>(I)) |
Chris Lattner | bfc538c | 2008-05-09 15:07:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4444 | return false; |
Misha Brukman | fd93908 | 2005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4445 | |
Chris Lattner | ea1c454 | 2004-12-08 23:43:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4446 | // Do not sink alloca instructions out of the entry block. |
Dan Gohman | ecb7a77 | 2007-03-22 16:38:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4447 | if (isa<AllocaInst>(I) && I->getParent() == |
| 4448 | &DestBlock->getParent()->getEntryBlock()) |
Chris Lattner | ea1c454 | 2004-12-08 23:43:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4449 | return false; |
| 4450 | |
Chris Lattner | 96a52a6 | 2004-12-09 07:14:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4451 | // We can only sink load instructions if there is nothing between the load and |
| 4452 | // the end of block that could change the value. |
Chris Lattner | 2539e33 | 2008-05-08 17:37:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4453 | if (I->mayReadFromMemory()) { |
| 4454 | for (BasicBlock::iterator Scan = I, E = I->getParent()->end(); |
Chris Lattner | 96a52a6 | 2004-12-09 07:14:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4455 | Scan != E; ++Scan) |
| 4456 | if (Scan->mayWriteToMemory()) |
| 4457 | return false; |
Chris Lattner | 96a52a6 | 2004-12-09 07:14:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4458 | } |
Chris Lattner | ea1c454 | 2004-12-08 23:43:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4459 | |
Dan Gohman | 02dea8b | 2008-05-23 21:05:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4460 | BasicBlock::iterator InsertPos = DestBlock->getFirstNonPHI(); |
Chris Lattner | ea1c454 | 2004-12-08 23:43:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4461 | |
Chris Lattner | 4bc5f80 | 2005-08-08 19:11:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4462 | I->moveBefore(InsertPos); |
Chris Lattner | ea1c454 | 2004-12-08 23:43:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4463 | ++NumSunkInst; |
| 4464 | return true; |
| 4465 | } |
| 4466 | |
Chris Lattner | f4f5a77 | 2006-05-10 19:00:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4467 | |
| 4468 | /// AddReachableCodeToWorklist - Walk the function in depth-first order, adding |
| 4469 | /// all reachable code to the worklist. |
| 4470 | /// |
| 4471 | /// This has a couple of tricks to make the code faster and more powerful. In |
| 4472 | /// particular, we constant fold and DCE instructions as we go, to avoid adding |
| 4473 | /// them to the worklist (this significantly speeds up instcombine on code where |
| 4474 | /// many instructions are dead or constant). Additionally, if we find a branch |
| 4475 | /// whose condition is a known constant, we only visit the reachable successors. |
| 4476 | /// |
Chris Lattner | 2ee743b | 2009-10-15 04:59:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4477 | static bool AddReachableCodeToWorklist(BasicBlock *BB, |
Chris Lattner | 1f87a58 | 2007-02-15 19:41:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4478 | SmallPtrSet<BasicBlock*, 64> &Visited, |
Chris Lattner | dbab386 | 2007-03-02 21:28:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4479 | InstCombiner &IC, |
Chris Lattner | 8c8c66a | 2006-05-11 17:11:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4480 | const TargetData *TD) { |
Chris Lattner | 2ee743b | 2009-10-15 04:59:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4481 | bool MadeIRChange = false; |
Chris Lattner | 2806dff | 2008-08-15 04:03:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4482 | SmallVector<BasicBlock*, 256> Worklist; |
Chris Lattner | 2c7718a | 2007-03-23 19:17:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4483 | Worklist.push_back(BB); |
Chris Lattner | 67f7d54 | 2009-10-12 03:58:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4484 | |
| 4485 | std::vector<Instruction*> InstrsForInstCombineWorklist; |
| 4486 | InstrsForInstCombineWorklist.reserve(128); |
Chris Lattner | f4f5a77 | 2006-05-10 19:00:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4487 | |
Chris Lattner | 2ee743b | 2009-10-15 04:59:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4488 | SmallPtrSet<ConstantExpr*, 64> FoldedConstants; |
| 4489 | |
Chris Lattner | 2c7718a | 2007-03-23 19:17:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4490 | while (!Worklist.empty()) { |
| 4491 | BB = Worklist.back(); |
| 4492 | Worklist.pop_back(); |
| 4493 | |
| 4494 | // We have now visited this block! If we've already been here, ignore it. |
| 4495 | if (!Visited.insert(BB)) continue; |
Devang Patel | 7fe1dec | 2008-11-19 18:56:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4496 | |
Chris Lattner | 2c7718a | 2007-03-23 19:17:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4497 | for (BasicBlock::iterator BBI = BB->begin(), E = BB->end(); BBI != E; ) { |
| 4498 | Instruction *Inst = BBI++; |
Chris Lattner | f4f5a77 | 2006-05-10 19:00:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4499 | |
Chris Lattner | 2c7718a | 2007-03-23 19:17:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4500 | // DCE instruction if trivially dead. |
| 4501 | if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(Inst)) { |
| 4502 | ++NumDeadInst; |
Chris Lattner | bdff548 | 2009-08-23 04:37:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4503 | DEBUG(errs() << "IC: DCE: " << *Inst << '\n'); |
Chris Lattner | 2c7718a | 2007-03-23 19:17:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4504 | Inst->eraseFromParent(); |
| 4505 | continue; |
| 4506 | } |
| 4507 | |
| 4508 | // ConstantProp instruction if trivially constant. |
Chris Lattner | e2cc1ad | 2009-10-15 04:13:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4509 | if (!Inst->use_empty() && isa<Constant>(Inst->getOperand(0))) |
Chris Lattner | 7b550cc | 2009-11-06 04:27:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4510 | if (Constant *C = ConstantFoldInstruction(Inst, TD)) { |
Chris Lattner | e2cc1ad | 2009-10-15 04:13:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4511 | DEBUG(errs() << "IC: ConstFold to: " << *C << " from: " |
| 4512 | << *Inst << '\n'); |
| 4513 | Inst->replaceAllUsesWith(C); |
| 4514 | ++NumConstProp; |
| 4515 | Inst->eraseFromParent(); |
| 4516 | continue; |
| 4517 | } |
Chris Lattner | 2ee743b | 2009-10-15 04:59:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4518 | |
| 4519 | |
| 4520 | |
| 4521 | if (TD) { |
| 4522 | // See if we can constant fold its operands. |
| 4523 | for (User::op_iterator i = Inst->op_begin(), e = Inst->op_end(); |
| 4524 | i != e; ++i) { |
| 4525 | ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(i); |
| 4526 | if (CE == 0) continue; |
| 4527 | |
| 4528 | // If we already folded this constant, don't try again. |
| 4529 | if (!FoldedConstants.insert(CE)) |
| 4530 | continue; |
| 4531 | |
Chris Lattner | 7b550cc | 2009-11-06 04:27:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4532 | Constant *NewC = ConstantFoldConstantExpression(CE, TD); |
Chris Lattner | 2ee743b | 2009-10-15 04:59:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4533 | if (NewC && NewC != CE) { |
| 4534 | *i = NewC; |
| 4535 | MadeIRChange = true; |
| 4536 | } |
| 4537 | } |
| 4538 | } |
| 4539 | |
Devang Patel | 7fe1dec | 2008-11-19 18:56:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4540 | |
Chris Lattner | 67f7d54 | 2009-10-12 03:58:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4541 | InstrsForInstCombineWorklist.push_back(Inst); |
Chris Lattner | f4f5a77 | 2006-05-10 19:00:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4542 | } |
Chris Lattner | 2c7718a | 2007-03-23 19:17:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4543 | |
| 4544 | // Recursively visit successors. If this is a branch or switch on a |
| 4545 | // constant, only visit the reachable successor. |
| 4546 | TerminatorInst *TI = BB->getTerminator(); |
| 4547 | if (BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(TI)) { |
| 4548 | if (BI->isConditional() && isa<ConstantInt>(BI->getCondition())) { |
| 4549 | bool CondVal = cast<ConstantInt>(BI->getCondition())->getZExtValue(); |
Nick Lewycky | 9143699 | 2008-03-09 08:50:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4550 | BasicBlock *ReachableBB = BI->getSuccessor(!CondVal); |
Nick Lewycky | 280a6e6 | 2008-04-25 16:53:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4551 | Worklist.push_back(ReachableBB); |
Chris Lattner | 2c7718a | 2007-03-23 19:17:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4552 | continue; |
| 4553 | } |
| 4554 | } else if (SwitchInst *SI = dyn_cast<SwitchInst>(TI)) { |
| 4555 | if (ConstantInt *Cond = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(SI->getCondition())) { |
| 4556 | // See if this is an explicit destination. |
| 4557 | for (unsigned i = 1, e = SI->getNumSuccessors(); i != e; ++i) |
| 4558 | if (SI->getCaseValue(i) == Cond) { |
Nick Lewycky | 9143699 | 2008-03-09 08:50:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4559 | BasicBlock *ReachableBB = SI->getSuccessor(i); |
Nick Lewycky | 280a6e6 | 2008-04-25 16:53:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4560 | Worklist.push_back(ReachableBB); |
Chris Lattner | 2c7718a | 2007-03-23 19:17:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4561 | continue; |
| 4562 | } |
| 4563 | |
| 4564 | // Otherwise it is the default destination. |
| 4565 | Worklist.push_back(SI->getSuccessor(0)); |
| 4566 | continue; |
| 4567 | } |
| 4568 | } |
| 4569 | |
| 4570 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = TI->getNumSuccessors(); i != e; ++i) |
| 4571 | Worklist.push_back(TI->getSuccessor(i)); |
Chris Lattner | f4f5a77 | 2006-05-10 19:00:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4572 | } |
Chris Lattner | 67f7d54 | 2009-10-12 03:58:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4573 | |
| 4574 | // Once we've found all of the instructions to add to instcombine's worklist, |
| 4575 | // add them in reverse order. This way instcombine will visit from the top |
| 4576 | // of the function down. This jives well with the way that it adds all uses |
| 4577 | // of instructions to the worklist after doing a transformation, thus avoiding |
| 4578 | // some N^2 behavior in pathological cases. |
| 4579 | IC.Worklist.AddInitialGroup(&InstrsForInstCombineWorklist[0], |
| 4580 | InstrsForInstCombineWorklist.size()); |
Chris Lattner | 2ee743b | 2009-10-15 04:59:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4581 | |
| 4582 | return MadeIRChange; |
Chris Lattner | f4f5a77 | 2006-05-10 19:00:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4583 | } |
| 4584 | |
Chris Lattner | ec9c358 | 2007-03-03 02:04:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4585 | bool InstCombiner::DoOneIteration(Function &F, unsigned Iteration) { |
Chris Lattner | b0b822c | 2009-08-31 06:57:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4586 | MadeIRChange = false; |
Chris Lattner | ec9c358 | 2007-03-03 02:04:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4587 | |
Daniel Dunbar | ce63ffb | 2009-07-25 00:23:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4588 | DEBUG(errs() << "\n\nINSTCOMBINE ITERATION #" << Iteration << " on " |
| 4589 | << F.getNameStr() << "\n"); |
Chris Lattner | 8a2a311 | 2001-12-14 16:52:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4590 | |
Chris Lattner | b3d5970 | 2005-07-07 20:40:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4591 | { |
Chris Lattner | f4f5a77 | 2006-05-10 19:00:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4592 | // Do a depth-first traversal of the function, populate the worklist with |
| 4593 | // the reachable instructions. Ignore blocks that are not reachable. Keep |
| 4594 | // track of which blocks we visit. |
Chris Lattner | 1f87a58 | 2007-02-15 19:41:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4595 | SmallPtrSet<BasicBlock*, 64> Visited; |
Chris Lattner | 2ee743b | 2009-10-15 04:59:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4596 | MadeIRChange |= AddReachableCodeToWorklist(F.begin(), Visited, *this, TD); |
Jeff Cohen | 00b16889 | 2005-07-27 06:12:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4597 | |
Chris Lattner | b3d5970 | 2005-07-07 20:40:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4598 | // Do a quick scan over the function. If we find any blocks that are |
| 4599 | // unreachable, remove any instructions inside of them. This prevents |
| 4600 | // the instcombine code from having to deal with some bad special cases. |
| 4601 | for (Function::iterator BB = F.begin(), E = F.end(); BB != E; ++BB) |
| 4602 | if (!Visited.count(BB)) { |
| 4603 | Instruction *Term = BB->getTerminator(); |
| 4604 | while (Term != BB->begin()) { // Remove instrs bottom-up |
| 4605 | BasicBlock::iterator I = Term; --I; |
Chris Lattner | 6ffe551 | 2004-04-27 15:13:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4606 | |
Chris Lattner | bdff548 | 2009-08-23 04:37:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4607 | DEBUG(errs() << "IC: DCE: " << *I << '\n'); |
Dale Johannesen | ff278b1 | 2009-03-10 21:19:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4608 | // A debug intrinsic shouldn't force another iteration if we weren't |
| 4609 | // going to do one without it. |
| 4610 | if (!isa<DbgInfoIntrinsic>(I)) { |
| 4611 | ++NumDeadInst; |
Chris Lattner | b0b822c | 2009-08-31 06:57:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4612 | MadeIRChange = true; |
Dale Johannesen | ff278b1 | 2009-03-10 21:19:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4613 | } |
Devang Patel | 228ebd0 | 2009-10-13 22:56:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4614 | |
Devang Patel | 228ebd0 | 2009-10-13 22:56:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4615 | // If I is not void type then replaceAllUsesWith undef. |
| 4616 | // This allows ValueHandlers and custom metadata to adjust itself. |
Devang Patel | 9674d15 | 2009-10-14 17:29:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4617 | if (!I->getType()->isVoidTy()) |
Devang Patel | 228ebd0 | 2009-10-13 22:56:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4618 | I->replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(I->getType())); |
Chris Lattner | b3d5970 | 2005-07-07 20:40:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4619 | I->eraseFromParent(); |
| 4620 | } |
| 4621 | } |
| 4622 | } |
Chris Lattner | 8a2a311 | 2001-12-14 16:52:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4623 | |
Chris Lattner | 873ff01 | 2009-08-30 05:55:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4624 | while (!Worklist.isEmpty()) { |
| 4625 | Instruction *I = Worklist.RemoveOne(); |
Chris Lattner | dbab386 | 2007-03-02 21:28:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4626 | if (I == 0) continue; // skip null values. |
Chris Lattner | 8a2a311 | 2001-12-14 16:52:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4627 | |
Chris Lattner | 8c8c66a | 2006-05-11 17:11:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4628 | // Check to see if we can DCE the instruction. |
Chris Lattner | 62b14df | 2002-09-02 04:59:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4629 | if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(I)) { |
Chris Lattner | bdff548 | 2009-08-23 04:37:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4630 | DEBUG(errs() << "IC: DCE: " << *I << '\n'); |
Chris Lattner | 7a1e924 | 2009-08-30 06:13:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4631 | EraseInstFromFunction(*I); |
| 4632 | ++NumDeadInst; |
Chris Lattner | b0b822c | 2009-08-31 06:57:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4633 | MadeIRChange = true; |
Chris Lattner | 4bb7c02 | 2003-10-06 17:11:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4634 | continue; |
| 4635 | } |
Chris Lattner | 62b14df | 2002-09-02 04:59:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4636 | |
Chris Lattner | 8c8c66a | 2006-05-11 17:11:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4637 | // Instruction isn't dead, see if we can constant propagate it. |
Chris Lattner | e2cc1ad | 2009-10-15 04:13:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4638 | if (!I->use_empty() && isa<Constant>(I->getOperand(0))) |
Chris Lattner | 7b550cc | 2009-11-06 04:27:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4639 | if (Constant *C = ConstantFoldInstruction(I, TD)) { |
Chris Lattner | e2cc1ad | 2009-10-15 04:13:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4640 | DEBUG(errs() << "IC: ConstFold to: " << *C << " from: " << *I << '\n'); |
Chris Lattner | ad5fec1 | 2005-01-28 19:32:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4641 | |
Chris Lattner | e2cc1ad | 2009-10-15 04:13:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4642 | // Add operands to the worklist. |
| 4643 | ReplaceInstUsesWith(*I, C); |
| 4644 | ++NumConstProp; |
| 4645 | EraseInstFromFunction(*I); |
| 4646 | MadeIRChange = true; |
| 4647 | continue; |
| 4648 | } |
Chris Lattner | 4bb7c02 | 2003-10-06 17:11:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4649 | |
Chris Lattner | ea1c454 | 2004-12-08 23:43:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4650 | // See if we can trivially sink this instruction to a successor basic block. |
Dan Gohman | fc74abf | 2008-07-23 00:34:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4651 | if (I->hasOneUse()) { |
Chris Lattner | ea1c454 | 2004-12-08 23:43:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4652 | BasicBlock *BB = I->getParent(); |
Chris Lattner | 8db2cd1 | 2009-10-14 15:21:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4653 | Instruction *UserInst = cast<Instruction>(I->use_back()); |
| 4654 | BasicBlock *UserParent; |
| 4655 | |
| 4656 | // Get the block the use occurs in. |
| 4657 | if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(UserInst)) |
| 4658 | UserParent = PN->getIncomingBlock(I->use_begin().getUse()); |
| 4659 | else |
| 4660 | UserParent = UserInst->getParent(); |
| 4661 | |
Chris Lattner | ea1c454 | 2004-12-08 23:43:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4662 | if (UserParent != BB) { |
| 4663 | bool UserIsSuccessor = false; |
| 4664 | // See if the user is one of our successors. |
| 4665 | for (succ_iterator SI = succ_begin(BB), E = succ_end(BB); SI != E; ++SI) |
| 4666 | if (*SI == UserParent) { |
| 4667 | UserIsSuccessor = true; |
| 4668 | break; |
| 4669 | } |
| 4670 | |
| 4671 | // If the user is one of our immediate successors, and if that successor |
| 4672 | // only has us as a predecessors (we'd have to split the critical edge |
| 4673 | // otherwise), we can keep going. |
Chris Lattner | 8db2cd1 | 2009-10-14 15:21:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4674 | if (UserIsSuccessor && UserParent->getSinglePredecessor()) |
Chris Lattner | ea1c454 | 2004-12-08 23:43:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4675 | // Okay, the CFG is simple enough, try to sink this instruction. |
Chris Lattner | b0b822c | 2009-08-31 06:57:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4676 | MadeIRChange |= TryToSinkInstruction(I, UserParent); |
Chris Lattner | ea1c454 | 2004-12-08 23:43:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4677 | } |
| 4678 | } |
| 4679 | |
Chris Lattner | 7438106 | 2009-08-30 07:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4680 | // Now that we have an instruction, try combining it to simplify it. |
| 4681 | Builder->SetInsertPoint(I->getParent(), I); |
| 4682 | |
Reid Spencer | a9b8101 | 2007-03-26 17:44:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4683 | #ifndef NDEBUG |
| 4684 | std::string OrigI; |
| 4685 | #endif |
Chris Lattner | bdff548 | 2009-08-23 04:37:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4686 | DEBUG(raw_string_ostream SS(OrigI); I->print(SS); OrigI = SS.str();); |
Jeffrey Yasskin | 4306963 | 2009-10-08 00:12:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4687 | DEBUG(errs() << "IC: Visiting: " << OrigI << '\n'); |
| 4688 | |
Chris Lattner | 90ac28c | 2002-08-02 19:29:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4689 | if (Instruction *Result = visit(*I)) { |
Chris Lattner | 3dec1f2 | 2002-05-10 15:38:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4690 | ++NumCombined; |
Chris Lattner | dd841ae | 2002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4691 | // Should we replace the old instruction with a new one? |
Chris Lattner | b3bc8fa | 2002-05-14 15:24:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4692 | if (Result != I) { |
Chris Lattner | bdff548 | 2009-08-23 04:37:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4693 | DEBUG(errs() << "IC: Old = " << *I << '\n' |
| 4694 | << " New = " << *Result << '\n'); |
Chris Lattner | 0cea42a | 2004-03-13 23:54:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4695 | |
Chris Lattner | f523d06 | 2004-06-09 05:08:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4696 | // Everything uses the new instruction now. |
| 4697 | I->replaceAllUsesWith(Result); |
| 4698 | |
| 4699 | // Push the new instruction and any users onto the worklist. |
Chris Lattner | 7a1e924 | 2009-08-30 06:13:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4700 | Worklist.Add(Result); |
Chris Lattner | e5ecdb5 | 2009-08-30 06:22:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4701 | Worklist.AddUsersToWorkList(*Result); |
Chris Lattner | 4bb7c02 | 2003-10-06 17:11:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4702 | |
Chris Lattner | 6934a04 | 2007-02-11 01:23:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4703 | // Move the name to the new instruction first. |
| 4704 | Result->takeName(I); |
Chris Lattner | 4bb7c02 | 2003-10-06 17:11:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4705 | |
| 4706 | // Insert the new instruction into the basic block... |
| 4707 | BasicBlock *InstParent = I->getParent(); |
Chris Lattner | bac3286 | 2004-11-14 19:13:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4708 | BasicBlock::iterator InsertPos = I; |
| 4709 | |
| 4710 | if (!isa<PHINode>(Result)) // If combining a PHI, don't insert |
| 4711 | while (isa<PHINode>(InsertPos)) // middle of a block of PHIs. |
| 4712 | ++InsertPos; |
| 4713 | |
| 4714 | InstParent->getInstList().insert(InsertPos, Result); |
Chris Lattner | 4bb7c02 | 2003-10-06 17:11:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4715 | |
Chris Lattner | 7a1e924 | 2009-08-30 06:13:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4716 | EraseInstFromFunction(*I); |
Chris Lattner | 7e70829 | 2002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4717 | } else { |
Evan Cheng | c7baf68 | 2007-03-27 16:44:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4718 | #ifndef NDEBUG |
Chris Lattner | bdff548 | 2009-08-23 04:37:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4719 | DEBUG(errs() << "IC: Mod = " << OrigI << '\n' |
| 4720 | << " New = " << *I << '\n'); |
Evan Cheng | c7baf68 | 2007-03-27 16:44:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4721 | #endif |
Chris Lattner | 0cea42a | 2004-03-13 23:54:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4722 | |
Chris Lattner | 90ac28c | 2002-08-02 19:29:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4723 | // If the instruction was modified, it's possible that it is now dead. |
| 4724 | // if so, remove it. |
Chris Lattner | 00d5131 | 2004-05-01 23:27:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4725 | if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(I)) { |
Chris Lattner | 7a1e924 | 2009-08-30 06:13:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4726 | EraseInstFromFunction(*I); |
Chris Lattner | f523d06 | 2004-06-09 05:08:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4727 | } else { |
Chris Lattner | 7a1e924 | 2009-08-30 06:13:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4728 | Worklist.Add(I); |
Chris Lattner | e5ecdb5 | 2009-08-30 06:22:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4729 | Worklist.AddUsersToWorkList(*I); |
Chris Lattner | 90ac28c | 2002-08-02 19:29:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4730 | } |
Chris Lattner | b3bc8fa | 2002-05-14 15:24:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4731 | } |
Chris Lattner | b0b822c | 2009-08-31 06:57:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4732 | MadeIRChange = true; |
Chris Lattner | 8a2a311 | 2001-12-14 16:52:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4733 | } |
| 4734 | } |
| 4735 | |
Chris Lattner | 873ff01 | 2009-08-30 05:55:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4736 | Worklist.Zap(); |
Chris Lattner | b0b822c | 2009-08-31 06:57:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4737 | return MadeIRChange; |
Chris Lattner | bd0ef77 | 2002-02-26 21:46:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4738 | } |
| 4739 | |
Chris Lattner | ec9c358 | 2007-03-03 02:04:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4740 | |
| 4741 | bool InstCombiner::runOnFunction(Function &F) { |
Chris Lattner | f964f32 | 2007-03-04 04:27:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4742 | MustPreserveLCSSA = mustPreserveAnalysisID(LCSSAID); |
Chris Lattner | e2cc1ad | 2009-10-15 04:13:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4743 | TD = getAnalysisIfAvailable<TargetData>(); |
| 4744 | |
Chris Lattner | 7438106 | 2009-08-30 07:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4745 | |
| 4746 | /// Builder - This is an IRBuilder that automatically inserts new |
| 4747 | /// instructions into the worklist when they are created. |
Chris Lattner | e2cc1ad | 2009-10-15 04:13:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4748 | IRBuilder<true, TargetFolder, InstCombineIRInserter> |
Chris Lattner | f55eeb9 | 2009-11-06 05:59:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4749 | TheBuilder(F.getContext(), TargetFolder(TD), |
Chris Lattner | 7438106 | 2009-08-30 07:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4750 | InstCombineIRInserter(Worklist)); |
| 4751 | Builder = &TheBuilder; |
| 4752 | |
Chris Lattner | ec9c358 | 2007-03-03 02:04:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4753 | bool EverMadeChange = false; |
| 4754 | |
| 4755 | // Iterate while there is work to do. |
| 4756 | unsigned Iteration = 0; |
Bill Wendling | a6c3112 | 2008-05-14 22:45:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4757 | while (DoOneIteration(F, Iteration++)) |
Chris Lattner | ec9c358 | 2007-03-03 02:04:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4758 | EverMadeChange = true; |
Chris Lattner | 7438106 | 2009-08-30 07:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4759 | |
| 4760 | Builder = 0; |
Chris Lattner | ec9c358 | 2007-03-03 02:04:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4761 | return EverMadeChange; |
| 4762 | } |
| 4763 | |
Brian Gaeke | 96d4bf7 | 2004-07-27 17:43:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4764 | FunctionPass *llvm::createInstructionCombiningPass() { |
Chris Lattner | dd841ae | 2002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4765 | return new InstCombiner(); |
Chris Lattner | bd0ef77 | 2002-02-26 21:46:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4766 | } |